TO FEEL TO BE

My name is Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi. Rodolfo is my name, Marusi is my father’s second name, Guareschi is my mother’s second name which I kept until I assumed the double second name, after the natural paternity acknowledgement judicially declared through sentence in 1982. I was born in Italy the 20th of January 1950, from a family of farmers. My father, Rodolfo Marusi, drowned in the Po River, at the age of 21, the 31st of July 1949. If someone hadn’t saved me, when I had almost stopped breathing, I also would have come to the same end.

Because my recent publication «Future» has made a certain impression and provoked unexpected curiosity, in this text I will report in brief the most important facts with which I engaged my self in the last forty years. It’s not a biography. They’re real facts. I’ll leave out the fist fifteen years of my life because they regard personal experiences that are of no interest to anybody.

In 1965, I met a Franciscan friar. I met him at school. At the end of the first lesson, during which we had a heated argument, he kept me in the class telling me more a less this: «You could be right, but is what people want to believe the most important thing or is it what it actually is?». I replied: «Who lies knowing what he’s doing could even be believed, but he will never have the strength that rises from one’s own self esteem. Unless he is hysteric.» And the friar: «I know what you mean. But also you will change, with time.» And I replied: «I will change every time it will be demonstrated I’m wrong and I will apologise. But it’s most probable the others and the things will change rather than I will change because of the others wanting it.».

For the last thirty years had been carrying out the mission of verifying a series of historical and religious facts. Among others, he had visited India, Kashmir, Egypt, Iraq, Palestine, Jordan, Nepal, Peru, Austria, France and Scotland following a parallel path through politic, economic, and religious events; through history, legend and mysticism.

And he had found the truth of facts. He had proved it with documents and collected what he had found in a big dossier that, after making a copy of it, he had delivered to who commissioned it. He explained me several concepts in physics, chemistry, biology, anthropology, sociology and theology and he had told me how some historic events actually took place. When I asked him why he was informing me of all those things, he replied serious with a reproach: «Didn’t you want to know? I trust you. You won’t change. I feel it.».

 Ten years later he gave me the copy of his dossier. There’s only another two of them. And they are kept secret.

 Last time I saw him he said more or less: «They had promised me they would have said the truth. They won’t do it. Take this, its the copy of the dossier they have at … I signed it page by page. There aren’t any copies other than the one they will have kept at … I hand it to you, but never use it to defend yourself. Make so that it will be revealed only if something serious should happen to you. Now it is known it’s not right to keep the truth secret. People will have to know, one day. Ah, another thing. At the end of the third file you will find a list of names followed by certain subjects. Some are marked with an asterisk. If you want to know more about it, speak to those persons. One last thing: keep believing … keep fighting ... especially when it seems just after you have reached the last moment. In the end, they will understand.».

I’ve studied Franciscan friar’s dossier since 1982. I only new part of it, what he had told me. It left me speechless, disconcerted. According to those reports, photos and enclosed documents it resulted that nearly al history was thwarted. Things had gone in a different way from how they had been told and especially they had causes much different from the ones we know. Historic truth was completely different from effective reality.

After a sequel of meetings with several personalities I decided to set a part a few months to meet some of persons indicated on the last pages of the third file. But I didn’t know how. It isn’t easy to contact a Nobel, a philology professor, an illustrious anthropologist, a theologian, a religious chief, a politic leader. Among others, there was also a language problem. I had studied English and French at school, I could speak these languages but I couldn’t understand them well. So I tried in the truest way I could, by saying simply: «Tell ... that I’ve read his remarks with a Franciscan. I would like to meet him.»

A few hours later, I receive a call with which they fixed date and place of the appointment. It was a great experience, indeed, determinant for my education. An old professor in physics told me: «You have to convince yourself that, generally, it’s useless to hope in human intelligence to solve problems. People live from hand to mouth. Look, more than thirty years ago we worried about the risks, indeed of the certainty of the effects of pollution. What was done in order to avoid it? Nothing. The important is to produce at low costs. Wait no, what am I saying; the important is to produce in order to strengthen the political and financial power of who owns it. And who has proposed other methods has been emarginated or killed. We are completely improvident. Things are wanted to be so. We only intervene when we are under discussion. My dream? That somebody would understand and have the strength to change things for the others. But I don’t think it will be possible, there is no subject with the necessary strength.»

And a criminology researcher: «Human beings aren’t aggressive natured. They become so when they blame the environment for the disasters produced by few people ... desperate people. Science demonstrates that each living being, vegetal as also animal, is pushed normally to assert himself to protect himself and only in rare cases due to illnesses. To protect oneself also from the past, from remembrances... At a certain point people perceive as immanent an already escaped danger, a borne pain. People should believe more in their own capabilities of building a future upsetting the past. But this possibility could only take place if one part, a subject of the human system, after having reached a prevailing level in the human system, would accept to go down one level, inducing the parts that are under to push the whole level. Such push could affect the whole human system at an extent sufficient to interrupt the concatenation between cause and effect that makes future depend upon the past, freeing the energy necessary to provoke the change».

After meeting several personages indicated in the dossier, at the end of 1982 I planned a program to face the forecasts I realised about. To affect the system one needed the required power and strength. First of all, solution ideas were needed. To carry them out it was necessary to produce resources and form an organisation in which experiment a process of atypical, original and non-common relations and behaviours. The resources had to be produced in an unconditioned way, to avoid the possibility of undergoing any conditioning in their use. The organisation had to be new, not just because it was necessary to indoctrinate its members, indeed to be able to trust people non-compromised by previous relations.

In 1985, I proposed the Carisma Plan aiming to induce the Italian enterprises to make new investments, to increase the production of products and services, eliminate black economy, push for the maximum reinvestment of wealth and make the Carisma Group staff take part to the risks and results of the enterprises. The initiative is described in the text «The Carisma Idea », written in 1990.

In 1991, I proposed the «Stellar System »,  new data processing interactive system that allows everyone to receive instantly a reply to whatever question that has already been given an answer, through 24 geostationary satellites linked to small palmtop terminals.

In 1991, I also wrote Péntakos, translated and printed in all the main languages, in which I reported an objective analysis on the origin, cause and aim of reality and on principles and universal laws.

In 1992, I promoted Rinnovamento, a contextual and planned reform plan for social, civil, politic, economic, moral and religious systems with a political proposal introduced to all Italian families with a land line telephone number, at the time almost 19 million. Rinnovamento tried to take part in 1992, 1994 and 1996’s political elections but the Italian political system had decided that Rinnovamento shouldn’t take part in the elections. And so, after the so much proclaimed «democratic revolution» of the beginning of the nineties, everything went back as before, indeed, according to the same Italian politic exponents, worse than before.

In 1993, I wrote, among others, «Ideas, words and facts », «Fear », «Holistic system and environmental basis », «The super-relation of the human system », «Dear posterity » and «To be and to become ». Through them I interpret the origins and causes of power, the structure of the human system and more generally of everything we perceive the existence of, the reasons for which I have decided to act and the strategy I follow. In the «Untitled» movie I tried to communicate in a few minutes the origins and causes of the most recent history. Set a part natural environment phenomenon, nothing happens by chance. The so-called chance is always effect of the increasing of complexity. Everything is causative, provided or wanted. Even if sometimes chance manages to free itself from who has caused it in which case we have a peculiarity.

In June of 1994, I wrote the draft of the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth, a world government system directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet. It’s not the case of another empire, but of the only possible option to empires: the directive and active participation from the bottom to the organisation of human society. The notes on the Constitution precise the principles and modalities for its carrying out.

At the end of 1994, I introduced in Italy a «national economic plan for the employment » that provides several new enterprises, especially in the south, aiming maximum employment and the participation of the workers to the management of the enterprises. The huge financial resources for that plan were made available by private financers. The market outlet was assured by long-term selling contracts with deferred execution beginning with many customers of 178 countries.

Beginning from 1999, I engaged myself with the Holos Plan and Holos System. Also in this case, ideas resources and organisation were needed. The ideas are the plans and the initiatives are concrete. The resources have been made available by who realised the situation could come to a head at any time.

In 2000,Holos Holding S.A. launched the first Holos Plan, with the economic national plan for the employment, the universal enterprise, the via ether informative system (Stellar), a personal safety system, a new aerial circulation system (Air-X), a new payment system, a new system to transfer resources and products, a war industry conversion plan and the foundation of the Republic of the Earth.

The first of January 2001, at the beginning of the third millennium, the Republic of the Earth  was founded and the first six million Dhana  were issued the 14th of June 2001, guaranteed by a capital equal to 150 billion Euros by means of a unilateral act of Holos Holding S.A.. With the Dhana Regulations, the Republic of the Earth established Dhura, the body that issues Dhana and controls its monetary system.

In 2001, I wrote «the monetary disaster», «Dhana and the history of currency», «Religions » and «They will say». The thirst to texts talk about the currency matter. The third was written in relation to September the 11th. The fourth is the collection of the judgements and behaviours that were probably going to take place against me.

In 2002, the Holos Plan was further implemented with other initiatives that, in their whole, constitute Holos Global System, a program of thirty initiatives to face concretely the most felt and urgent problems of humanity and particularly energy, water, food, health, knowledge, social communication, production, economy, services, ecology, finance, savings, information, security, aerial circulation, cybernetics, war industry conversion, research, social relations, political task, currency and cellular mortality. Financial resources equal to about 12,500 billion US Dollars have been made available to achieve Holos Global System. On three conditions: absolute anonymity of the financiers for security reasons until the provided initiatives aren’t completed; addressing of the resources exclusively towards the carrying out of the program and not for its promotion; guarantee the resources can’t be taken away for any reason from the aim they’re addressed to. Therefore «Holos Bank » was established, the body that manages the resources of Holos Global System.

Between 2002 and 2004, Holos Global System was sent, with special operative proposals, to the states and governments, to the social, politic, economic and financial organisations and to the major enterprises of all the countries. The «Rules for the spreading of Dhana » was issued and published. The Dhana issue agenda was précised. Non interest-bearing loans were proposed. The answers to the most frequent questions  about Holos Global System and the Dhana currency were published. Holos Holding S.A. and its holdings’ resources (equity capital) were précised. Projeos  was established for the formation of the structure of Holos Global System. The criteria for the setting up of the Republic of the Earth International Assembly, the Regulations for its elections and for the formation of the Republic of the Earth Government and also the Rules for the formation of laws were published. The «www.unigov.org », web site was established, linked to the websites of the other initiatives.

In 2004, I wrote «Letter to the inhabitants of the Earth » about the planet’s situation, «Republic of the Earth or Worldwide Empire » about the matter of the United States of America’s hegemony, and «Proposal to the inhabitants of the Earth», a precise proposal to face reality and transform it. «Balaloka», the Republic of the Earth security force, and «Planet Fund», the monetary fund of the planet’s inhabitants were established.

In 2005, «World 2005» and its relative notes were published, «Agenda 2005», and the «Letter of the Republic of the Earth about the necessity of a world government », «Kayamara» about the problem of cellular mortality and «The post-state-controlled civil society and the community's new order» as peoples’ government concrete hypothesis were published. At last, the text «Future».

From the 13th to the 19th of February 2005, the first election of the Republic of the Earth International Assembly was organised. The 1st of March 2005, the list of the 630 members of the Republic of the Earth International Assembly elected in between of the 13th and 19th of February was ready but, according to the «Electoral control committee» appointed according to the «Rules for the election of the International Assembly» article 8, the proclamation of 325 elected persons couldn’t be considered as certain, due to the continuous interruptions of the voting procedures illegitimately caused by the termination of the voting program by the computer services providers of some countries. Therefore, for a higher guarantee of the elected persons and of the voters, the election will have to be repeated through computer science instruments (Holos System) that no one can attack. The date of the new election will be fixed soon.

Beginning from the 7th of June 2005, in order to avoid the legal course currencies’ loss in purchase power, Dhana has substituted the fixed exchange rate of 1 Dhana per 25 Euro with the new fixed exchange rate of 1 Dhana per 1 gram of platinum 999/1000. The adoption of the new exchange rate is due to the conversion in platinum of part of the values pledged as guarantee of Dhana. Nothing changes for the Dhana with intrinsic value, which already had exchange rate par to 1 Dhana per 1 gram of platinum.

The 26 of July 2005, due to the new exchange of 1 Dhana per 1 gram of 999/1000 Platinum, decided the 7th of June 2005, the issuing cost reimbursement for the Dhana to be assigned has been adjusted proportionally per Country to the relative average per capita GDP.

Today a version of metal Dhana has been issued for peace .

In Italy, its more than twenty years I’m opposed. Unjust sentences have been ordered against me for facts considered accomplished before 1989. It’s a matter of judicial mistakes. They’re evident errors. And what’s worse is they don’t wont to accept rehearing requests based on facts that demonstrate I’ve never violated any norm. I’ve been unjustly imprisoned. Four times. For a few days. Unjustly, as results from the provisions from the same Italian magistracy. It’s years that not just groundless but also illegitimate judicial acts are moved against me. Inexistent incomes have been liquidated. There’s nothing that hasn’t been tried in order to stop the promotion of the Republic of the Earth and the diffusion of Dhana. And still, nobody has ever been able to contest the 199 billion Euro capital of Avatar S.p.A. or the equity capital of the Holos group.

To defend myself, I haven’t used and will never use Holos Global System’s resources neither personal relations. It’s a commitment I’ve undertaken. Not just with the friar that gave me the dossier from which I started but first of all with myself. It’s a question of coherence, pride and dignity. Not only. It is also necessary to show that the world can be changed observing the actual rules, as can and must do every common citizen. I’ve never been and I’m not afraid of facing reality. Not just because I know that if something serious should happen to me or the people that help me, with the personal information that would merge and the reactions that would rise, all hell would brake loose, but first of all because I’m a honest person, that believes strongly in what he does and feels the moral duty of continuing. Certainly not for myself.

Now, there is a plan of initiatives to improve the planet’s situation. There are the material resources to make it concrete. The Holos Global System organisation  shall be formed with a structure different and original compared to the hierarchical shape we all know. There are problems. Getting always worse and more impellent. In a short time the situation will become irreversible. What is it that prevents people from doing what the majority of them knows well would be necessary? It’s not a matter of dreaming indeed to face solvable real problems. What's needed in order to do it is the participation of al those for whom this plan has been conceived. Without ideologies, appearances and foolish ambition. The only thing that is worth when one wants to change is to act in order to put the solutions in to practice. Without fear. With the humbleness and pride to feel to be. To build the future. In a pacific way. Together it’s possible.

Thursday, 1st September 2005.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

FUTURE

People had to know the truth, the facts, everything that was possible to prove. People had to understand why something exists instead of nothing, who we are, where do we come from, to go where, why and how to build future. My task was to make it known. Without speaking. Without making other myths. Humbly. With precise determination. There was no way it could be prevented. Neither with unjust sentences accuses and detention, neither with assaults, blackmail, threats or violence. People had to know who were the thief, the liars and the corrupted. People had to find out lies and deceits of the past, and act consequently. They did it, and it became the beginning of the new reality.

The new reality

There are more than seven billion human beings living on Earth. The first rule is the planet is everyone’s. Borders don’t exist. There’s freedom. Every person lives in the maximum possible freedom and independence without harming others. There’s equality. Every person has the same rights and duties. There’s justice. Every person receives according to his/her own skills and needs. There’s democracy. Every person at least sixteen years old can take part as voter and candidate in the formation of the governmental bodies of the communities in which he lives and of the one’s of the whole planet. There’s well being. Every person disposes of the material and spiritual conditions to satisfy her own needs and desires without excesses. There’s development. Each person can improve according to his own nature and character. There’s safety. The entire society respects and defends each person. There’s solidarity. Each person does what he/she can in order to improve also the others’ lives. There’s peace.

Every person has reduced the conflicts with others. Human beings love themselves, look for each other, and help themselves. They trust. Each one feels part of a whole that he knows he can affect and is conscious that his individual conditions depend on the whole. Everyone disposes of space, energy, water and food sufficient to one’s own needs and maximum individual development.

Everyone does what’s possible to keep healthy. Untreatable illnesses don’t exist. Medical treatment is free. Everyone knows how to write and read. There’s a diffused high social communication. Everyone has a house where to live on his own or with others.

Production satisfies everyone’s essential needs. Workers manage productive activities. Groups of enterprises for each economic sector ensure full employment and equilibrium between supply and demand of products and services.

Every enterprise disposes of the production means in order to develop itself. Everyone has consumer durable goods in a sufficient amount for a comfortable life. Services are high quality and low price.

Environment is healing rapidly. Even if it will take centuries to bring it back to the conditions it was before the industrial revolution. Savings and financial means are employed entirely in real economy and in public utility services. Enterprises work in synergy and profits are addressed towards new investments. Most payments among enterprises are carried out through clearing.

The media are objective and timely. Personal security is general and violence is an exception. Person and goods transport are swift and efficient. Payments are carried out by data communication at very low costs. Nobody builds weapons anymore. War industry has been converted in the production of goods to make people live instead of dieing.

Different applied research centres assure the rapid diffusion of scientific and technological innovations. There are no conflicts between social groups. Individual behaviours and human relations are based on collaboration and solidarity.

Human society is organised in lots of communities electing directly their own legislative, executive and judicial bodies. A world government directly elected by all the inhabitants of the planet over sixteen years of age assures each human being freedom, justice, democracy, well-being, development, solidarity and peace. There are no national currencies but community currencies representing real values and a world currency based on the value of work. Life expectancy is increasing constantly.

What happened? Were did it all start? What was done? Who did it? How was it done? When was it done? Why was it done?

What happened?

The new reality is the result of a deep change. Human beings are listened and understood. They’ve done it for necessity, to keep living and to improve everyone’s life. The view of reality has changed. The way problems are perceived and faced has changed. Ideas and mentalities have changed. Reason has finally leaded instinct. Actions, individual and group behaviours have changed. Personal relations have changed. The whole humanity has changed its relation with the environment. Natural resources have been redistributed according to the real utilisation possibilities of each person. Social behaviour rules have been made easier.

Each person has well understood what can be done in order to be free and what mustn’t be done in order to avoid limiting everyone’s freedom, one’s own included. Everyone has understood the natural and artificial obstacles that prevent the full individual development of each human being. They’ve understood human nature and they’ve felt the necessity of changing their character. They’ve given themselves possible aims. They’ve taken part with faith to a new process to build future. They’ve done that together. Despite resistances, interruptions and delays. Resistances have been absorbed, interruptions have been useful to start again with more vigour and delays have been filled.

Where did it all start?

The situation seemed irreversible. Six and a half billion people. Average life expectance was less than 65 years. One billion illiterates. An average yearly world GDP of about 17 dollars a day per capita, of which two thirds rising from services. One third of the GDP spent by the states. Military expenses were almost par to energy costs. About 300 million people out of work. More than a billion and a half poor people. More than fifty wars being fought.

Less than a quarter of the inhabitants of the planet used three quarters of all the natural resources available. One person out of four had nine times as much wealth as each one of the other three. The one per thousand had more than half of all the wealth on Earth. One out of six had ten times as much energy as each one of the other five.

More than half didn’t have enough drinkable water. One out of eight didn’t have food and more than one thousand children per hour used to die of hunger. More than half used to die due to curable illnesses because they couldn’t take care of themselves. One out of five couldn’t read or write. Three out of four didn’t have means in order to communicate with the others.

There was no economic planning in order to overcome poverty and hunger. There were no concrete national development plans. Enterprises were lacking and therefore also the possibility to work in order to produce. Economy was affected by recurrent recession cycles worsening the situation of the poorest.

One person out of four didn’t have enough production means and couldn’t work. Only one out of six disposed of a sufficient amount of consumer durable goods. The cost of services used to affect the prices of products for more than the 70 per cent.

Pollution was progressively destroying the entire environment and according the most authoritative forecasts the planet’s condition would have become irreversible within ten years time.

Less than the five per cent of money was employed in real economy. Less than the ten per cent of savings was addressed towards productive purposes. More than half the produced wealth was addressed outside productive economy. Less than one thousand multinational companies used to control the whole economy and the markets.

Enterprises produced less than the seventy per cent of what they could. Exchanges where carried out with currencies with no real value. Less than five hundred people controlled information and used it according to their exclusive interests. Personal security systems were completely inadequate to the real risks.

Viability wasn’t sufficient and circulation was getting more and more chaotic. Financial and monetary transactions were getting more and more slow and expensive. Military expenses were three times the amount sufficient to win hunger worldwide. Only the one per cent of the wealth produced each year was addressed to science and research. In order to survive human beings were forced to become more egoist.

Two people out of three didn’t know democracy and one out of three lived in apparent democratic states. Currencies had no real value anymore and were only accepted because they were legal tender.

With these currencies, states put together debts for over two thirds of the world GDP and in twenty years the world’s public debt would have exceeded yearly wealth.

What was done?

The use and production of clean energy (wind, hydroelectric, nuclear, biologic and solar power) was developed on the entire planet. The amount of disposable water was increased and its distribution improved.

Food was given for three years to almost eight hundred million starving people. Health conditions were improved through research, therapy and prevention.

Culture and information were strengthened, teaching illiterates how to read and write. More than 250 thousand interactive social communication centres similar to agora were spread, each one linked to all the others. People have had the occasion to meet and get to know other people and discuss about everyone’s real problems.

Regional and sectorial production plans were set addressed towards developing the weakest areas of the planet. Economic development plans were made, especially in the areas with the lowest per capita average yield. About 350 thousand new enterprises were made in each sector creating more than eighty million employees in three years and another eight million in the next three. A new economic system was established with about one million enterprises managed by workers, with fifty million employed workers and another one hundred million employed in induced activities.

Each new enterprise has conceived its own productive unit causing an enormous worldwide production means development. The production of consumer durable goods for continuous utilisation was developed. Low-cost high-quality services for enterprises and private persons were developed. A concrete program for the depollution of air, water and soil was started.

A new system of financial relations for real economy was made. Savings were addressed towards productive purposes. All the wealth possible was reinvested for production purposes. A new system of corporate and trade relations among enterprises raised in order to maximise investments and use of resources. The full use of the enterprises’ productive potential was reached by bartering production means and finished products with raw materials. A system of commercial payments by means of a world compensation centre was introduced.

An interactive via ether informative system spread allowing everyone to receive real time answers for every problem. A global personal security system spread with 315 thousand ready intervention centres. A new air circulation system was made using vertical takeoff vehicles for singles and groups. A telematic bank that could be used with all communication means spread. War industry was entirely converted in other productions. A world applied research centre was made.

The necessity of a contextual and programmed reform of social, civil, politic and economic relations and behaviours was acknowledged. A post state politic system was established with community government bodies and a world government directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet over sixteen years of age. Legal tender currencies were abolished and substituted by lots of real value currencies with one only worldwide currency unit based on work as value measure. Research regarding the causes of cellular mortality was continued and new solutions were tried.

Who did it?

The majority of the inhabitants of the earth took part in the change. The most involved were young people and women.

A change plan for human relations and behaviours had been studied for years.

Ideas, resources and organisation were needed.

A new fundamental idea was conceived, according to it, substituting persons and functions wouldn’t have been sufficient and indeed the necessity was to transform the hierarchical structure of the human system.

The structure of the human system was made of hierarchical levels, a sort of pyramid with steps. Who was on a certain step represented himself compared to who was on the upper step but then represented the totality towards who was on the step below.

The hierarchical structure caused selection. Despite the affirmation in principle according to which all human beings are born the same, in facts there where enormous social, civil, politic, economic and cultural inequalities.

The strongest, sharpest, most false, richest was the one to survive and assert himself. With that structure, who was on the upper step considered who was on the one below as a personal instrument. Therefore that structure had to be changed.

What kind of structure could the new one be? How should it be made? A participative structure was proposed, substituting the pyramid with a propeller and the steps with a unique continuous path through which everyone could compare with each other and go up and down, without preset levels. To form it, it was necessary that persons started from the lowest step, reached the higher ones and would then accept to get back down on the low ones in order to form, with all the others on the same step a whole capable of moving the pyramid. The principle was the strength of a union of people is higher than the sum of the strengths of each part of the whole.

What was needed was to face the problems the most felt not just by the people on a specific step but also by the majority of the people on the other levels: energy, water, food, health, culture … thirty problems. Everyone was interested in solving them.

The solution to those thirty major problems formed a unique program of initiatives. The personal and material means as well as the operative strategies necessary to their carrying out were pointed out. What was necessary were resources par to more than 12 thousand billion dollars and the formation of an organisation of more than 37.5 million people.

Problems and solutions were introduced to persons with material resources. For years those persons refused to take part to it, believing the change would be useless. Then, some of them realised things were getting worse for everyone, also for them. And they accepted to make available material resources worth about 12,441 billion dollars to put in to practice the solutions indicated by the program.

They accepted on three conditions: their names had to remain unveiled until the initiatives were completed; resources had to be exclusively addressed to the fulfilment of the initiatives for which they had been made available but only when the majority of the people would have asserted to want to make them; resources had to be managed in order to prevent any taking away.

Substantially, the resources had to serve the putting in to effect of the initiatives decided by the program but not to demonstrate that those initiatives were necessary. The conditions were accepted and the resources made available. For years they weren’t employed but transformed in order to maintain their real value integral.

The program was proposed to states, governments, political parties, enterprises, banks and Churches of every country but, uselessly. They were all involved in a whirlpool from which they couldn’t or didn’t want to free themselves.

Who proposed the program new an act of force would have been necessary in order to trigger it. Without violence. To do it, it was necessary to choose what, how and when. The act had to be original and inimitable, a normal action but that nobody had ever committed. It had to cause visible results without negative effects. It had to be an act of truth. It had to be made in the simplest and most human way. Without speaking. Communicating in silence. It had to be achieved in a context unknown to the act. And it couldn’t fail.

That’s what happened. Not a miracle but a human action. Billions of people saw that act. They got informed. They studied. They thought. And they understood it was necessary to do something. But what? They searched the program, the ideas and the initiatives. They considered it possible and necessary. They decided to act. They did it. And the change process started.

How was it done?

The previous reality has been transformed through the participation to a new organisation of the post-state human society.

People took part to the Republic of the Earth asserting they shared the principles of its constitution. They elected the International assembly, who designated the Government of the Republic who then, with the authoritativeness rising from the task of those who took part in the new organisation, ceased every international military activity and every violent conflict, proposing the peoples concrete and reasonable solutions of the current conflicts.

Social community self-determination bodies were elected and empowered for each continent, confederation, region, county, quarter and village establishing their legislative, executive and judicial authorities.

Every power that was in contrast with the rules stated by the bodies of social communities was abrogated from the constitutions of the national states.

Borders between states have been cancelled.

Natural resources and production means have been redistributed equally in order to allow each person to work and produce what necessary to live.

Production and trade have been liberalised eliminating every useless obstacle and imposition to guarantee a correct productive and commercial competition.

Applied and basic researches have been intensified in each sector, particularly in those of energy, health and technology.

Specific community bodies were established to face problems of general interest, such as energy, water, food, health, culture, information, and others.

An intercommunity fund for public utility services was created, with resources coming from voluntary contributions, applying the principle according to which each person should give as much as he can to have what he needs.

A world security force has been formed in order to maintain order and make rules be observed in the community and between them.

The most felt and urgent problems of humanity have been faced concretely and the means and technologies available have been used to obtain results swiftly, because each delay would have represented a higher cost than the one to accelerate.

When was it done?

Everything happened about ten years ago. The situation seemed to have come to a head. Human forces were getting weaker due to gratification and boredom. Every hope was lost. The idea of future coincided with the perception of present. Fear had left its space to surrender. Everything seemed unavoidable.

Many armed conflicts were being fought and new wars were about to rise in all continents. The new conflicts would have caused a chain of carnages. Humanity was risking its complete self-destruction. The environment was almost definitely ruined.

The vicelike grip of terror was trapping the peoples of almost all countries. The states and their international organisations were trying to react. Uselessly. Against who considered himself a martyr for a just purpose and made himself explode in the middle of crowds of people there weren’t any preventive measures. The real causes had to be removed. As everyone kept repeating. Just by word.

The only concrete thing that kept being made was war. No mines or prospects were given back. Violence was used. More or less visible. Force was used. Nether legitimate. It would have been simple to eliminate terror. To tell the truth and draw the consequences would have been sufficient. But there wasn’t the will neither the courage. Even so, it had to be done. If people didn’t want to get swept away by the effects of centuries of unfairness, falsity and fear.

Why was it done?

Nearly everything was rotten. Every person herd, thought and judged in a subjective way doing what he-she wanted as much as he could. But for everything there was just one only objective reality. It was the truth of reality. What appeared was often unreal, fake. Pretence was falsity. It was possible to find out true reality. To distinguish reality from pretence meant to know truth. To now the truth meant to perceive real problems.

Most humanity underwent inequalities, unfairness, oligarchies, poverties, immoralities and mysticisms. One human being out of five considered the others as his own instruments and used their customs, their ignorance, his power, his currency, his cynicism and their fear in order to limit the freedom of the weakest and use their resources and their work.

There were discriminations, abuses, appearance and violence. Objective reality was different than subjective reality and apparent reality. People lived without knowing the truth. People believed things that didn’t exist. And didn’t believe what exists.

There was no freedom. The interests of the minority that had more power and wealth limited the freedom of the majority of the people.

There was no justice. The majority of the people didn’t have the necessary to live and the minority had everything they kept away from the majority.

There was no equality. There was who fought to survive and who wasted, who violated laws getting away scot-free and who was condemned even being innocent, who murdered and received medals and who died and was considered a murderer.

There was no democracy. The state one was only pretence. Consent rose from false and apparent information. The states were instruments to assure properties and privileges would remain in the minority’s hands. States couldn’t be democratic.

Humanity has rebelled against this reality. And has decided to change it, convinced there aren’t any unsolvable material problems.

Excesses had to be moderated to have freedom. Hierarchies and discriminations had to be eliminated to have equality. Wealth had to be redistributed to eliminate poverty. Privileges had to be removed to redistribute wealth equally.

Falsity and corruption had to be eliminated to have justice. Truth had to be affirmed and demonstrated to eliminate injustice. Any hierarchy had to be eliminated to have democracy. Reality had to be accepted and acknowledged to eliminate appearance. Death had to be made useless to eliminate it. The power of who had always wanted war had to be eliminated to have peace. People had to act to live and not to die in order to change the world.

That’s why it was done.

My task was finished.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

THE NEW HUMAN

 COMMUNITY ORDER

(2005)

The XXI century is the century of the truth, about our planet’s conditions, about human nature, about society, about civilization, about politics, about economy and also about morals and religion. Time has come to reveal and stop the lies of history and chronicle. To do so, we need courage and strength to change. This text is addressed to everybody who can read. Each one of them has also the task of explaining it to those who cannot read it by themselves. This is a concrete proposal to create together a future with peace.

The facts

The Earth covers a surface of about 485 million square kilometers with 30% exposed land, 12% arable land, 1.85% irrigable land, and it has more than one million kilometers of coasts and 752 thousand kilometers of land boundaries.

At the end of 2004 6 Billion and 379 Million human beings lived on the Earth. Considering an average increase of 1.14% per year, they will be 6 billion and 452 million at the end of 2005, 6 billion and 823 million in 2010 and about 8 billion in 2025.

Life expectancy at birth is 64 years and 4 months (66 years for women, 62 years and 8 months for men). The average age is 27 years and 8 months (28 years and 5 months for women, 27 years and 4 months for men).

People at least 15 years old amount to 4 Billion and 982 Million, of which 3 Billion and 997 Million (80.22%) can read and write (85.9% men and 74.2% women). People at least 15 years old who can’t read or write amount to 985 thousand, nearly one fifth of the whole planet’s population.

The main languages are: Arabic (17.8%), Chinese (14.37%), Hindi (6.02%), English (5.61%), Spanish (5.59%), Bengali (3.4%), Portuguese  (2.63%), Russian (2.75%), Japanese (2.06%), German (1.64%), Korean (1.28%) and French (1.27%).

The main religions are: Christian religion (32.71%, 17.28% of which Catholic religion, 5.61% Protestant religion, 3.49% orthodox religion and 1.31% Anglican religion), Islamic religion (19.67%), Hinduism (13.28%) Buddhism (5.84%), Sikhs (0.38%), Judaism (0.23%), other religions (13.05%); 12.43% hasn’t a religion and 2.41% are atheist.

As the average increase is forecast to have a 2.78% rate, in 2005 the world’s gross domestic product (GDP) will be of 41.612 Billion US Dollars (53.617 Billion Dollars PPP), equal to 6.449 US Dollars (8.310 Dollars PPP) per capita.

The GDP in 2005 will come from agriculture and fishing for 1.620 Billion US Dollars (3.9%), from industry for 12.157 Billion US Dollars (29.2%) and from services for 27.834 US Dollars (66.9%). According to the purchasing power parity (PPP), the GDP in 2005 will come from agriculture and fishing for 4.094 Billion Dollars PPP (7.6%), from industry for 17.554 Billion Dollars PPP (32.7%) and from services for 31.969 Billion PPP Dollars (59.6%).

Despite of the GDP increase the real per capita purchasing power in 2005 will be 2.56% lower than the one in 2004 because of an average world inflation rate of 3.84%.

In 2005 we will consume 15.080 Billion kilowatts of electrical energy, almost 28 Billion oil barrels and 2.548 Billion cubic meters of natural gas. Crude oil reserves are evaluated about one billion barrels (Iraq and Saudi Arabia have the major reserves). Considering the substantial increase of oil consumption in some countries, among which China and India, crude oil reserves will exhaust in less than thirty years.

The labor force is 2 Billion and 900 Million people (44.95% of the world’s population). Of which 299 million (10.3%) are unemployed. Another 161.5 million people can work (additional labor force), so the unemployed labor force is par to more than 461 million people.

The produced wealth per work unit is on average 18.495 Dollars PPP (1.383 in agriculture and fishing, 6.019 in industry and 11.080 in service industry).

The investments have a value of about 8.109 Billion US Dollars per year, equal to 19.5% of the produced wealth.

Despite 433 Billion US Dollars of economic aid, the population below the poverty line in 2005 is 1.644.742.000, one fourth of the planet’s population, with an increase of 8.5% compared with 2004.

2.253.348.000 telephone lines are in use, 1.346.305.000 mobile phones and more than 678 Million of Internet connections.

In 2004 the states spent 11.771 Million US Dollars, equal to 29% of world GDP, with a deficit of at least 472 Billion US Dollars.

In 2005 states will spend at least 12.029 Billion US Dollars, with a deficit of more than 481 Billion US Dollars.

The states’ expenditure in 2005 will be 28.9% of world GDP. Without considering the services sector, public spending is the 87.3% of the wealth produced by agriculture, fishing and industry (13.777 Billion US Dollars).

State debts in 2005 will overcome 29.521 Billion US Dollars (71% of world GDP), of which more than 1.196 US Dollars (2.88% of world’s GDP), for military expenditures. As the total costs of electricity, oil and natural gas consumption is also 2.9% of the GDP, military expenditures cost as much as energy consumption.

4.151.884.000 of 6 Billion and 452 Million people (64.3%) live in democratic republics (formally), 1.577.975.000 (24.4%) in socialist states, 387.265.000 (6%) with constitutional monarchies (formally), 186.562.000 (2.8%) under military dictatorships, 118.122.000 (1.8%) in Islamic republics and 30.289.000 (0.46%) under absolute monarchies.

More than fifty wars are being fought. Millions of people suffer violence and live under wretched conditions. This text is first of all for them, because everyone has the right to live in safety and peace.

National states

For centuries the state has been considered the only political and legal territorial organization that can guarantee everyone the possibility to obtain the greatest happiness at the lowest price. People have been believing that states would have done just laws, guaranteed justice, order and defense of citizens, would have protected environment and promoted the development and well-being of nations. Therefore peoples agreed to submit to the states’ power. In the states in which people’s sovereignty formally became established peoples thought they had conquered freedom, democracy and justice and that they could live in peace and safety to reach development, well-being, solidarity and order.

But states failed. All the expectations that had justified their institution turned out to be pure illusions. They showed their main aim is to protect themselves and their machinery. They’ve established that people’s sovereignty can be exerted only to the best of state constitutions. They’ve established democratic principles of form but not of substance. They’ve made a very big number of laws, which the states themselves don’t observe at first.

They’ve limited peoples’ freedom establishing that only what law provides is legal and allowed and that everything else is illicit and forbidden. They’ve misused power both inside and outside their territories. They’ve stirred up plots, disputes, violence and wars in order to be considered defenders and arbiters in the conflicts they themselves caused.

They’ve prevented economic initiative by individuals and groups that refused compromises with their power and favored only those who supported their supremacy. They’ve embezzled enormous resources from firms and workers through unbearable taxations: centralized States take up almost a third of the worldwide produced wealth. The military expenditure of states costs as much as all the energy used every year on the planet.

They’ve formed gigantic bureaucratic machineries with which they control every person and every activity. They’ve favored every kind of privilege and financed congregations and corporations in every sector of society, economy, law, culture, science, information and politics. They’ve drugged public opinion with false information, apparent ideals, commonplaces and false axioms.

The results are terrible and under everybody’s eyes. About 6.4 Billion of people live on the Earth in 191 recognized states. Less than a quarter of the planet’s inhabitants use three quarters of all the available natural resources. One out of four of us have nine times more wealth of each one of the other three. One out of a thousand holds more than half of all the Earth's wealth. One out of six has ten times more energy of each one of the other five. More than half the inhabitants of the planet don't have enough drinkable water. One human being out of eight doesn't have food and each hour more than one thousand children die of hunger. More than half of them die due to curable illnesses because they can't take care of themselves. One human being out of five can't write or read. Three out of four don't have means to communicate with others.

There is no economic planning for the overcoming of poverty and hunger. There are no concrete national development plans. Enterprises are lacking and therefore also the possibility to work in order to produce. Economy is affected by recurrent recession cycles that worsen the situation of the poorest ones. One out of four of us doesn't have sufficient production means and can't work. Only one out of six disposes of sufficient consumer durable goods. The prices are affected for more than the seventy per cent by the services' cost. The environment is progressively destroyed by pollution and according to the most authoritative forecasts the situation will become irreversible within 10 years.

Only the five per cent of money is employed in real economy. Less than the ten per cent of the savings are addressed to productive purposes. More than half the produced wealth is addressed outside productive economy. Less than a thousand multinational corporations control the whole economy and the markets. The enterprises produce less than the seventy per cent of what they could. International payments are carried out with currencies with almost no real value. Less than five hundred persons control information and use it towards their interests. Personal safety systems are inadequate related to the real risks.

Viability is insufficient and circulation is more and more difficult and chaotic.

Financial and monetary transactions are getting slower and expensive. Military expenses are three times the amount sufficient to solve hunger in the world. Only the one per thousand of the yearly produced wealth is addressed to science and research. To be able to survive the human being is forced to become more and more egoist.

Two out of three of us don't know democracy and one out of three lives in apparent democracies. Currencies don't have real value and are accepted just because they are legal tender. With this legal tender currency states have accumulated debts equal to more than 70% of the yearly world wealth and in this way they will overcome it within the next twenty years.

The facts show us that the states and their international organizations are not able to solve material problems and so peace is considered impossible. With money, fear, and false information you control the world. With money you produce weapons and control information. With weapons you control resources and with the media you control public opinion. States are instruments of who holds money, produces weapons and controls information.

People’s sovereignty is just an illusion. The democracy we are experiencing is just formal, a pretence to disguise the power of a few people. In fact, consent depends first of all on the control of information. Freedom, equality, justice, development, solidarity and peace are the abstract principles.

Reality is much different. There is no freedom if nearly all our lives depend on who controls the states. There is no equality if the development of the individuals depends on their origin. There is no justice if laws are made in order to guarantee power to those who use the states and the international law is submitted to the will of the strongest.

There is no development if the majority of the resources belong to one of us out of one thousand. There is no solidarity if the poverty and the strain of many go towards the well being of a few. There is no peace if it's upon the same states that have always wanted wars. Popular sovereignty can't rise from international organizations of states that are nothing more than instruments of the strongest state, in it’s turn controlled by very few people allowing them to govern the world.

 What is the state and what does it do? The state is an organization made up of human and material resources that draws legitimacy from a constitution people accepted and it keeps this legitimating through the electors’ vote, taxation and public debt. Each state has a people, a territory and a government. It has exclusive legislative, executive and judicial power. Its function is (should be) to redistribute equitably the produced national wealth. It has the monopoly of the use of force in order to guarantee internal order, the observance of the law and defense. The state is above all a war machine, the most efficient war machine. It arises from the war at the end of which feudalism was defeated.

In the so called democratic states the election laws guarantee the assertion of political forces (parties) that propose to keep and consolidate the state in order to use it as instrument of power towards the people. The parties have public and private backing: the political force that has more resources and more information services wins more consent. Each big party or coalition of parties represents a social bloc, a coalition between several economic interest groups. Civil servants side with the political forces that favour their interests.

Taxation affects revenues and consumption, favoring the social bloc that supports who wins the elections. The yearly deficit (difference between current expenses and tax revenue) is covered by public loans. The public debt is continuously increasing. To pay back loans and the relative interests states incur in new debts. Any private person in the condition in which the states are would be proclaimed insolvent.

Somebody pointed out that actually national states don’t exist anymore since the end of the second world war because since then no state has had complete sovereignty with the relative right to use force without the consent of the majority of the other states. They talked about it as a worldwide but not formal state, which is made up of all the states gathered in one centrality: the United Nations.

It’s pure rhetoric. National states, particularly after September the 11th 2001 continued exerting all their sovereignty with the use of force inside and outside, carrying out both legitimate and illegitimate actions based on false excuses. The reality is evident: national state exists, continuing to make war as usual. And it will continue making war until it exists, because war is in its original nature and violence is in its character.

And therefore there is only one choice to take. States must be abolished, their constitutions must be repealed and they must be turned into administrative authorities. We can and must do this for the interest of the majority of the people.

Abolish states means eliminate their territorial sovereignties and the relative borders, it means to eliminate those who make wars, who cause wealth concentration and poverty, who hold humanity to the bureaucracy and parasitism by the resources of those who work and produce.

We must abolish the states and we must do it now, without intermediate changes, without transitional periods. Who wanted to use the states to guarantee more equality and justice caused only less freedom, more violence, less democracy, more bureaucracy and more poverty.

The states won’t stop existing by themselves. They never finish. Like other means invented by men, they turned into purpose too. And the purpose of the states is to protect themselves. National states will never be able to put into practice the principles on which they are based. And the reason is simply because they don’t want to. Because it would mean their extinction. Until they exist they will always and only act in order to protect themselves and the interests they represent, i.e. those of a well-organized narrow minority, which use the majority. States can be abolished only by the society’s will.

Instead of the governments of the states we must form popular communities provided with the power of making, executing and getting laws observed. It will be the civil post-state society, based on law and on reason. Only this way we can pass from appearances to reality, from formal democracy to actual democracy, from legal tender currency to real value currency, from the created order to personal responsibility, from bureaucracy to participation, from economic policy to economic democracy, from estate and capital economic to productive investments, from interstate organizations to the union of peoples, from nations to the universal community.

The post-state society

The civil post-state society develops from the dissolution of the state. No people have ever constituted a state of their own will, except perhaps the first Roman republic, after the expulsion of the last king of Rome. The state’s power rose from the power of weapons. Monarchies and empires arise from wars.

Modern states are just the transformation or the split of monarchies and empires provided with absolute power. The evolution of states took place thanks to the action of few people, who received a mandate from their peoples. From the evolution of states arise nations and from nations arise national states. The state has been a necessary evil, an instrument to temper social conflicts, for centuries. The legitimacy of states is based on their acceptance by the peoples.

States had to rule legitimately peoples in order to guarantee peace. Above all they failed in this, because they arose from wars. War, the use of force and violence, are in their nature, in their character. For this reason they are continuing. Only definite interests forced them to make peace or to refuse war. Abolish states means suppress subjects that arise from war and have been continuing making it since they began to exist. States’ policy is only the temporary suspension of war, which always starts again afterwards. Almost all political forces that ruled states made war. States had to guarantee justice, equality before law. But they guaranteed overpowering to those who supported them. Interstate organizations had to guarantee international law. Instead, the stronger states are, the more they violate international law. States had to redistribute wealth. But they took possession of wealth. To abolish states means cancel a current debt and avoid a future debt increase.

Humanity has reached a sufficient level of development to face its problems and doesn’t need power bodies and hierarchies to solve its conflicts anymore. The state isn’t a necessary evil anymore. Civil society is now able to settle conflicts by self-managed bodies without the need to confer territorial sovereignties to external bodies. Civil society is almost able to settle its conflicts through self-managed bodies without alien entities to which give territory sovereignty. The overcoming of national states has to rise from the grassroots, in a democratic way and without transitory phases, without periods of anarchy. The dissolution of states out of people’s will doesn’t cause the breakdown of civil society but leads to its joining together in a universal community.

Humanity of the XXI century is made up of people who believe in their own individuality but at the same time know they are part of a whole that includes all people who live on the planet. And they realize every day that environment is inseparable part of humanity. In few years the globalization of socio-economic relationships will be completed. Each of us will feel more and more different from each other person and for this reason he will understand he needs the trust, the co-operation and the tolerance of all the others.

The Republic of the Earth

What’s needed in order to solve the problems of the entirety of the human beings is a new world political system that expresses the greatest authoritativeness. The new government system has not to be a global state or another state or interstate body but a government without state, the government of the entirety of the Earth’s inhabitants.

As the will of the majority of all human beings overcomes any other power, a world government directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet represents the greatest power. This is the axiom from which the Republic of the Earth arises as government system elected directly by the inhabitants of the planet. The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth establishes the fundamental principles for a civil cohabitation with twelve simple articles.

Article 1

The Republic of the Earth is a democratic government system of the inhabitants of the planet and their groups with the aim to live in peace in the best possible way.

It draws origin from the existing political structures and it is caused by the necessity to face the material problems, in order to guarantee every human being the right to believe in his or her own happiness and the right to act to achieve it, respecting others and nature.

The Republic of the Earth is made up of those who ask to become part of it under the condition of acceptance of the Constitution.

Article 2

The control and the management of the Republic is entrusted by people to their representatives, elected in the forms and ways considered the more valid according to the level of perception and knowledge of the same people.

It is forbidden any action which modifies the appearance and the substance of the democratic system .

Article 3

The Republic recognizes and guarantees all unalienable rights of the human person and promotes the development of all human beings, recognizing their individual diversities and it moderates their effects for the common good, guaranteeing individuals and groups freedom of thought, expression and action also freeing them from their primary needs and, as much as possible, from their fear.

It is inspired by principles of truth, beauty and justice, which can and must animate all mankind and demand the fulfillment of the duties necessary to guarantee the best development of every person and his maximum evolution. To this purpose it undertakes the task to remove the obstacles that can prevent such result.

Article 4

All the inhabitants of the Republic have the same dignity and absolute equal rights and duties.

The Republic resolves the conflicts between its inhabitants, assuring free, correct, and peaceful competition, moderating excesses.

Article 5

The Republic recognizes that the human system is an organized group of subjects and relationships between them and their behaviors.

The Earth is the environment composed by all parts influencing the system self and also all others parts whose behaviors are influenced by the system itself.

Article 6

The Republic aims at the improvement of social, civil, political, economic, moral and religious systems and, therefore, the improvement of the relationships and behaviors between human beings and between them and other systems of the Earth, in consideration of their mutual interconnection.

Democratically, it:

1) analyses the social relationships and their influence on the interpersonal relations, promoting the maximum solidarity in every field and assuring the means of achieving understanding of each person with fellow creatures and nature;

2) establishes more fitting rules in order to guarantee the best civil relationships according to the greatest possible individual freedom and justice between all human beings;

3) sets up political relationships, establishes their legitimacy and the most fitting ways to promote the participation of peoples to the creation and the management of their institutions;

4) programs the economic relationships, the production processes and the destination of wealth for the fulfillment of primary needs, considering them essential conditions to guarantee human survival and to defeat poverty on the whole planet;

5) considers and protects the moral relationships and the ways aimed at achieving the spiritual well-being, through the enhancement of the inner strength to act consistently with what is generally recognized as true, right and beautiful;

6) guarantees the freedom of religious relationships and promotes the search for the original cause and the final aim of humanity.

Article 7

The Republic supports all initiatives aiming to promote processes to accomplish the utmost level of development, proposing itself as a basis, therefore, as an organizational principle and also balance.

It accelerates the process of awareness of reality and nature of problems, inducing the acknowledge of the facts corresponding to the evidence or truth, establishing the degree of priority of different problems for the common good. It discovers their origins and their causes and it proposes possible goals, achievable solutions and likely consequences.

It also identifies available resources and it verifies the methods of production of the necessary means of setting up strategies. Those are in fact organizational premises allowing the best use of resources and produced means, orienting the persons to the more suitable praxis of achieving the expected results consistently with the adopted strategies, analyzing the obstacles and elaborating the ways to overcome them. It then verifies the results and the produced effects.

Article 8

The Republic, by recognizing that human beings needs to feed themselves to live, it promotes and supports the transformation of natural resources through work, favoring the adaptation of production relationships to the level of development of the productive forces.

It also recognizes the requirement of a minimum territory for every person and the natural necessity to be on good terms with the others.

Therefore it protects social relationships, guaranteeing enough food and adequate housing.

It protects physical and mental health through any mean and all available treatment and promotes the research on prevention and cure of diseases, contributing to achieving the longest possible life.

It guarantees equal dignity to all inhabitants; it favors and protects the composition of the family and of the couple as a natural base of society.

It protects maternity and infancy, promoting a flexible and responsible education for children.

It assists old people and it favors their integral permanency in society, recognizing their experience.

It guarantees alimentary and sanitary facilities to: native people, injured or sick people, disabled people, involuntarily unemployed people, old and poor people, rehabilitating and activating those who may be useful to social and productive life.

It accelerates the conception and achievement of pleasant and suitable environment for every inhabitant.

Asserting full freedom of arts and sciences, it supports cultural and educational programs, making information clear and unconditioned, removing obstacles to help maximize knowledge, guaranteeing information and a cultural education oriented to the improvement of human relationships and suitable to the requirements of work, art, sciences, technique and ethics.

It prevents any initiative alienating consciences and limiting freedom of judgment of its inhabitants.

It recognizes the unit of all individuals and takes part in the conflicts between instincts and reason or individuality and community, supporting the spread of altruism and social security and guaranteeing effective solidarity between the peoples, actively promoting every action for peace.

It is engaged in eliminating crime and its causes and to guarantee public order, adequately mitigating every degeneration and correcting its effects.

It guarantees human life in all its expression and promotes the values of being and becoming, safeguarding the freedom of women without preventing new lives to be born, taking into consideration the effects of an excessive demographic development, to be maintained within supportable limits.

Article 9

The laws of the Republic are inspired by universal recognized principles of international Rights and are characterized by simple meaning and syntax.

The Republic demands the implementation of social and civil duties in the interest of all the inhabitants of the Earth, eliminating contradictions between norms and repealing obsolete ones.

It guarantees the demonstration of right and wrong also in relationships with the institutions, promoting the review of the civil, penal and administrative processes and showing the consequences of an insufficient sense of duty.

Article 10

The Republic guarantees full sovereignty of all its inhabitants and their equality in face of the law.

It promotes political integration of all the peoples of the Earth, recognizing the local autonomies in terms of programming and political, administrative and fiscal decentralization.

It guarantees all inhabitants freedom to gather in any form, being not secret, in order to improve the individuals and groups by means of a free dialectic process of ideas.

The Republic is divided into international, national, regional and local governments, all constituted in intentional forums required by the peoples electing them.

It promotes the political participation by means of an electoral system in which the peoples exercise an effective and constant sovereignty on the governments and are protagonists of their continuous renewal.

The inhabitants of the Republic are represented in the International Assembly constituted by a representative of every ten million inhabitants.

The faculty to make the laws is normally up to the international Assembly, but also the inhabitants of the Republic can take the initiative to propose, to approve and to abrogate them according to the law.

The representatives in the international Assembly are elected directly by the inhabitants of the Republic and stay in office four years, except in the case of non-fulfillment of the undertaken engagements with the constituents.

Twelve elected governors from the International Assembly, which elect among them the president, From the Government of the Republic.

The Government remains in office until revocation from the international Assembly and however not more than six years from the date of election.

The Government is ruled by the President and has the task to carry out the decisions taken by the International Assembly and to approve urgent decisions.

The International Assembly must ratify such decisions within a year and the possible non-ratification involves the resignation of the Government.

Article 11

The resources of the Earth belong to all its inhabitants and are available to those who want to produce in respect of the environment.

The Republic guarantees a fair availability of resources, a fair means of production as well as the freedom to undertake, production improvement and the exchanges with the participation of the workers to the management and the result of the enterprises.

The ways of production and destination of wealth must correspond to the requirements and the effort of all inhabitants of the Earth and must be oriented to the maximum productive reinvestment of wealth.

The Republic guarantees useful occupation to all active members of the population who have in its turn to carry out the most suitable activities to the requirements and to the individual characteristics, taking into consideration the general ones.

The taxes from individuals are applied only on non-productive use.

The Republic contributes to the reorganization of the budgets of its governments.

The budget of the Republic must be as transparent as possible.

The Republic cannot get into debt except to receive down payments of sure future benefits.

Article 12

The Republic encourages coherence between logic and action and promotes sincerity and altruism as a maximum expression of individuality.

On the Earth complete independence of every moral and religious belief is guaranteed.

The Republic actively promotes the understanding and integration between different cultures and various customs and it considers the patrimony of every ethnic group and every genetic character undeniable. The Republic has the obligation to defend its own inhabitants from any inner or external violence.

It solves and, if necessary, eliminates the conflicts jeopardizing the safety of its inhabitants (using force only when unavoidable).

The International Assembly establishes all unforeseen and not-forbidden events by this Constitution and it takes all necessary provisions to achieve the principles and the objectives established by it, with validity for all the governments and the people taking part in the Republic of the Earth.

The disposition of performance of the Republic of the Earth provides that:

1) The constitution of the Republic of the Earth is in force from the first of January of the year 2001.

2) The International Assembly is elected within three months from when at least one hundred and twenty million inhabitants will have taken part to the Republic of the Earth;

3) Until the election of the International Assembly provided by the Constitution, the management and the coordination of the Republic of the Earth will be run by the Committee of the Representatives; formed by the two hundred founders designed at the end of each solar trimester by obtaining the greater number of votes and accepting the task;

4) The members of the Committee of the Representatives are mandatory of the other founders and responsible for the allocation of the resources of the Republic of the Earth.

5) The Committee of the Representatives establishes kind and manners of the representation of the Republic of the Earth.

6) Until the election of the international assembly, the Committee of the Representatives will be renewed within the 20th day of the month following the end of each solar trimester.

7) The last Committee of the representatives will organize the election of the International Assembly.

8) The currency of the Republic of the Earth is "Dhana", with a totally guaranteed emission value.

9) Until the election of the International Assembly the Committee of the representatives undertakes every decision pertinent to the management of the currency of the Republic of the Earth.

10) The Republic adopts a central informative system under the responsibility of the Committee of the representatives and it's delegates.

11) All the acts pertinent to the running of the Republic of the Earth achieved before the election of the International Assembly are published on www.asmad.org web site.

The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth is not an act by which a body grants rights and undertakes obligations towards society, neither a request, nor a proposal, nor a concession. The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth is a social agreement by which each single person asserts his own rights, recognizes the rights of others and undertakes his own duties. It’s an act of responsibility, by which human society declares that the power of an external body (the state) has stopped existing and directly undertakes the power to decide how to create its own future. By this act human family cancels all the tutelage coming from outside and takes back the reins of its own history.

The human community

With the Republic of the Earth arises the civil post-state society, in which the human community asserts the following fundamental principles for a free, fair and pacific cohabitation.

The human being is the most developed life-form on the Earth, which is the natural environment where the human being is born, lives and dies.

The close bond with his environment calls for the maximum respect for nature.

Every human being is a person who is different and separate from others.

On the Earth there are sufficient natural resources for life and evolution of every human being.

People know they have to work to live and to improve their own conditions of life.

The destination of the goods of the planet is universal and everybody has the right to enjoy and have at his disposal the fruits of his own productive work.

In order to realize these principles the human community must give itself some essential rules, which international law unanimously recognizes as valid.

Every human being must have at his disposal the necessary resources to do what he can for a living and his development.

Air and water in nature are free from any bond and they must be at everyone’s disposal. Other natural goods can be recognized to individuals and groups without any bond.

All human beings are born equal in dignity, rights and obligations and they are free to act in order to satisfy their needs and wishes.

Human beings organize their relationships in social communities as unions of people with common needs, purposes, relationships and bonds, so that they can form one body. The community lays the rules down for a civil and pacific cohabitation of the people who are members of it. Everybody can live communally with others but he must accept their rules.

The community’s rules are laid down according to the natural law based on common good and on smaller evil. It is good what has universal moral value and is considered bad or wrong and causes damage, pain or suffering. Violence against others and nature is never good.

Every person is free to live, know and act for his own happiness.

All that isn’t in contrast with the rules of the community and with the common good is allowed.

Everyone’s happiness springs from personal conditions and environmental conditions and from individual and collective actions. The community helps everyone to face pain and facilitates and defends his or her happiness.

The freedom of every single person is the power of expressing his own personality in thought and action and his own subjectiveness without causing damages to others.

Individual freedom is restricted only by collective freedom.

Survival, assistance and physical and intellectual development of every person without the ability to provide for his own needs are dependent on the community.

Every person must be able to know the reality of past i

People who can do it must use personal and environmental energy to transform natural resources in products by their own or with others and to carry out a service that is useful to the community.

Every person must use his own abilities to take care at least of himself.

On the Earth there aren’t sovereign territorial political and legal bodies but only bodies with territorial jurisdiction, which represent the social communities and are directly elected by them.

Every person can circulate and settle everywhere on condition that accepts the rules of the place where he goes or stays.

No one can occupy spaces that are reserved and belong to others.

The right to have reserved space is acquired by purchase, donation or succession.

All people have the right of property or tenure of the goods necessary for their life.

Property that doesn’t originate in productive work is unjustified.

The surface of the Earth is broken up into villages, districts, municipalities, regions, confederations and continents only in order to organize the best cohabitation possible and to establish the competences of the bodies representing social communities.

Villages are population centers outside the cities.

Districts are parts or sectors of cities.

Municipalities are made up of villages and districts.

Regions are made up of groups of municipalities.

Confederations are made up of groups of regions.

Continents are made up of confederations.

Each community that is settled in a part of territory lay the rules down and get them carried out and observed by bodies representing the community, which are democratically elected.

The rules of the continents prevail over the ones of the confederations, the rules of the confederations over the ones of the regions, the rules of the regions over the ones of the municipalities, the rules of the municipalities over the ones of the districts and the villages.

The representative bodies are the community council, which lays the rules down, the executive committee, which gets the rules carried out of common interest and the justice body, which gets them observed.

Representative bodies have jurisdiction on the part of territory of the community that elects them.

Rules and regulations, the number of members and the duration of the appointment of the representative bodies are decided on by the community that elects them.

Each representative body lays the rules and the proceedings for its own working down.

In order to harmonize the rules and avoid jurisdiction conflicts between them, the first representative bodies are elected first for continent, then for confederation, for region, for municipality, for district and village.

Some precise information about the right of property is necessary, starting from the relationship between individual or private property and universal destination of goods. Property is the right to enjoy and to dispose of products and ideas. As products and ideas are the result of the processing of natural resources and energy by work, property represents the result of work. Property springing from work is therefore justified (lawful). It is unjustified (unlawful) when it doesn’t spring from work but from unlawful activities and abuses: for example, robbery, theft and embezzlement don’t legalize property.

War is a matter of embezzlement. By war you take possession of territories, goods and privileges not by work but by force (for example granting of utilization). Property originating from a war is always unjustified and unlawful and therefore it must be cancelled. Canceling an unlawful property doesn’t mean breaking any right of property but eliminating the action of expropriation by force. So the right of property and the other rights of disposability, which formed because of wars, must be cancelled. Deposits, mines, buildings, treasures and other material values on which people acquired rights owing to a war must return into disposability of the peoples from whom they were taken away.

The community order The distinguishing features of the XXI century are the search after truth and the conquest of freedom. Each of us can and wants to know what accords with actual reality and what is appearance or pretence instead. Each of us wants and can live in the greatest possible independence.

Who takes part to the Republic of the Earth recognizes that truth is everybody’s fundamental need, which peace is essential condition for everybody’s whole development and that justice is the only alternative to violence.

So down with nationals powers. No people are enemy of other people. Only states are enemies of other states. Only states make wars with each other. And they use their peoples to do so. Powers, states, base their superiority on laws studied to keep privileges on taxation, public debt, bureaucracy, and party magistrates and on weapons.

Civil post-state society will base its own authoritativeness on will and commitment of the majority of people, on free and voluntary contribution, on individual responsibility, on solidarity, on independence and on union. The strategy for liberation of peoples is only one. Studying in order to know, communicating quickly, working, stopping social conflicts, fixing feasible aims, using all non-violent means, withstanding pressures and compromises, refusing blackmails, isolating parasites, adopting a currency for all peoples.

The new political system in which civil society is organized has to guarantee the transformation:

from state to civil post-state society;

from formal democracy to substantial democracy;

from the government of the state to the government of the community;

from the constituted order to the community self-determination;

from international organizations of states to the union of peoples;

from state bureaucracy to responsible participation in the community;

from nations to universal community;

from speculative economy to real economy;

from economic policy to economic democracy;

from estate facilities to investments promotion;

from legal tender currency to currency with real value.

This is not a declaration of war to the states but a declaration of peace, for those who have more power and for those who don’t have it. So there must not be secrets in specifying the actions to carry out. Only in wartime you must not reveal your own strategy.

The essential concrete actions for entering pacifically into post-state civil society and for realizing the community order are:

adhering to the Republic of the Earth by declaring to share the principles of its Constitution  and the disposition of its performance;

electing the international Assembly of the Republic of the Earth so that people can appoint the Government of the Republic, which stops all international military activities and all violent conflicts by the i;

electing and activating the bodies of self-determination of social communities per continent, per confederation, per region, per municipality, per district and per village, establishing their jurisdictions in legislative, executive and judicial field;

getting every power in contrast with the established rules by social communities eliminated from constitutions of national states;

eliminating borders among states;

redistributing equally natural resources and means of production so that every person can work and produce what is necessary to live;

liberalizing production and trade by eliminating all useless obstacles and taxation in order to guarantee a loyal production and trade competition;

intensifying and spreading the basic research and the applied research in all sectors and particularly in the ones of energy, health and technology;

instituting specific community bodies in order to face the problems of general interest (energy, water, food, health, culture, information, and so on);

creating an intercommunity fund for services of public utility with resources coming from voluntary contributions according to the principle that everyone should give how much he can to have what he needs;

forming a world security force to keep the order and get rules observed in the community and among them;

facing the most felt and urgent problems and using the available means and technologies to obtain quick results, as each delay represents a bigger cost than the one that is necessary to accelerate.

So the community order arises, the new political and legal organization of the human relationships, based on self-government and responsibility of who forms part of the community. For this organization employees and public and private workers, entrepreneurs, traders and consumers, artists and scientists, retired people and students, families and enterprises. Each of these figures performs a useful function for the others and each of them needs the others.

To those who say that this project is impossible, that it has never been and could not be realized even by a great power, we must answer that it’s true: this project could not be realized even by all the states of the Earth together, because their purpose isn’t to solve material problems of their peoples but keep the power over their peoples. And to those who maintains that now that citizens need protection against international terrorism we cannot think to abolish the only body that can guarantee their safety, we must answer that the force of the states doesn’t eliminate the origins, causes, actions and the effects of international terrorism, evil which we have to eradicate.

The roots of international terrorism, its causes, arise from wars, from invasions by which they have stolen and continue stealing resources. The roots arise and develop from poverty, from despair. The answer isn’t the repression of effects but the elimination of causes. Islamic terrorism doesn’t want to conquer the west but it certainly wants to chase the west away from places that aren’t of the west and from which the west draws the means to feed its own life styles and it pretends to continue doing it. It will not be possible. The obliged choice of the west is its own self-criticism. Some people are already doing it but those monstrous bodies of bureaucracy and false representation of reality, which depend on states, hiss them. We should not fight international terrorism; we have to eliminate it without fighting, by eliminating the causes from which it originates.

The force of states, of big powers and the one of the only superpower, which has remained, is known. They are gigantic, monstrous forces, which have never existed before. But it is also known that these forces are temporary, based on the consent of all those who foster these forces and accept that enormous resources are taken away from them, i.e. one third of wealth produced every year on the planet, deceiving themselves that future will be better. These forces are based on conventions, habits, commonplaces, and indifference: conditions that are difficult to remove.

However, when people realize that they can’t go on this way anymore, these conditions can revolt against those who created and wanted these conditions. When people realize that continuation of states brings continuation of civil society up for discussion, because social questions are too many compared to the missing political answers, they realize the need to change.

The organization of civil post-state society and the community order are not and will never be final results, so they will never be aims but only means to improve human society by reason and consciousness, responsibility and individual will, until everyone has conquered the ability to control by himself the instincts from which our evolution originates. But this will be a different story.

PENTAKOS
1990

AUTOBIOGRAPHY

I was born in Salsomaggiore Terme (Parma, Italy) on January 20, 1950. My father, Rudolfo Marusi drowned in the Po river on July 31, 1949. My mother is Ivana Guareschi.

I was raised in a peasant family in the section of Parma province near the Po river. From 1970 to 1974 I worked in the cooperative movement and helped found a number of farming cooperatives. At the same time I took part in the creation of the first regional planning associations following the delegation decrees and the promulgation of the Common Market Agricultural Directives.

At the end of 1974 I founded the first commercial cooperative without ties to any political party. This did not go down well with the Cooperative Movement. First they forced us to follow the traditional economic relationships between cooperative and its members. Then, in 1977, they forced us to shut down.

From 1978 to 1979 I went back to farming and continued to study philosophy, economics, theology and computer science.

In 1980 I incorporated a new company but this too closed two years later because of non-payment of an enormous debt drawn on one of the ten most important Italian banks.

In 1982 I tried again with new multi-sector group of companies based on Common market regulations for Groups of companies and the market.

From 1983 to 1984 I acted as Receiver for a ceramic tile factory on behalf of the Court of Parma.

In 1985 I founded the Carisma Group. The inspiration for this dates back three years and it was planned as a company independent from and unconditioned by anything apart from the law. This new effort was a success.

In 1991 I created Stellar, an information system with transmissions via geostationary satellites.

So far, though, I have done little, too little.

I shall do my best to make up for the delay.

PREFACE

I must present and justify this text.

I will do this quickly in much the same way as I have tried to simplify the thoughts expressed here.

The reason is a sense of shame: my awareness that too many people live badly. There are too many people whose existence is negative.

The origin is my mind that registers things known, perceives and processes problems, looks for solutions and, sometimes by thought and sometimes by intuition, produces ideas.

The purpose is to change everything that is not going well, everything that, according to the people, is not going well.

My first contribution in this is to provide some indications — all subject to discussion — towards changing to the better.

Then I will accept the judgement of all those to whom I have managed to transmit what I think. Then, I will act in the interest of the people.

I will act with all the force of someone who believes in what he wants.

Someone who wants all human beings to have the same rights and the same responsibilities.

The right to survival.

The right to grow in health.

The right to know the truth.

The right to be free and to be happy.

The responsibility of using one’s own energies.

The responsibility of working and producing wealth.

The responsibility of using part of the wealth produced to generate more wealth.

The responsibility of living in peace according to justice.

In a word, a man who wants to change the world.

FOREWORD

We confuse nothingness with absence of space and time.

We also confuse:

- origin and cause;

- cause and effects;

- emptiness and absence of matter;

- energy and life;

- death and the end;

- wealth with money;

- passion with love;

- having and being;

- happiness and desire;

- God and the imperceptible being;

- force and action;

- eternity and the end of time;

- government and power;

- history and truth;

- miracles and science;

- origin and end;

- imagination and the future;

- fact and chance;

- mind and reason;

- the possible and the probable;

- the impossible and the improbable;

- certainty and the absolute;

- needs and desires;

- justice and ethics;

- liberty and law;

- system and method;

- goal and means.

We confuse the terms and we are wrong.

From this derives an entire chain of events whose incorrect starting point, conditions every effect.

These premises have to be clarified before I get into the heart of the text.

Where do we come from? Why do we exist? Where do we live?

There is a sole origin. It is the original cause, source of all causes and all effects in an evolutionary chain that directs a first event towards the last.

Every cause after the original one is at the same time an effect of the previous cause.

Emptiness is made up of space, time and energy but not perceptible at the moment. Absence of matter is impossible in a space that contains energy evolving in time.

Energy is the primordial force whose most complex effect is life.

Death is the physical and chemical perception of the conclusion of an event that, in turn, becomes cause of a successive event. The end and conclusion of the trilogy: energy, space, time.

Wealth is the creation of solutions to material problems.

Money is the potential representation of the wealth produced.

Passion is the effect of evolving forces that originate in the instinctive mind, in love and in the universal desire for satisfaction that begins in the reason.

To be able to use resources, being is the perception of ones own resources directed towards the maximum evolution.

God is the ideal manifestation of reason still imperfect, not fully achieved. The imperceptible being is the contingent condition of the status of a subject.

Force is the tendency effects have of reacting to causes. Action is the complex of these causes.

Eternity is the state of energy before the beginning and after the end of space and time. The end of time is thus the cause of eternity.

Government is the capacity of directing the effects from the use of resources towards common interests. Power is the ability to decide.

History is the apparent transfer of facts. Truth is the essence of facts.

A miracle is the perception of effects from unknown causes. Science is research into causes.

The origin was in the utmost simplicity whereas the end was in the utmost in complexity.

Imagination is an expression linked with memory. The future is the complex of events on which reason can have an effect.

A fact is an event (cause or effect). Chance is a non-existent empirical conception, a surrendering of everything that appears still imponderable to us.

Mind is the objective expression of complex energy of which reason is a manifestation.

The possible is everything that can happen in a logical chain of events. The probable is an event’s conjuncture with time and space.

The impossible is that which does not depend on energy. The improbable is evolution without cause.

The certain is that which is perceived, recognized and, in itself, relative. The absolute can only be an effect of the end of events.

Needs are material effects of existence. Desires are the effects of the satisfaction of desires.

Justice is a tendency towards ethics. Ethics is an immanent event.

Liberty is the possibility of the maximum expression of being. Law is the settlement of conflicts.

System is organization of resources. Method is the application of resources.

Purpose is the final effect that one wants to achieve. Means are resources necessary to achieve the purpose.

Lastly, nothingness is everything that we still do not know, the unknown. Absence of space and time is the state of pure energy at the simplest and the most complex levels. It is the state of the beginning and the end.

INTRODUCTION

This book sets out to solve problems.

The problems of mankind are so vast that it might seem excessive to place them within the context of other scenarios and, basically, within the context of other serious problems.

But it may just be that the solution to mankind’s problems can only be solved by means of a solution to all the problems that the human mind can perceive.

The combination of instinct, intuition and reason in confrontation with facts that have been shifted and projected into a possible future, may be the sole possibility we have.

Thus, in a single text, we have material and immaterial, philosophical and historical, religious and economic, political and physical concepts.

However, the sequence of the text follows a definite evolution. First the main simple concepts are enunciated though this too will involve a certain among of difficulty given their condensed form. Next more complicated principles are explained but here the expression is simpler.

At the same time we will talk about the beginning of everything, about the cause and the purpose of humankind, of wealth, politics, religion. At the end of all this, we reach an intuition of the ultimate purpose.

In the meanwhile, we shall try to prove every intuition using our reason, a logical chaining of perceptions and ideation.

Lastly, we will attempt to represent actual reality and to organize the resources necessary to improve it forever.

To succeed we will follow a number of stages:

- theoretical statements;

- logical development of these statements;

- practical consequences;

- effects and prospective of these statements.

The theoretical statements are about the immensely small and the immensely large.

The logical development of the statements derives from the reason and involves human beings and is the subject/fruit of the final evolutionary stage, the epilogue.

The practical consequences are about our everyday choices.

The effects of the prospective link our present and future with the universal beginning and end.

PART  I

UNIVERSAL LAWS

Every form of energy is made up of three elements: positive, negative and neutral.

In all natural energy entities two of these elements, the positive and the neutral, are at the center of a space — they are the nucleus of this space. The third element, the negative, gravitates around the other two in elliptical orbits in a certain space for a certain period of time.

Thus the energy that we know is made up of two opposed forces in equilibrium that exist within a certain space and move for a certain period of time.

The neutral element is, of itself, in equilibrium but this equilibrium is unstable.

The distance between the nucleus and the orbiting negative element determines space.

If time were stopped, the centrifugal force of the negative element would be cancelled. It would drop towards the nucleus and unite with the positive element and become a single unitary part of the neutral element.

Space would no longer exist.

The energy unit would be made up of two elements in one and in equilibrium.

The whole would be made up of two independent forces in equilibrium.

Therefore, it is space that causes the interdependence of opposite forces for a certain period of time.

If there is no space, opposed forces are independent and never out of balance. However they will be unstable otherwise they would never have been in a state of unbalance.

Now, let’s suppose that we could mix together a large number of energy units and then stop time and therefore cancel space. All the negative forces would then fall towards the center, towards the positive force elements.

The result would be a more complex form of energy with a less unstable equilibrium.

In both cases, however, we can imagine an entity made up of three independent forces, two of which, where space and time exist, would become interdependent.

Beginning with the simplest form of energy, if we want to obtain a more complex form, we need space in which the transformations (evolutionary processes) and time, that marks the stages of these transformations.

ORIGIN

In the beginning there was pure energy made up of elementary particles in equilibrium and with primordial intelligence.

This equilibrium was based on independent forces and the energy was neutral.

Time and space did not exist.

The absolute independence of the forces formed the scenario.

But equilibrium, based on absolutely independent forces, was made up of particles of energy in their simplest state with minimum intelligence.

CAUSE

The original cause of evolution is the need perceived by the primordial intelligence, expressed by energy in its simplest state, to move from a minimum to a maximum quotient.

Since the forces are independent, the primordial equilibrium was unstable.

The need to evolve, therefore, caused unbalance and energy began to move. The first effect of this was the creation of time. The second was space.

Through space and in time, primordial energy transformed itself into matter that produces increasingly complex energy that tends towards stable reharmonization.

Primitive energy, had to aggregate in order to evolve.

It therefore transformed itself into mass without which, since there was no gravity, no aggregation is possible.

Transformation necessarily requires unbalance.

The evolutionary movement, by the transformation of energy in space and time, leads to a more complex equilibrium, unbalance.

Space and time are respectively the means and the measure of evolution until the more complex form of energy has been reached and finally stable equilibrium achieved.

EFFECTS

The effect of reharmonization will be the disappearance of space and time.

The beginning and the end are two conditions of equilibrium at a different level.

The final effect will be perfection — stable equilibrium.

Depending of the status of this evolutionary process, there are two fundamental forces: the existence of unbalance and the tendency towards more complex reharmonization.

These two forces can represent good and evil: the state of unbalance and the gradual evolution of energy towards a state of more complex reharmonization.

Evil, or unbalance, is the action that modifies energy’s current status. Good is the force that reacts to unstable unbalance and tends towards a more complex reharmonization.

Since both beginning and end are two states of equilibrium and since in effect, important transformations of the original condition have occurred in time and space in the general direction of the end, it follows that the trend towards reharmonization was stronger than towards unbalance, good is stronger than evil.

And in fact, it is logical that the force of a reaction is stronger than any specific action because a reaction is well aware of the action when it intervenes and the contrary is not possible.

Reaction has more awareness than action because when it occurs it does so in full awareness of all the previous actions and reactions.

Action has lesser awareness than reaction because when it occurs is still does not know exactly what kind of reaction it will provoke.

Action is a simpler form of energy than reaction. Reaction is thus a more complex form of energy.

In effect, evil is a simpler form of expression than good.

Good is the dissolving of evil. It is the achievement of awareness to eliminate it.

Evil, in as much as it is action, cannot have full awareness of the force of good.

Thus, good, as reaction to evil is stronger than evil because it is a reaction to evil in the very act of becoming aware of it.

Common elements of good and evil are: quantity, quality and effects.

The first universal law is this: given the same quantity, evil produces a higher quantity of effects than the good.

Therefore, to defeat evil, the forces of good (reharmonization) must generate higher quality.

And in fact this is the case because otherwise there would not have been any evolution from the original condition.

The second universal law is: to defeat evil (actual unbalance), it must be known.

A non-existent or unknown evil cannot be overcome. It is, perhaps, only possible to foresee it.

The third universal law is: to achieve well, evil must be defeated. It must be fought against, reaction and a movement toward reharmonization.

Unless reactions are expressed, evil cannot be defeated (it will not defeat itself) because evil is unbalance without a trend towards reharmonization.

HUMAN BEING

The human being is the end of evolution that, from primordial energy’s state of instable equilibrium moves towards stable reharmonization in a more complex form of energy.

Thus we can identify the origin, the cause and purpose of the human being.

The origin is the unbalance suffered by the elementary primordial energy (sub-atomic particles) in unstable equilibrium.

The cause is the previous state that is continually evolving.

The complex of these previous situations (events), determines the fact of having been, of being and of potentially being.

The purpose is the final state of reharmonization to be reached in the most complex form of energy — reason.

Therefore, the purpose is perfection because the human being (human reason) appears as a potential final level of the evolutionary process that regains the state of equilibrium.

From sub-atomic particles to gas; from gas to matter; from matter to life; from life to human beings; from human beings to reason.

This is the evolutionary process: from the simplest energy (in unstable equilibrium) to the more complex form of energy (in stable equilibrium).

Perfect reason could stand at the end of this evolutionary process. Man has this but still uses it partially and imperfectly.

In fact, as far as we know, man’s reason appears to be the final stage in the evolutionary process that regains the state of reharmonization.

If the evolution of all forms of life leads to man, everything that happens is instrumental to this purpose including those things that we (with our human reason) judge to be evil.

Evil, therefore is a fact (action or thought) inherent in the evolutionary process. It goes against evolution (knowingly evil) when it is not necessary or useful to evolution.

But there is more, the evil that makes man aware that what is he doing is evil causes involution. Everything that derives from this can only be evil for the person who does it and for the person who receives it.

We could say that good and evil are actions done in relation to the being that can judge them.

Evil is closely related to reason, to the possibility of recognizing it.

Good is evolution as reaction to evolutionary unbalance.

PART II

PHILOSOPHICAL STATEMENT

The philosophical statement is derived directly from the concepts on the origin, the cause and the purpose of human beings.

It consists in the identification of the essential characters by which a human being achieves his perfection.

This perfection can only be individual and absolute and causes as a logical effect, universal perfection.

Thus we can only talk about universal perfection on the basis of individual perfection of all human beings.

Individual perfection can be considered as potential achievable through the full use of the mind.

We all know that the human mind is infinitely superior to what it actually does. It has been scientifically proven that a larger, even if only slight, use of the human mind would generate results far out of proportion to the increase in the use.

The main lines of the philosophical statement are:

- philosophical origins;

- natural essences;

- elements of the real;

- objective utilities;

- subjective utilities.

These essential characteristics are the foundations of the philosophical statement. These are foundations that must be formed from original statements, their proofs and their foreseeable effects obtained when they are put into effect.

PHILOSOPHICAL ORIGINS

The origins of a philosophical statement can only derive from in-depth individual psychological introspection. Here the individual who has the capacity to examine himself profoundly, must also have the ability, though exercise of memory and reason, to draw up conclusions about his own being in a state of equilibrium with the memory and reason of all other individuals.

Naturally, this equilibrium must also extend to the causes, the effects, to the ultimate purpose and therefore also to the ultimate interest.

Philosophical origins are made up of: truth, beauty, justice, originality and will.

TRUTH

Truth is proven or provable being.

Human beings have identified two truths: actual truth and historical truth.

Actual truth, in fact the only truth, is that which has been or can be proven through research into its origins, causes and effects. It is the truth that the human mind can perceive and recognize. It is the only truth on which a human being can logically construct his evolution.

Actual truth can be defined as a chain of proven or provable causes and effects brought to an origin that, in turn is proven or provable.

Historical truth, on the other hand, is that mainly based on the purpose that one wants to achieve on an individual basis without taking origins, causes and effects into account.

Thus historical truth is a chain of facts received and transferred with a functional purpose for those who have received and transferred it or with a functional purpose for individuals the others have wanted to be so endowed.

Both truths are chains of facts where the previous is the cause (causal fact) and the following is the effect (effected fact).

Thus, cause and effect facts in each of the two truths stem from an original cause (from a fact).

If the original cause is a historical truth, we have a chain of historical facts. If the original cause is an actual truth, we have a chain of actual facts.

Thus we can say that every effect can be traced back to the original cause that produced it.

It might then seem that the effect of every cause is unchangeable in relation to the cause that produced it.

In reality, on the contrary, it is possible to modify (revolutionize) effects in relation to their causes. This occurs when the subject modifying the effect chooses, or, to be more precise, is induced to modify the effect when the cost or sacrifice involved in accepting the effect is greater than that of changing it. And this without taking in account any advantages or disadvantages that the subject may derive from this revolution.

Substantially, the individual subject can, if he wants (and not to want it is more costly than to want it) insert his own cause between a determinate (logical) effect and its cause. In this way, he will influence the effect that would have followed on that determinate cause.

Individual self-determination consists in this concept: when the cost/sacrifice involved in acceptance is higher that the cost that must be accepted in changing.

And this, without taking into account the material advantages. The relationship between the two costs is not material but rather psychological and cerebral.

There is a relationship or better yet, a law, governing actual and historical truth: historical truth can be modified by actual truth and thus cause natural evolution of the latter into the former. Actual truth, once proven, can never be transformed into a historical truth and therefore can never be subject to involutionary processes.

Therefore, the effect whose cause is individual self-determination, influences the relation between cause and effect that depends on an original historical cause. But it can only attempt to influence the relations between cause and effect that depend on a proven actual original cause.

BEAUTY

Beauty is the natural scenario considered in the light of its evolutionary complex: origin, cause, effect and purpose.

Without the influence of individual human self-determination, beauty would not exist. The perception and recognition of the beautiful are effects stemming from the evolution of energy influenced by the individual.

There is inner and exterior beauty.

Inner beauty is the equilibrium with cerebral energy and therefore an expression of one’s own being as you want it to be.

Exterior beauty is the relationship between individual instinct, self-determination and an external expression, an objective and understandable fact.

But beauty is also a contingent character, it relates to a determined time and as such, is capable of being modified by a relationship between being (the present) and potential being (possible future).

Substantially, beauty is that which really exists and is perceived within the context of the possible evolution of that which exists by means of self-determination.

Thus we can see the interdependence between the character of beauty and that of truth.

Inner beauty is in relation to inner actual truth. Exterior beauty is in relation to the effects modified by actual truth.

JUSTICE

Justice is the relationship between the individual and humanity.

Individuality is subjective acceptance of one’s own being through psychological introspection on one’s personal characteristics to express one’s own well being to the utmost.

Humanity is viewed as all human beings taken as a whole in which individuality is an essential component.

Justice therefore is expressed in the work (thought and action) that an individual produces for his own well being when this individual work has the common good of the entire species as its effect. Thus it has an influence on the evolution of every human being.

Therefore it is not true that life is a stock market in which the increase in individual well being is at the expense of everybody else’s.

This assumption, always taken as an axiom, has been borrowed by economic mechanisms governing the material relationships in the production and distribution of wealth where political systems have become regulators or moderators of conflicts.

It is thus, unfortunately, that we have individuals who have sacrificed, in addition to the rights of all the others, also part of their own potential well being in order to obtain greater political or religious power, greater wealth and more respect from others.

However, another should not replace an axiom, even if illogical. What should be done, on the other hand, is to state a number of existential concepts that, because of the clear groundlessness (I could have said “falseness”) of an existing axiom, offer new and more logical ways of looking at things. Even if these are more theoretical and therefore apparently detached from the real fact (looked at, however, in the light of historical truths and not of actual truths), nonetheless they produce as their final purpose, the effect of generalized well being and consequently also one’s personal and individual well being.

GENIUS

Originality is the source of evolution that allows human beings to start out from their own origins and create, in time, their own well being taken as the maximum possible perfection within the context of their own stage of evolution.

Genius, therefore, is not so much the ability to solve things as the ability to perceive and recognize one’s own condition and the problems this involves.

It is logical that it should be so. The relationship between being and knowing how to express it arises from awareness of one’s own condition not only as compared with that of all other human beings but also as compared with the relationship that exists between the beginning, pure elementary energy and the final purpose, more complex energy in stable equilibrium.

To be more explicit, we could say that genius is certainly nourished more by awareness of the time one has at one’s disposal than by the time and actions of others.

Genius as individual evolutionary action and not as reaction to the action of others. Probably genius, as perception of problems, is directly proportional to one’s own experience in the sense that greater knowledge of facts induces a human being, through inner reflection, to perceive problems be they subjective or universal.

This is, at bottom, a proof of the interdependence that exists between our individual Ego and everything else.

And since a problem always arises from a negative fact, from an unbalance, we can define perception of this problem and with it also genius, as a reaction to unbalance.

A reaction that we can guarantee will exist as long as problems exist, until stable equilibrium has been achieved.

If we presume that the material problems of human beings can all be solved, it follows that the major difficulty is not to solve but rather to perceive.

  WILL

Will is one of three functions, together with time and intelligence, needed to produce results.

It is directly proportional to awareness of its own utility.

When we state that all material problems can be solved if we have the knowledge and the time to solve them, logically we must accept that knowledge and time of themselves do not produce any effect unless accompanied by will. In other words, the dedication of more time to achieve the effects from the use of knowledge until it results in influential actions.

Thus, if we take for granted the concept that part of the expressed will is directly proportional to the awareness of utility, without will, human beings cannot achieve any effect. We must accept that we want to do what is useful and thus produce effects. On the contrary, it is hard for us to want to do what is not useful and does not produce effects.

NATURAL ESSENCES

Natural essences are the original evolutionary elements that came to being from the primordial energy and thus lost their unstable equilibrium.

Thus they are transformational factors of energy from a simpler to a more complex state.

The natural essences are: energy, space, time, life and death.

ENERGY

When we talk about energy as a natural essence, the meaning we assign it is somewhat different from the one given to primordial energy. This latter is in equilibrium, without space and time whereas the former, energy, is defined here as the expression of interdependent forces in continual evolution.

Through the transformational process that causes evolution, this energy (in movement) takes on the properties of matter. Thus matter is nothing other than the result of the changes that the simpler forms of energy undergo in order to generate more complex energy.

From primordial energy made up of elementary particles in equilibrium to energy in movement in space and time. From energy in movement to gaseous clouds in which the energy in movement liberates matter (under form of gas), from gas to solids, from solids to life, from life to the brain (maximum expression of matter), from the brain to the human reason — this is evolution.

SPACE

Space is environment, the means in which energy transforms itself from its previous, more elementary state to the more complex successive state.

It is a natural factor that has its origins in the unbalance of interdependent forces and it ends in reharmonization stabilized in the most complex form of energy, when the reason as the maximum form of energy can become perfect.

At the outset I talked about a beginning formed from elementary particles in equilibrium and with primordial intelligence. It is with this intelligence that, though a series of transformations, it can recompose a final stable equilibrium.

However we must admit humbly but also with all the logic we are capable of using, the existence of an elementary intelligence that acts as an unstoppable propulsive thrust in space and time inside and outside ourselves. But this elementary intelligence is never apart from us human beings, the most natural and functional form of energy, with the ability to perceive this very primordial intelligence to allow it the utmost in evolution.

Were we to give scientists the possibility of creating all the instruments from these concepts and thus identify the “smallest”, element then indeed we would see whether the elementary particles that make up everything are intelligent!

If they are not, and only then, perhaps we will have to surrender to the idea of having to accept the existence of the unexplainable, an essence that escapes us and could exist without bothering its head about us.

TIME

Time is the measurement of the evolution of energy compared with the beginning condition.

Time is therefore progress of events characterized by successive transformations of energy into matter and from this to new, more complex energy.

Time will have an end at the conclusion of each transformation needed to achieve the final stable equilibrium.

LIFE

Life is the possibility of using energy, space and time.

It is the condition, or better yet, the complex of conditions that allows a more complex energy control the simpler form.

However, this should not induce us to believe that without life energy could not be subject to evolution. I just want to state the concept that life, as the last great stage in energy’s evolution, can control all forms of energy life itself has been part of creating or provoking.

For the first time, in the process of energy’s evolution, life as the effect of a previous cause that produced it can control the cause itself.

Man’s reason is an effect that controls the energy his reason has produced and, therefore, is cause of reason itself.

Perhaps it was precisely here that primordial intelligence wanted to arrive: to be that all that constitutes us, organized in the most complex and perfect manner. The effect that governs the cause: this is the revolution of the original situation that has thus occurred.

DEATH

First, we must distinguish the concept of death from the concept of end. The first is contingent and peculiar. The second is natural, the result of the transformation of every event into a successive event.

Subjectively, death is the last opportunity to produce results from perceivable problems. Objectively it is evolution of the effects produced but the cessation of the possibility of controlling the causes of these same effects.

Death, therefore, is an evil necessary to evolution so that it can continually move towards the final end sought by those elementary particles with primordial intelligence from which everything originated — energy in movement, space and time.

ELEMENTS OF THE REAL

The real is everything whose existence a human being can and will be able to perceive.

If we presume that potentially a human mind can express itself with the maximum possible rationality, we can accept as perfectly congruent, the possibility of perceiving the entire range of energy from the state of equilibrium to the original unstable equilibrium to the causes that produced this unbalance and lastly, to the effects of the complex evolution that, at the end of time, will become stable equilibrium.

We are perfectly aware of the immense implications of this statement. But it is the logical result of the concept of energy and life that has been detailed here from the outset.

This is a concept that could be absolutely right or completely wrong or only partially right. But the very fact that the imagination has been able to perceive this concept is obviously an opinion at least on the greatness of the human mind as an undeniable effect of a logical deduction.

The elements of the real are: scenario, finality, resources, organization, and morals.

SCENARIO

Scenario is the objective state of evolution that can be modified. Here objective state is understood as the effective situation of the events in a determinate time and space. The actual effect of the entire concatenation between cause and effect that has taken place from the very beginning to the moment in which these words were written.

This same actual effect is, in turn, cause of future effects.

Thus, scenario is something that follows its own autogenous evolution as a logical concatenation between consecutive facts (causes and effects) that can be influenced, rectified by effects produced by the reason.

And so we can imagine an effect produced by two causes: one by an event from within the original concatenation. The other is a choice made by the mind and influential choice.

In this way, we can identify two effects produced by two causes with different sources that meld into a single effect.

It is in this way that this “fusion effect” generates an uninvolutionary event an event that excludes any contrary reactive force.

FINALITY

Finality is the purpose of an effect. We could call it the effect of an effect where the first effect becomes the cause of the second; the second effect becomes the cause of the third and so on down to the last effect.

If finality or end is definitive stable equilibrium, the finality of each event becomes the function of the last event.

This is the logical engineering behind true evolution and, referring to human beings, involves whatever of truth, beauty, just, genius and will is done.

The contrary even of any of these five concepts necessarily means involution.

RESOURCES

Resources are the means used to achieve objectives.

The modification of a scenario into another can be an evolutionary or involutionary event depending on the means used and the purpose they were used for.

The acquisition of resources is a pure technical matter, that is, the concrete realization of the solution of a problem perceived or perceivable.

In order to achieve evolutionary effects, this solution cannot depart from the common interest of the scenario to be modified.

ORGANIZATION

Organization is planning final purposes and selecting resources.

It is the complex nature of things, the continual elaboration of resource selection whose goal is to define the final purposes or the evolutionary goals. These will always be increasingly complex scenarios but this does not mean that they cannot be coordinated. The same reason that generates a given scenario by means of a certain degree of organization cannot not be able to coordinate this same scenario. I said “the same reason” on purpose because it is clear that another mind could change the effects produced into another direction that is uncoordinated if viewed from the perspective of the original effects intended by the person who provoked the scenario.

Unfortunately this fact implies that coordination of the effects by the person who produced them is essential until a human being, all human beings, accepts the same purposes in the common interests of all the others.

MORALS

Morals is the subjective contribution of the human being that sets out to modify the scenario, finalized to the last scenario by using adequately organized resources.

Morals is also self-determination, positive and beneficial influence on events.

It arises from the relationship between awareness of events and organization of resources with the intention of modifying effects.

This awareness should necessarily be derived directly from reason but sometimes is still confused in the human mind with conditions such as emotion and instinct.

This is a limiting factor in the evolution of morals. It can probably be overcome by a more widespread and universal awareness of at least the natural essences (energy, space, time, life and death).

Morals should not be confused with ethic through which morals it is recognized.

OBJECTIVE UTILITIES

Objective utilities are elements that characterize the realization of the philosophical proposal. In fact, they are the causes through which definite effects are desired.

In general, they can be taken as reference points for each human being to achieve the greatest individual well being without renouncing the task of being a propulsive thrust towards common well being.

This concept is not exclusively pragmatic but is rather a strategic vision of the events that induces us to take into account the effective reality of the events to transform it into an evolutionary fact.

Objective utilities are: equilibrium, probability, maximization, efficiency and reliability.

EQUILIBRIUM

Equilibrium is the relationships between scenario, finality and organized resources.

Naturally we cannot take equilibrium as something stable. We have to take is as separate from time and space and thus as something partial but “useful” through which we can define finality starting from the actual scenario and using the effects of the organized resources.

  PROBABILITY

Probability is the opportunity to use resources organized as needed.

The concept of probability is contained in the more complete and universal concept of “possibility”. Here the only insuperable limit is the achievement of stable equilibrium — the end of space and time.

Thus, in the context of everything that is possible, the probable is only that which is useful or at least the achievement of an uninvolutionary result (excludes any contrary reactive force) that generates real evolution, becomes probable.

From this point of view, everything that, though possible, can cause involution effects taken as such and obviously in relation to common interests, is useless and therefore improbable.

Certainly it is difficult and requires much energy and time to use oneself always towards what is probable and useful according to the concept outlined here!

We all know that individual effects of actions done by individuals acting with the same amounts of energy and in the same time can be more or less apparently advantageous for those performing the actions depending on whether they do so on their own behalf or for the common good.

But when assessing these advantages, we should bear in mind the complex of effects of the actions. To have more political, religious or economic power does not mean also to have reached one’s utmost well being. This however, can be achieved to the degree in which the effects of our actions involve more power not only for the person acting but also for all the others.

MAXIMIZING

Maximizing means the maximum expression of force in time.

It means the widest use of one’s own and others’ resources organized so as to obtain the maximum result and therefore the best possible solution.

It is the same thing for the economic sciences or at least it could be so if the best use of resources were finalized to the common good.

This does not happen when resources are maximized to destroy common well being that, in this way, undergoes real involution.

EFFICIENCY

Efficiency is the level of capacity for the transferal of resources within the context of a scenario.

Transfer means to indicate or modify the evolution of scenarios.

This general concept of efficiency fits every kind of strategy that sets out from the perception of any material problem and leads to the most logical solution.

RELIABILITY

Reliability is the subjective capacity to correspond with endogenous and exogenous aspirations in equilibrium.

SUBJECTIVE UTILITIES

Subjective utilities are the elements that influence scenarios.

In other words, subjective elements are useful when they refer to all the subjects in a specific scenario. If not, they are partially useful in that they are useful only to one or more subjects in the same scenario.

But in this case we cannot talk about subjective utility but rather of individual subjective advantages used to give the person acting something extra the other do not have.

Subjective utilities are: universality, action, physics, biochemistry and system.

UNIVERSALITY

Universality is the reciprocal involvement of individual and scenario.

We must begin from the assumption that whatever involves us, in effect, also involves the entire known or unknown scenario. Equally, everything involving that scenario also involves us.

The reason for this is that each of us is at the same time a part of everything as everything is part of us.

ACTION

Action is everything that modifies the scenario.

Depending on whether the action is useful or useless, the effect can be evolutionary or involutionary. However, we should not ignore the fact that useless actions performed to influence evolved equilibriums cannot have an effect. This is based on the principle that scenarios from the beginning of time have been gradually, sometimes extremely slowly, evolving.

They cannot retrograde. We can note this or that civilization becoming dominant or fading away and something similar can be noted on an individual basis but overall, humanity as a whole has never moved backwards.

Perhaps today the expression of the human mind is at a level never reached before or, on the other hand, perhaps we are at a lower level than was previously reached,

But potentially, we are certainly at a level of possibility towards the expression of our reason never reached before.

PHYSICS

Physics is the definition of objective limits represented by the totality of characters in a specific scenario.

These are interdependent forces that emanate from every individual part that goes to make up energy in constant transformation in space and time.

The most important physical phenomenon that, basically, represents the revolutionary characteristic, is the one through which energy transforms itself into matter that in turn is transformed into new energy.

This is the phenomenon that has given rise to all the events that have happened from the beginning of time and space and right up to the transformation of human cerebral matter into reason.

BIOCHEMISTRY

Biochemistry it the last natural transformation of matter into energy in the chain of events.

It is the last because after this transformation only pure energy can exist at the most complex level in stable equilibrium.

SYSTEM

System is rationalization of resources and thus of actions.

System, not to be confused with maximizing (the latter concept is about the effect of the use of resources, force), is organization of resources.

PART III

CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STATEMENT

The characters of the philosophical statements derive directly from the logical elaboration of the statement itself. In fact, they are the elements of its authenticity.

The characters derived from our philosophical statement are:

- trilogy of the scenario;

- propulsive thrusts;

- founts of objectives;

- expression of the objectives;

- trilogy of the resources;

- founts of resources;

- peculiarity of organization;

- requirements of organization;

- bases of morals;

- effects of morals.

Let’s take a look at these characteristics one by one.

TRILOGY OF THE SCENARIO

We define the trilogy of the scenario as the complex of elements that define it and which arise from abstract concepts but then cross over to real utilities.

Naturally, we define them in relation to characters proper to human beings. These are: exigencies, proposals, and the new.

EXIGENCIES

Exigencies are conditions of survival and growth in human beings.

They are the problems that potentially all of us could or should put before ourselves to achieve complete and absolute well being.

Basically, exigencies are the effects of unbalance that the energy generated by the human mind produces.

Thus, exigencies are exogenous actions, potentially perceptible to which a positive or negative reaction is possible.

A positive reaction causes evolution. Negative reaction causes involution.

PROPOSALS

Proposals are solutions to exigencies created or emulated by the human mind as a reaction to the exigencies.

This definition shows that the energy generated in the research on proposals is more complex, or at least at a higher level, than that generated when the exigencies are merely perceived.

On the contrary, we can state that it is more difficult to perceive exigencies, to bring problems to one’s attention, than to express the proposals, to find solutions.

This apparent contradiction may derive from the fact that, since the human mind cannot even be aware of all the exigencies already perceived up to now by all human beings, this same human mind may be able, with much effort and very slowly, to perceive new and original exigencies.

However, we cannot exclude that the problem about full awareness of all the perceptions that have already reached the human mind, may be solved, as any other problem once perceived, by means of technological progress produced by the human mind.

NEW

The new is new exigencies that stem from new proposals or new proposals that stem from new exigencies.

Thus we go from solutions of problems to the perception of new problems. Similarly, from the perception of new problems we must necessarily reach new solutions since this is useful.

The new, for each individual and for the whole of humanity, since it is evolutionary effects of previous causes, leads to successive evolutionary effects.

PROPULSIVE THRUSTS

The fundamental causes of scenario modification are the propulsive thrusts that tend towards reharmonization.

Propulsive thrusts are: needs, desires and emulations.

NEEDS

A human being’s needs are vital biochemical and biophysical elements.

They create the essential conditions on which we can construct our evolution.

Needs are material necessities whose goal is to produce energy.

DESIRES

Desires are tendencies towards pleasure as a condition of inner individual well being or, at least the satisfaction of an emotional need. They form, or the perception of them forms, the environment in which the human being discovers solutions.

This is the case for human beings as for every other form of life from the vegetative to the animal.

The difference here between a rational human being and the other forms of life does not lie in the propulsive thrust as such but rather in the effects that can be obtained by satisfying desires.

It is natural that the more human beings manage to control their desires by joining instinct (but not eliminating it) with reason, the more their satisfaction can produce evolution.

Among other, control of desires corresponds to a positive concept of the relationship between the individual and all the others.

EMULATIONS

Emulations are the production of evolution.

To emulate is to do something you feel others have done to obtain at least the same results.

By applying strategies, systems and methods of those to have already shown that they have obtained excellent results, human beings tend to obtain through emulation the maximum results.

Emulation is not to be confused with imitation whose cause is a lack of cerebral balance. Emulation aims at the end, the purpose one wants to achieve.

In fact, imitation is the effect of an instinctive cause. Emulation is the effect of a cause that depends on the reason.

FOUNTS OF OBJECTIVES

The founts of objectives are the sources of the methods by which the objectives themselves are achieved.

They are: ideation, strategy and tactics.

IDEATION

Ideation is the source of the process of forming proposals as a logical and emulative fact whose cause is to be found in exigencies.

STRATEGY

Strategy is the transformation of an idea into an objective. Thus it is the organization to energies directed towards the creation of more complex energy. Sometimes this is achieved by producing material effects that, in turn, produce immaterial effects. Sometimes it is achieved by producing material effects that, in turn, produce other material effects.

TACTICS

Tactics are the method of transferring an idea in time and space. In other words, the concatenation of causes and effects described before, generated by strategies as the consequence. Almost always they modify the structure of the concatenation.

However, modification of the structure does not mean, obviously, modification of the principle or the original cause from which the ideation arose at the beginning.

EXPRESSIONS OF OBJECTIVES

Objectives are expressed through the concepts of possession, pleasure and power.

POSSESSION

Possession, compared with exigency, is a subjective and temporary situation.

Some components of possession are essential, vital elements (needs). Others are degenerations of essential needs.

Degeneration is partly due to emotional causes and partly to contingent transitions towards surrogates of ideal solutions.

PLEASURE

Pleasure is immaterial, occasionally esoteric, satisfaction of desires.

It is immaterial satisfaction when it can be perceived by the reason. It is esoteric when it escapes the reason through emotional processes (whose effect can be positive or negative) generated by cerebral instincts that offer, in any event, their own form of pleasure.

POWER

Power is the effect and evolution of emulation.

Here too, we must distinguish between endogenous and exogenous power. The former is the concept of inner capacity for self control and self-knowledge. The latter is the transferal of unsatisfied individual exigencies to others over whom control is exercised.

Failure to achieve self-satisfaction becomes a cause of absorption with other people’s being.

TRILOGY OF RESOURCES

Resources are expressed through three stages: promotion, growth and consolidation.

PROMOTION

Promotion is the use of existing resources.

Through promotion of resources, effects that influence other exogenous effects are produced and the former meld with the latter.

GROWTH

Growth is the multiplication of resources.

It is the phenomenon due to which two effects, one exogenous and the other influential, join together and become the cause of other effects.

CONSOLIDATION

Consolidation is equilibrium between resources and their organization towards defined purposes as modifications to be made in scenarios.

FOUNTS OF RESOURCES

Resources stem from complex energy in existence and they are: reality, production and potentiality.

REALITY

Reality is the quality and quantity status actually existing and capable of being increased and improved.

PRODUCTION

Production is the increase of the actual reality. In other words, it is the implementation of resources and means.

POTENTIALITY

Potentiality is the potential quality and quantity status and should not be confused with abstraction.

Potentiality is thus theory based on a reasoning process with which real effects can be created.

PECULIAR ELEMENTS OF ORGANIZATIONS

Organization of resources is made up of three essential peculiar elements: subjectivism, objectivism and dialectics.

SUBJECTIVISM

Subjectivism is an influencing individual essence. It is that which the individual human being can effect on a scenario.

OBJECTIVISM

Objectivism is the state of changeable situations.

It is the concatenation between cause and effect independent from individual perception.

DIALECTICS

Dialectics is the confrontation between subjectivism and objectivism. Thus it is the confrontation between influential individual essence and the state of changeable situations. Its effect is to transform potentiality (as reason based theory) into actual reality.

REQUIREMENTS OF ORGANIZATION

Organization of resources is governed by three essential phenomena: imagination, logic and evolution.

IMAGINATION

Imagination is the expression of the intuitive mind. It is also, perhaps, the result of cosmic memory.

Human beings perceive a problem, then they emulate or divine the solution.

But since intuition does not stem from the emotional instinct, but rather from the way reason reacts to the perception of a problem, we can think that the intuitive mind can be the cause of solution effects. But we could also think that the same intuitive mind can be the effect of previous causes (or memories).

LOGIC

Logic is the effect of the historical memory.

Memory, or historical truth, unfortunately!

Our logic could be enormously more powerful if it could be the effect of the memory of actual truths through which it would be undoubtedly easier to perceive problems and come up with their solutions.

EVOLUTION

Evolution is symbiosis between imagination and logic in time.

It is clear that as soon as imagination obtains intuitions for man capable of rectifying historical truth and when logic could prove the actual truth, we could make a giant step forward in our evolution.

FOUNDATIONS OF MORALS

Morals, as a subjective contribution of human beings in the context of everything, can be defined as having three foundations: inner, common and revolutionary.

INNER

Inner morals is consciousness of one’s individual role compared with the overall scenario.

COMMON

Common morals is the collective way of perceiving the necessity for reciprocal contributions.

REVOLUTIONARY

Revolutionary morals are those that define the influence of actual truth on historical truth.

EFFECTS OF MORALS

The foundations of morals, as effects influencing scenarios, determine, are causes in turn of successive effects.

These effects are: results, defenses and utilities.

RESULTS

A result is the situation modified by knowledge, energy and time.

Here knowledge means memory and energy means intuition and logic.

DEFENSES

Defenses are the reactions of common morals compared with those of revolutionary morals.

Common morals, obviously, depend on historical truths and induce human beings, by means of what we call accepted beliefs, to fly from actual truth. This latter can replace historical truth or it can simply make it the subject of discussion.

UTILITIES

Utilities are the destinations of the effects of results. They can be different from those that caused the ideation of the problem.

PENTAKOS FORM

Pentakos is a philosophical concept represented by an empty pentahedron with tetrahedral faces whose base is enclosed in a circle.

PHILOSOPHICAL ORIGINS

These are represented by the five arcs a circle is divided into by the angles of the base polygon: energy, space, time, life and death.

NATURAL ESSENCES

These are represented by the five angles of the base polygon: truth, beauty, justice, genius, will.

ELEMENTS OF THE REAL

These are represented by the five sides of the base polygon: scenario (or market), finality (or objectives), resources (or capital), organization, morals (or self-determination).

OBJECTIVE UTILITIES

These are represented by the five top vertexes (barycentre) of the tetrahedral faces of the pentahedron: equilibrium, probability, maximization, efficiency, reliability.

SUBJECTIVE UTILITIES

These are represented by the five top corners of the pentahedron: universality, action, physics, biochemistry and system.

TRILOGY OF THE SCENARIO

This is represented by the three top corners of the tetrahedron where the top vertex is equilibrium: exigencies (or demand) proposal (supply), the new.

PROPULSIVE THRUSTS

These are represented by the three faces of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is equilibrium: needs, desires, emulations.

FOUNTS OF OBJECTIVES

These are represented by the three top angles of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is probability: ideation, strategy and tactics.

EXPRESSION OF OBJECTIVES

These are represented by the three faces of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is probability: possession, pleasure, power.

TRILOGY OF RESOURCES

This is represented by the three top corners of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is maximization: promotion, growth and consolidation.

FOUNTS OF RESOURCES

These are represented by the three faces of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is maximization: reality, production, potentiality.

PECULIAR ELEMENTS OF ORGANIZATION

These are represented by the three corners of the tetrahedron whose vertex is efficiency: subjectivism, objectivism, dialectics.

REQUIREMENTS OF ORGANIZATION

These are represented by the three faces of the tetrahedron whose vertex is efficiency: imagination, logic and evolution.

FOUNDATIONS OF MORALS

These are represented by the three corners of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is reliability: inner, common and revolutionary.

EFFECT OF MORALS

These are represented by the three faces of the tetrahedron whose top vertex is reliability: results, defenses and uses.

PART IV

EXISTENTIAL CONCEPTS

The philosophical statements whose characteristics have been outlined in these pages, presupposes a human being, or better yet, the reason that human beings can potentially generate as the highest level achievable by energy in space and time.

However, we do not look on reason as an uncentered entity nor propulsive towards energy. We look on it as the end result of a process.

It is a fact, that on the basis of the matter used, cerebral energy is the most sophisticated effect not so much and not only in qualitative terms.

Reason is polyhedral. It is the only event that is so polyhedral. It contains all the forces that cause material and conceptual effects enormously more complex and influential than any other form of energy.

We could say that the entire gamut of primordial intelligence has come together in reason.

Never before reason has any type of energy been able to have such an influence on events. Naturally, we must exclude the cause of the first event, outside time and space, from this statement.

This fact involves an almost unbearable responsibility. Reason can determine the utmost good, the utmost in evolution or the utmost evil, the largest natural obstacle to the transformation of energy from a simpler to a more complete state.

The existential concepts of human beings, as a source known to reason, must therefore necessarily be governed by interdependent rules. All of these must then be finalized to the achievement of the maximum good which, in turn, means the maximum development of energy.

Let us now go into these existential concepts in more detail using some very common terms: economy, culture, philosophy, vitality and religion.

ECONOMY

Economy is the use of resources by means of a process that begins in promotion to achieve consolidation from which new resources arise.

Economy is the concept and hence the theory on which the relationships between needs and desires on the one hand and satisfaction and fulfillment on the other are based.

Needs and desires represent problems. Their satisfaction and fulfillment represent solutions.

It goes without saying that the solution to problems, especially material ones, must be based on rational use of resources. But there is more. Rational use must be directed towards solving problems within the context of a universal strategy.

On the one hand there is our individual nature and on the other, general problems. The individual and humanity in general have the same problems. These problems will naturally be within the general context of material problems (survival and growth) and the same desires (tendency towards pleasure).

Therefore it is simply a matter of joining individual with common exigencies as we are convinced that the effects of individual solutions depend on common satisfaction. Similarly, the effects of common solutions are the essential characteristics of individual satisfaction.

Human beings have created a number of theories in this matter from the simplest (barter) to the most complex (laissez-faire, communism, syncretic perception). The results we are aware of are: part of humanity, at least on the level of material well being, is better off than before. Another part of humanity is worse off than before.

The percentage that is better of is gradually increasing.

If we compare the data on poverty and wealth from the beginning of the industrial revolution to the present, we cannot but note that more people per million are better off now than then.

But this proportion is distorted. In reality, in absolute figures, there are far more people badly off today than then and the long view is that things will get worse in the next decades.

Thus, economic theories or their practical realization, have failed. It is true that today there are less people badly off compared with all the rest. But it is equally true that “all the rest” are increasing and, what is worse, the outlook is for further increase in the future.

In other words, some human beings have worked first and foremost to produce their own material utilities and then used them to satisfy their own desires and this is quite legitimate. But then, they used the effects of the results to give themselves more power than other human beings.

In this way a kind of inhuman mechanism was started and continues to this day whereby those who have the most want more. I use the word inhuman, because this process goes against every logic governing human beings and their relationships.

Before talking about new possible economic theories, we must define the current status of an individual who, having reached a level of wealth capable of satisfying all his desires apart from thirst for power deriving from wealth (clearly this desire cannot be satisfied for some), desires additional wealth.

In this person, the desire for wealth, especially if finalized to the desire for maximum power, is stronger than any other human pleasure.

The desire to possess, therefore, is the stronger than the pleasure of being.

This is an evil that causes many other evils: poverty in others, destruction of natural conditions from a chemical and physical point of view.

It is also an evil for the individual who lives this situation by making every other pleasure subservient to his desire for wealth.

If it is an evil for him and for the others it is a complete evil for which some form of remedy must be found and thus cure it.

All popular movements and actions to expropriate what is considered as excessive individual wealth have been useless and sometimes very negative.

In fact, to expropriate means to take away something material from somebody. But it by no means to remove the desire for things material.

Therefore the people must make laws not to expropriate but to remove the desire to possess excessively.

The desire to possess excessively, like any other desire (vices) is a psychic disorder and as such should be treated and cured.

Today, it is undoubtedly possible to cure or at least lessen the effects of this type of disorder.

Health regulations and therapies have been promulgated for a great many diseases. Let’s also issue a set for this disorder: the uncontrolled desire to possess excessively.

The only economic theory capable of achieving the well being of the whole of humanity is based on the rational relationship between exigencies (needs and desires) and proposals (solutions for the exigencies).

It is very simple.

First let’s prepare a plan in which we identify the needs of all in order of priority. Then we come up with a series of ideas for the solutions to these problems. Then we use all the culture we have to achieve the solutions. We then attribute the same effects to the results that gave the initial stimulus to the plan, the integral solution to all the problems that gave rise to material needs.

Lastly, we decide the priorities for the effects of the results obtained by identifying a just ratio between use of the results and their use to produce new results.

We will have all human beings capable of working (thinking and acting) participate in this process so that everybody can work towards the fulfillment of their needs.

Therefore we will convert all the scientific, technological and utilitarian techniques we are all familiar with to this plan. In this way we will provoke a real revolution over what is actually happening.

Today, on the contrary, it is the plans that are converted to techniques by which they are then entirely conditioned.

CULTURE

Culture is the complex of knowledge that, through emulation, permits better relationships between resources and results.

Resources, in fact, as means usable to achieve objectives through organization and self-determination, produce results proportional to the way in which they are used.

The wider and more complete the culture possessed by an individual who works and therefore who thinks and acts the greater will be the results achieved for the problems met.

PHILOSOPHY

Philosophy is the ability to think. Therefore every form of rational reflection produced by the reason can be considered philosophy.

It goes without saying that the less effort spent reflecting about a specific problem as opposed to the effort spent on trying for a more in-depth notion of the complex of all problems, the greater will be the effect on single problems.

It requires more effort to think about all the perceivable truths than to come up with solutions for a known problem.

Therefore the individual must be placed in a situation where he can look into himself using exogenous knowledge.

True exogenous knowledge, from actual truths demonstrated by their respective causes and not truths subordinated to the purpose desired by the person transferring them.

VITALITY

Vitality is the will to produce results. to be capable of satisfying exigencies.

It is clear that the force of will, as an effect of the reason, is directly proportional to the probability of producing positive effects. In other words, awareness of the usefulness of generating an effort is matched, in addition to the nature of the exigency, also by the suitability of the resources.

RELIGION

Religion is awareness of one’s own limits not awareness of unlimited reality.

The human reason, by means of logic, records perceptible events whose causes are indicated by intuition.

When the causes do not appear to be divinable, we have two choices: accept our limits or accept the unlimited concepts of the others.

These others, in turn, tend to prove their unlimited conceptions through historical truth.

“I believe” thus becomes the effect of others who believe and who, to prove what they believe, since the logic of reason is not enough, create the proofs of their beliefs.

This process, too, like desire to possess excessively, is the effect of a psychological unbalance. To be more precise, it is unbalance between thought and action.

In practice, the ability to think is not matched by an ability to act through one’s own resources and so we use the results of others.

To convince the others to place the results obtained or part of them at our disposal, we usurp the title of repository of what are claimed as absolute truths. We forget that these absolute truths, as such, should be provable in themselves and therefore there is no need to make use of perceptible, historical or functional truths for the purpose desired, that is, to assume the power of using the results of others and to influence others.

PART V

OBTAINABLE RESULTS

The application of these existential concepts to the common interest produces results useful for the whole of humanity. At bottom, then, their application will provoke that state of evolution never subject to involution we have already discussed.

The results obtainable through these concepts are: wealth, self-awareness, ethics, force and self-definition.

WEALTH

Wealth is universal utility if the purpose of the effects is universal.

Two fundamental principles govern the concept of wealth: its production and its purpose.

Production of wealth is directly proportional to the rational relationship, to the real interdependence between exigencies and results through proposals and new elements organized as needed.

The purpose or the distribution of wealth must follow a scale of priorities or predominance since the destination of the effects has to be decided.

These priorities for wealth could be set up in the following order: satisfaction of essential needs, satisfaction of legitimate desires, reinvestment of wealth and production of new effects.

SELF-AWARENESS

Self-awareness is the relationship between to have and to be in time.

To have the possibility of satisfying individual needs and desires, refusing excesses, permits the achievement of the maximum awareness of one’s own being, to imagine one’s own beginning and to defeat fear by accepting our end as a necessary fact to overcome the unbalance that, while time exists, we are.

Self-awareness, therefore, as a rational relationship between having and being as a means of achieving mental health.

No excesses in having, cause of all evils, that we tend not only rationally but also instinctively to flee — at least when we are personally involved.

To wage war in the trenches or in the air with the risk of being hit is far different from the kind of battles fought on golf courses.

No excesses in being that is the cause of unbalance between natural exigencies and their fulfillment. It is, therefore, cause of poverty that stems mainly from ignorance and the refusal of work.

The person who follows the goal of having the maximum at all cost is sick. Equally sick (or hysterical) is the person who promotes for himself, for others or for entire peoples, concepts of spirit — evolution divorced from any biochemical law.

And, because of one man who invents things from nothing by means of mysticism, ten million human beings die of starvation.

ETHICS

Ethics is the relationships between utility and receptivity.

Let me explain.

A concept and an action are more transferable if they are more provable, that is, you can trace them back to their effective causes and perceive the effects produced.

The passage from transferal force to level of reception is governed by the natural laws of utility.

Therefore, the truer a concept or an action, the more useful they are and more comparable.

The dualism between wealth and ethics can be definitively solved only by this relationship of transferability, utility and receptivity.

And it must be solved otherwise we will do nothing but generate illusions for ourselves and these cannot but be followed by profound and unspeakable delusions.

FORCE

Force is the origin of evolution since it is the origin of the cause from which the effects come.

In human beings force is the inner concept of one’s own capacities and the awareness of one’s own level of potency for influencing scenarios.

The expression of force, therefore, is that which makes a possible event “certainly” more probable.

In this concept, given that there are no healthy exigencies whose solution is impossible, we must accept as given the principle that the individual who acts on the basis of correct existential concepts, cannot not be influential on himself and on others. This means that he cannot not have influence on actual reality.

SELF-DEFINITION

Self-definition is awareness of one’s true role not one’s imagined role, awareness of the real state of things perceived.

This is the last and perhaps the most important result that is obtained by living according to the existential concepts outlined in these pages.

Precise awareness of one’s true role can be the decisive cause of evolutionary effects whose extent we have never even imagined.

If we consider for a moment the effects that scientific discoveries have had on humanity — the majority of these are solutions to problems and therefore highly probable functions — we can imagine the importance of this awareness of our role as capacity to perceive and recognize the problems released by the evolution of energy from the simpler state in instable equilibrium to a more complex state in stable equilibrium.

PART VI

EXISTENTIAL FACTORS

Now that we have looked at human beings as the epilogue in the evolutionary process, now we must outline the essential factors that govern existence.

As with everything that exists, human life is based on two characteristics in continual conflict. Technically, this should be phase opposition or opposite poles.

Two opposite poles that we will simply call good and evil. These two terms give rise to two vast ranges of elements but, in the end, everything is essentially reduced to these two concepts.

Very early on in we said that evil, as an effect of unbalance, is an original causal action. Good, as the effect of the tendency towards reharmonization, is a causal reaction directed towards evolution.

We also highlighted the fact that in as much as it is a reaction, good is theoretically stronger than evil.

We could add that, since our major interest is to overcome unbalance, the reciprocal respect between good and evil is not a natural and inderogable fact.

A certain amount of good can be unknown to evil but all evil must be known to the good.

Existential factors are above all else vital problems: needs, desires and emulations.

NEEDS

We have three kinds of human needs: essential, instinctive and evolutionary.

Essential needs are defined as all those needs that condition our biological life, our ability to exist physically.

Instinctive needs are defined as those finalized towards the continuation of the species.

Evolutionary needs are those that produce genetic enrichment.

Thus food, health, clothing and housing are essential needs.

Physical movement, sex, confrontation, procreation are instinctive needs.

Sexual pleasure is the satisfaction of an instinctive need common to all animal species. It becomes the satisfaction of a desire when it is accompanied by the human reason.

Basically, in good and in evil, we have almost the same instincts as the other animals.

What makes us different is that we have a reason, and intelligence capable of directing and handling our instincts.

Use of reason directed towards the good makes human beings unique, different and far more evolved than all other subjects. This is our role with its costs and its effects.

Failure to use reason makes us the same as other animals most of whose instincts we share.

Evolutionary instincts are knowledge, truth, beauty and justice.

DESIRES

Desires are based on reason and therefore are exclusive characteristics of human beings or, to be more precise, to all species that are approaching the condition of human beings.

The fundamental desires are: the search for happiness, liberty and sociability.

HAPPINESS

Happiness, in its most realistic definition that is also the only form achievable from a human point of view by imperfect beings, has always been considered as the complete fulfillment of one’s own pleasure.

This irrational assumption has been the cause of a slow down in the evolutionary process. Concretely and in practical terms, to desire one’s maximum satisfaction means accepting as the purpose of all our non-essential actions the conditioning of all our available resources for our benefit at any cost.

In practice, with this way of looking at things, we subordinate to our sole well being all the effects of our actions on all the other individuals we come in contact with.

To achieve this purpose, we use all our resources and therefore all the forces, including physical ones, available. The effects of this way of thinking, probably rooted in the instinctive tendency towards supremacy found in all animal species, are the causes of the actual social relationships between man and woman, between the stronger and the weaker, at least physically. Equally they have been and are cause of the inequality between individuals and, when it comes down to it, they are the cause of war.

We know that we are potential rational beings but, rather than using our reason to discern our individual good or what we regard as such, as opposed to evil which we are prepared to do unto others to obtain our good, we subordinate reason to the original instinct that, even before us, was ever unrelated to any form of reason.

Excess brings us back to this: reason produces the means to achieve the individual instinct of being more, more than the others.

However, this original cause could not have been changed without reason. Today, by reasoning, we can ask ourselves if this attitude does in actual fact offer the strongest, the maximum in happiness.

It is not a matter of wanting to become saints willing to forego any and all satisfaction. It is a matter of understanding, accepting an actual truth: to desire one’s own maximum happiness at all cost automatically excludes the possibility of achieving it.

The obvious question that comes to mind is why so many people who have shown proof of being logical in so many fields of human knowledge, have not known how to overturn this tendency that is not even for their own benefit. But, then, perhaps it isn’t so difficult to reply when we ask ourselves what is the origin of evil.

The origin of evil is original unbalance. We can only influence the effects of this with our reason. If, however, we are not governed by reason, it is obvious that we cannot regard conquering this unbalance, and hence also evil, as possible.

It is possible, in fact probable that we can achieve our maximum individual happiness and at the same time, extend its positive effects to others. This is also possible even if we do not all think in the same way. The trick is to link our ideal of maximum happiness with the cost/sacrifice that the satisfaction of this legitimate desire involves.

Therefore we must perceive, we must force ourselves to perceive all the effects of our actions on others. We must accept that the hypocrisy and the cynicism that accompanies us every time we remove ourselves form the effects we provoke, generate unhappiness for us.

Among other, we should never forget how many and what reactions we cause in others towards ourselves when we do not submit to this rule. And of this we can be certain, sooner or later it will be our turn to suffer the same effects that we have made others endure.

LIBERTY

Liberty is another essential desire.

Liberty is subjective and objective power to express one’s individuality.

We cannot have any concept of liberty divorced from the concepts of truth and justice.

In fact, these three concepts are a kind of indissoluble osmosis. It is possible to achieve one’s own well being and thus have the liberty to do so, only by knowing the truth in terms of theory and information on facts and by demanding the just, obtain results in proportion to one’s own capacity and commitment.

We must perceive this!

And we must recognize that today individual well being depends more on accepting compromises with the system than from individual capacity and commitment. Thus even as knowledge and information are conditioned and instrumentalized by power, so justice is conditioned by the individual relationship with power.

The origin of these limits is in the will of the few to acquire and consolidate power. It is also in the need these few have to control knowledge. The result is the state governed by law becomes the instrumental emanation towards the consolidation of power.

The causes, that is, the errors that justify the existence of these limits, these problems, are the fact that the people use their liberty to decide the own ego-objectives. They delegate the achievement of the common objectives to others who desire, essentially, power as an end in itself.

In this way, the individual thinks that his personal liberty can be expressed without reference to power.

The other cause, involving the concept of liberty to know, is the failure to recognize ignorance as evil — as a state that generates error.

The third cause is connected with justice and is the over estimation of one’s own abilities as compared with the legal state. Thus, basically, we think that we can be free without reference to the legal state and this is at least paradoxical.

The effects of this situation are the alienation of the people from the general choices, the exclusion of people from the knowledge leading to their well being (knowledge is directed towards those who do not produce while those who do are forced to accept this leadership). The concept of justice is proportionate to knowledge and, this in turn, to power.

To define the concept of liberty and link it with those of justice and truth means to look into the way our life has been going along.

First of all the principle, in fact the purely theoretical principle, according to which all men are born free must be overturned.

All human beings are born not free and can achieve freedom through knowledge and work understood as thought and action.

A child is born the same way as any other animal and as such, would not survive were it not nourished and taken care of.

Up to this moment it is not free.

Then it is instructed. It is taught the seeds of the values that will probably guide it throughout life. It begins to know, to reason and finally can work, perceive and solve its problems and produce results, that is, wealth for itself and for others.

At this point it could be free were it not conditioned by that seed that accompanies it from a social point of view and induces it, in general, to determinate forms of behaviour for the whole of its life.

Then it loves, makes confrontations, desires to realize itself, matures and, at length, dies.

At this point it is free.

This is not a pessimistic view of liberty but, unfortunately, what happens to the vast majority of people.

Therefore we must modify the principle according to which all men are equal. The first change is to replace “all men are equal” with the expression “all human beings are equal” even if this principle does not correspond with reality.

We must say that “all human beings are born equal in dignity, rights and responsibilities and they can become free”.

And the sick have the right to be cured.

SOCIABILITY

The last essential desire is sociability.

Sociability is an essential concept common to all forms of life.

This concept explains the conflicts between a vital subject and all the others, the relationship between instinct and reason.

Human beings today are certainly imperfect. But the more we go back in time the more imperfect human beings will appear.

The most important evolution we have undergone since the beginning is reason. We could say that reason is the essential component of the force that tends towards reharmonization.

Thus we are not created badly or defective. We are simply in an intermediate state of an evolutionary process whose beginning is more imperfect than its end.

Therefore, we must ask ourselves why today we must admit that we are still so immature that we risk putting our very existence in jeopardy.

What are the causes?

Are we therefore stupid, are we so inferior to other species of animals that we do not even have the responsibility of guaranteeing the existence of our species?

A number of futurologists have imagined artificial beings created by us which, at a certain point, escape our control.

This would not mean that everything human beings have devised in terms of scientific products is mistaken or defective.

Some of us are defective. Some of us generate the excesses all the others have to suffer. And, because of logical concatenation between causes and effects, excess as the immanent cause of uncontrolled desire to possess, produces in him who suffers it, instinctive reactions of fear that reason has difficulty in controlling.

The pessimistic opinion on human beings, on human beings as evil par excellence is based on the continued existence of excesses and reactions that are, however, objective facts. I maintain that the cause of evil, and not only in human beings, has its origins in initial unbalance. As far as I am concerned evil can be traced back to the primordial instincts that have governed us to date. The effects of these instincts are multiplied by reason.

This is the reason that, in order to control instincts adequately, we necessarily need to know them even as we must know the effects these instincts can produce on us.

We cannot imagine a world in equilibrium where reason, exclusive characteristic of human beings, does not exist. At least there are no proofs of the existence of such an equilibrium before us.

Human beings as such, cannot be judged as an expression of the evil in the world. What we can be regarded as is instruments, machines that, if not controlled by reason, have the power to multiply the effects of their excesses.

Thus the time has come for each human being to make a confrontation with himself and revolutionize his own characteristics. In other words, he must manage to make the reality and the logic of reason come to the fore in himself.

He must do this serenely for the mere opportunity of doing so in the conviction that from birth to the moment of his death, it is more fitting to act rationally rather than instinctively.

The people must understand this. They must know that they have to work and they have to accept the cost/sacrifice involved in satisfying their desires.

The power elite must understand it. They will not live better or longer by chasing their excesses, their cynicism and their hypocrisy.

The people, the ruled masses must believe, because it is reasonable to believe it, that they can liberate themselves from the excesses of those who govern them as well as from their own pessimism and fears.

Those who the power structure defines as “cells gone crazy” must have the courage, not the gratification, to facilitate the well being of the people.

To succeed in this task, each and every one of us must make the effort to recognize fully the evil we carry inside us. Then with our own intelligence, we must produce those effects that will influence the well known actual realities. The purpose here is to modify as much as possible this concatenation of facts that we ourselves, at bottom, define as crazy.

And if, to obtain this result, an example is needed, if an act of force is needed to shake loose a situation that has lasted from the beginning of history, this is the moment.

Even if it depends on a single person.

After all history teaches us that, if it is true that one power always substitutes another that could even be the ideal one for the well being of the people, history also teaches us that whoever causes change must be prepared to accept personally the cost/sacrifice of the change.

EMULATIONS

Emulations are existential factors through which human beings produce effects and a lower cost/sacrifice.

Here too the “emulation” factor affects the results of possession, power and being.

Three quarters of today’s human beings can seize and therefore emulate the positive processes achieved by peoples that could and were able to free themselves from essential needs even though it is no longer possible to produce wealth by preventing others from doing the same.

All the people who little by little free themselves from essential needs can solve the problem of the relationships between the governed and the rulers.

Each of us who is satisfied and in good health can emulate the means of being increasingly and completely oneself.

EVOLUTION OF PROBLEMS

All vital problems, whether they are needs or desires, can be solved by natural evolution. Here are the main phases in this process:

- perception;

- recognition;

- priority;

- origin;

- causes;

- objectives;

- solutions;

- effects;

- instruments;

- strategy;

- procedure;

- obstacles;

- results.

PERCEPTION

The first perception we can have is that there is something preventing us form obtaining the best form of well being.

Thus, we are referring to something that exists, something real, inside or outside ourselves.

To be honest, here we are dealing with a considerable number of things that restrain the achievement of our best form of well being. All these things are problems.

We all have very much the same problems and each of us as an individual or as part of a social unit can solve them.

But we must first perceive these problems.

Perception is, therefore, the starting out point to solve any problem for our common good.

Perception can be deduced from personal experience, historical knowledge or logical elaboration.

Perception from personal experience is probably the form that produces the most effects in us because it something that touches us from very close up. It something that touches us almost physically and in fact sometimes the contact is physical.

Unfortunately, our evolution towards well being would be too slow were our problems to be perceived by us exclusively on the basis of personal experience.

We just don’t have that much time to spare!

Hunger, illness, ignorance and wars can certainly be perceived by us without having to be filtered through personal experience.

They are phenomena that exist. They have always existed and some of them exist more today than in the past.

Therefore we would have to live blindfolded not to perceive these phenomena.

Nor can we, presuming that it were legitimate, exclude these phenomena from our vital space.

Perhaps we could exclude hunger but certainly not illness or wars especially as we have reached the point of having produced weapons capable of destroying not only ourselves but also the entire planet.

But who has wanted all of this?

Was it the people who have invented things, worked and produced wealth or just a few, just a very few of us?

The best way, which should also be the most natural way, of perceiving problems would be to be aware of everything that is going on now and everything that happened before us.

The concentration of the sum of all knowledge, theories and facts placed at the disposal of an individual would generate an exceptional impulse. If nothing else, it would achieve a perception of all problems already faced.

Lastly if we were to presume that we can take possession of the totality of problems already perceived, we could release immense amounts of energies to perceive new problems — the remaining obstacles to our well being — by logical elaboration by our reason.

The satisfaction of essential needs would require minimum common effort. All the remaining energy could be directed towards the achievement of the maximum possible perfection.

RECOGNITION

Once the problems have been perceived, they must be recognized.

Recognition if compared with perception is a reaction in that, assuming the existence of a problem, when we perceive its existence, we recognize its essence.

We all recognize or should recognize the essence of problems that cause immediate effects: hunger, illness, ignorance but also injustice, falseness, war.

Other problems can be recognized by thinking about the effects they could cause.

Egoism and excesses do not always cause immediate effects. But they certainly do so in a future perspective through the reactions of everyone who suffers the egoism and excesses.

PRIORITY

Once problems have been recognized, the level of importance, priority has to be defined.

Priority is tied to the level of interest, probability and responsibility.

The interest level is revealed by checking on the effects of no solution. The level of probability can be seen in the existence or absence of the resources needed to solve the problem. The level of responsibility depends on the relationship between individual and common interests.

ORIGIN

Problems can have natural, personal or social origins.

Natural problems are those whose origins are in the overall scenario in which we live.

Problems involving our diverse subjectivity have a personal or individual origin.

All problems that arise from our fellow men are social in origin.

CAUSES

The main causes of problems are natural, instinctive or intellectual.

Natural causes are those that stem from our biochemical structure. Instinctive causes are those that have their origins in the impulses of our unconscious. Lastly, intellectual causes are those that are brought to our attention by our reason.

A clarification about instinctive causes — they produce real and actual problems but they can also generate fictitious problems.

All problems brought about by instinctive causes that exceed those whose solution involves the common good are fictitious.

They can only derive from pathological conditions to which science now has assigned exact definitions: hysteria, psychopathies, mythomania and so on.

Intellectual causes are those that arise in the reason from the relationship between the problem and the cost/sacrifice of its solution.

OBJECTIVES

Once the causes of the problems have been ascertained, the objectives to be achieved must be identified and defined.

The definition of objectives for each individual problem must necessarily take the other sets of objectives defined for other problems in the same scenario into account.

In other words, objectives have to be programmed.

Lastly the empirical conviction about objectives must be transformed into scientific and technical conviction. Here realism is essential. Probability should be assigned to an objective considered possible (the force and hence the probability of achieving solutions is directly proportional to the will).

SOLUTIONS

Once the objectives have been set, memory, science and intuition will enable us to create the solutions.

To be more precise — memory and science (culture) will be able to identify historical solutions achieved or merely theorized for the same kind of problems. Intuition will enable the creation of original solutions.

All solutions must be compared by establishing the relationships with the resources, that is, with the necessary energy, organization and time to be dedicated to the potential effects from the various solutions.

The most suitable solution identified must then be transformed into project and programme.

EFFECTS OF SOLUTIONS

Even as it is clear that possible solutions generate possible effects, probable solutions produce probable effects since solutions are the causes of the effects.

Thus there is a logical concatenation between solutions and their effects.

Every solution can generate a single type of effect that should be established at the same time as the solution causing it is identified.

Once the parameter between solutions defined and the effects has been decided, the effect can no longer be modified unless the solution too is modified.

It is a matter of establishing priorities for the effects stemming from a solution bearing in mind that the effects, too, will have a specific level of influence not only on the problem under examination but also on the more complex scenario in which a certain problem has occurred.

Definition of the effect to be given priory must, essentially bear the induced reactions in mind.

INSTRUMENTS

It goes without saying that suitable instruments are required to achieve a solution.

The three fundamental instruments, those all the others are based on are: reason, energy and time.

The first result, essential to the acquisition of instruments, derives from the relationship between reason (intellectual quotient), energy (work taken as thought and action) and time (the quantity dedicated).

All the successive instruments are produced from this fundamental relationship.

STRATEGY

Strategy can be taken as the relationship between programming the objectives and the instruments of the solution.

It involves organizing the instruments, their regulation and the conflicts between the acting subject (individual) and the real existing situations he influences (scenarios).

PROCEDURE

Procedure, in a plan prepared according to the rules explained up to now, defines the manner in which the strategy is applied.

All practical methods are made up of at least three facts: actions, reactions and counter-reactions.

Actions are the facts produced by the acting subject. Reactions are the effects of these facts. Counter-reactions are facts produced by the subject in relation to the effects.

OBSTACLES

Apparently, obstacles would seem to be effects. In reality they are already within the real situations on which the solutions act.

Obstacles are facts, foreseeable hindrances that are substantially the level of objective refusal intrinsic to the problem. They are the defects and the errors that stem from the essence of unbalance.

But a more realistic appraisal of obstacles implements the probability level of a solution.

RESULTS

< Results can be positive or negative.

We talk about positive results when the influence of a solution achieved, when compared with the resources used (reason, energy and time) generates an increased well being for the acting subject and in relation to the scenario. Negative results are defined as not only those that produce a lesser increase in well being but also those that generate no influence on scenarios. The resources used to produce slight results (neutral) still end up with a negative result.

PART VII

SOCIAL SYSTEM

As all other living beings, humanity needs to base its existence and development on a system of relationships between in individuals belonging to the same species.

The state, or rather the states, should essentially represent their respective social systems as a common subjective instrument directed towards the greater well being of the individuals that make it up.

But not merely this. Since humanity must be directed towards the common good, an inter-state system capable of catalyzing the problems and the resources of each state has to be identified. As this body acts at the state level, it will also influence every individual who therefore lives his own condition of subjective liberty without placing limitations on the liberty common to all the other individuals.

These, then, are states organized in such a way as to allow the maximum of liberty and the maximum “possible” well being for the individual in relation to the others.

If all human beings are born with the same rights and the same responsibilities, if they have the same needs and desires, even if to different degrees and can achieve the same solutions, it follows that all human beings must have social rules and relationships identical in content even if with different forms.

Thus given this sole human state, a sole social state is necessary.

This concept may appear to limit the liberty of individuals and peoples to create their state structures in one way rather than another. But it is a self-evident exigency if we really want to achieve improved common well being.

There can be different political, economic and religious systems because all of these depend on the national reality they represent. But all these different systems must necessarily refer back to the same social system based on a single ethical and morals state.

Here it is not a matter of defining utopia or preaching a system to make all individuals uniform, at the same dull level. What we are talking about is to establish a modus, or better yet, a status that, to tell the truth, would already exist in facts if the different political, economic and religious systems had not identified themselves in various social states.

For example, capitalistic policies have identified themselves in capitalistic states. Communist policies have identified themselves in communist states. Thus today’s social states are the reflection of political systems.

Similarly, we could trace the influence of economic and religious systems on the social systems.

These influences have involved and continue to involve, necessarily, conflicts between state and state. The culmination of all this is “worldwide disorder”.

A worldwide disorder that has greatly increased the existing natural unbalance rather than decreasing it.

The idea of a reference social state to which all the other states on the Earth would refer, without taking individual development systems into account, could guarantee or at least direct the reordering of inter-state conflicts. The immediate and spontaneous effect of this would be peace.

Yes, peace continually hindered by conflicts between various states as well as by internal strife in so many states, can be rescued definitively only through the uniformity of the social states based on the same needs, desires and solutions.

Needs, desires and solutions that, since they are common and universal, can be governed by the identical principles.

Therefore, we must define a correct and homogeneous relationship between the concepts of need and freedom from need, between resources and their use, between the production of wealth and its destination.

PRODUCTION OF WEALTH

This view of a reference social system that all the peoples of the Earth could emulate, cannot ignore the image that each one of us must have, on our own behalf, of our individual well being.

In other words, the process of transforming values must necessarily first go through the stage of transforming the individual as the original and essential propulsive subject of everything. Thereafter, it will become an instrument of service for the people in the common interest.

It is a matter of identifying what is really the most useful for each one of us beginning with the production and distribution of wealth.

To produce wealth, first and foremost we must use the first resource available to us — our reason.

Reason, as the fundamental effect a human being’s cerebral energy, is the essential instrument for producing the wealth necessary to satisfy needs.

By means of reason, we can produce wealth to satisfy our needs without damaging our fellow men — something impossible today for all the other species.

The use of the reason for a certain amount of time produces knowledge, the ability to perceive, recognize and select real problems and set up possible objectives.

Once we have acquired this knowledge, we can use reason to create solutions and to achieve results by dedicating the necessary time to them.

The fundamental difference between us and all the other species lies in the fact that we must bear in mind the effects of the solutions adopted in the process of producing the wealth necessary to satisfy our needs.

It is highly probable that the degeneration and, very often, the complete disappearance of many forms of life, is the effect of lack of reason. Thus existential problems had to be solved solely by instinctive search for solutions. There was no way they could take the effects of the solutions into account. Effects on both the individuals of the same species or form of life or on the scenarios in which the solutions were and still are for forms of life without reason, carried out.

Thus, we can solve our material problems without harming each other and, if we want, we can also discover ways of not harming the scenarios.

To produce wealth by means of knowledge, using reason for the time needed to know and achieve results, means on the one hand to be able to satisfy our material needs and, on the other, not to destroy resources.

This, though, only on condition that we think about the work (thought and action) as an existential element innate in our evolutionary process.

We are subjects gifted with cerebral and physical energy. Therefore, there seems no good reason why we should not use these two resources that, used for the time necessary, permit us to survive, satisfy our desires and achieve the utmost of our potential.

Not to want to work can only means to live badly or to make other live badly!

To work without thinking means to live less well than we could if we thought about the best way of working.

Working without acting, that is, only thinking, means using the actions of others to survive and thus slow down the growth process for the whole of humanity.

Religions that advocate that human beings should devote themselves entirely to meditation, at bottom, justify the fact that there should be individuals who can permit themselves to think as their only activity (fundamentally to think about themselves) while other individuals must necessarily act for them.

This existential concept clearly contradicts what these religions assert about all human beings having the same rights and responsibilities.

These are two antithetic, opposite truths about the same problem. One is certainly false, fictitious.

The former is not individual liberty, it is abuse. It is aimed at the same purpose that a caveman who didn’t want to go hunting had (it had to be a man not a woman). Since he didn’t want to hunt with the others he thought about how he could obtain food to eat and skins to cover himself with.

Probably he said to the others returning from the hunt, “I’m different from you”. And it was true and the contrary could not be shown. Truth won out even then.

It was true that he did not want to hunt as all the others. It was equally true that, as opposed to the others who knew that they had to act in order to eat, he wanted to eat without acting.

This to note that the seed that induces many of us to flee from work was sown ages ago at the very dawn of civilization. But it is also a way of stating that, despite all the revisions the religions have made, the original cause why that seed was sown still endures. Because of logical concatenation of causes and effects this existential problem has not yet been solved.

This is why still today power is concentrated in the hands of those who think but do not act rather than in the hands of those who think and act.

But, as in every concatenation of causes and effects that, because they are not directed towards the common well being slow down evolution, this concatenation too can be redirected.

What is needed is an effect, an action influencing that concatenation. What is needed is a force powerful enough to eradicate the seed sown at the beginnings, the original cause that has been able to produce effects due to the lack of sufficient knowledge of all those who went off to hunt.

An effect acting with this kind of force can only be caused by a large, by a huge number of individuals who, having perceived and recognized the actual truth, set themselves the objective (first individually and then socially) of solving the problem.

Thus an endogenous revolution is necessary. Each one of us must realize why and due to whom things have always gone along in this way.

A heave to cast off the causes and origins of our way of thinking (certainly not the first nor the last the human race has given or will give). To recognize reality for what it is and to correct the initial error or, at least, put it up for discussion. Thus to generate energy by working out means to solve our material problems and create the conditions where our desires can be satisfied.

It is a matter of producing wealth and using part of it to satisfy existential needs and part to satisfy desires that are not only legitimate but also necessary and even indispensable for our evolution. Lastly, part of this wealth will be used to produce new wealth.

Therefore we must identify three destinations for the wealth we produce. Excess in one or more of these destinations can only mean a limit placed on our common well being. Excess as evil, therefore, but since it is a natural limit for human beings, excess is also a disease and, as such, curable.

CIVIL RELATIONSHIPS

Even as social relationships among a number of individuals generate conflict, even more so, civil relationships generate conflicts.

Social conflicts stem from the relationship between individual instincts. Civil conflicts stem from the relationships between individual reasons.

But these civil conflicts must necessarily be regulated. The rules used for this set out first to reduce and then eliminate the causes of conflict.

The rules must have the common interest recognized as the maximum well being also of the individual, as their effect.

One would be tempted to think that, despite just rules, it is impossible to settle civil conflicts.

But let’s take a look at the purpose of the civil rules of the legal states that we know.

Is the purpose, perhaps, the common well being? Or are there others?

Were the rules put into effect at the suggestion of those who think and act or of those who think and don’t act?

But you will say: but they were approved, at least in democratic companies, by the people.

True! But who thought them up?

They were thought up by those who wanted knowledge and above all, power.

With what purpose?

The purpose set out by those who think and do not act is to live from the actions of others.

Thus the purpose, or the main purpose is to consolidate power.

This is why rules do not settle civil conflicts because their basic purpose is to consolidate the power of those who made the rules.

If those who make the rules intend of consolidate their power, the effects will be different than those that would be obtained if those making the rules intended to settle civil conflicts. On the contrary, the rules directed towards the first purpose tend to increase civil conflicts in order to be able to act as the arbitrator.

Legal states, then, rather than being directed towards regulating the governed, are directed to regulating the conflicts between the governed and the governors to ensure continuity of role for the latter.

This is the logic of legal states! But is it possible of induce the governors to make rules whose main thrust will be towards settling the conflicts among the governed?

It is possible! But is it probable?

The high and ebb tides of history prove that, at a certain moment, even the governors have fallen. They fell because the reactions they provoked in the governed in their confrontations and the increase in conflicts between the governors themselves, became intolerable for the people. Hence they were given the heave.

The passing of rules intended to settle conflicts between the governed becomes probable, on the basis of a contemporaneous initiative of governed and governors, if the former become aware of the illegitimacy of the their actual purposes and the latter understand the necessity of the rules as essential factors not only for society but also in the common interest.

STATE

The state is the institution that coordinates social and civil relations.

It directs the economy on the basis of the real needs of the people and bearing the world market in mind.

It guarantees the right and duty to work for the potentially active population.

It guarantees health and promotes cultural formation as an essential factor of growth.

It coordinates the relationships between individual liberty and the common interest.

It administers justice.

It provokes structural interventions not only in the economy but also in extra-productive service sectors and welfare.

It promotes or runs services for the collectivity.

The state is a business that must guarantee the presuppositions for the production of wealth.

The state as a business is made up of exigencies (the resources used) and their fulfillment.

PART VIII

POLITICAL SYSTEM

The political system governs the civil relations approved and shared by the people.

It deals with the manner of attributing the power to govern and the power to check the effects on the governed.

The political system has as its cause, the need to organize the choices of the people. Its instrument is the exercise of the power to govern. Its purpose is the well being of the people.

It is a problem and as such can only be perceived, recognized, solved and verified.

When confronting the problem of the political system, we must take priorities, objectives, effects and obstacles into account. We must produce instruments, prepare a strategy, adopt a procedure and obtain concrete results.

Perception of the need for a political system must consider all those who are part of it. In more general terms, if we imagine the existence of a universal reference system, this perception must consider all the peoples in all political systems.

All of us, therefore, strong and weak, rich and poor, must perceive the value of having a political system we can trust.

This is a problem whose recognition takes priority over the economic system and even over the morals system of which, in fact, the political system becomes an instrument.

The objectives of the political system must be to promote, increase and consolidate resources, govern their organization and establish the parameters for the fair distribution of the wealth produced based on the work, resources used and individual results obtainable.

A valid political system must be able to foresee the obstacles that will objectively come between the perception of the problems to be solved and the achievement of the best possible solutions. Here, as always, obstacles will be seen not as an effect of the exercise of power but rather as a situation of unbalance (errors) to be remedied.

As to the search for and production of instruments, a transfer of resources, all the resources on Earth, must be started to guarantee that every citizen of the world is free to produce wealth for his own good and in the common interest.

If on the one hand we talk about a global transfer of resources, on the other hand, we must necessarily talk about a universal strategy for the use of these resources as an organized system to transform all existing energy into evolutionary effects.

The procedure created by this kind of political system must generate the action and counter-reactions needed to bring about the solutions adopted within the general strategy. The same applies even more so to the reactions of those who do not comply with the chosen principles (with all the authority such a system automatically possesses) and deviate from the interests of all including those who go against the system.

Lastly, there should be concrete results otherwise it means that something, in the plan or the strategy, was wrong.

If the programme was wrong, it should be corrected. If the procedure was wrong, the person who prepared it should be replaced.

POWER

Power is the expression of two fundamental components. The first is its granting and the second is its exercise in the interest of both components.

The power to grant belongs to the people because it deals with them and their well being.

While peoples should govern themselves within the context of social and civil systems, since they have to produce wealth, they cannot also govern political systems.

Therefore they have to be represented. They must grant to some the power to apply rules to settle conflicts. Power is to be used for this.

Whoever is called to handle power must, in turn, do so with the purpose of achieving the common interests of the people and accepting that his actions can be questioned by the people.

None of us can assume the right to act with effects on others and have, at the same time, the right to judge solely the effects caused to others.

We can regard those who exercise power as representatives of the common interests of the people whose actions must (must not may) be verified by the people.

Nor should there be filters, bureaucratic machinery whose function is to perpetuate the power of the representatives, between the people and their representatives.

Is there one of us who feels able to represent the interests of the people?

Let him present a programme, define the problems he intends to solve, indicate solutions, discuss them with the people and propose them as a programme for the people.

If the people, having judged the programme valid, give him the task of coordinating the programme’s achievement, let him do everything possible to generate concrete results.

Lastly, he should leave the people free to revoke his appointment if he has proven incapable of carrying the programme out.

The people, all of us, are convinced of the choices made when the appointment was made and the same is true when we revoke it!

We must be aware that the basic reason why many of us no longer believe it is possible to improve things, by improving our representatives, is the effect of having delegated to others, in this case, to our representatives, not only the exercise of power but also the power of verifying their actions.

And so if we want to live well without bearing the sacrifice of worrying about how the political system that governs us is working, we’ve got it all wrong.

The peoples who have lived the experience of democracy based on parties and those who have lived under communism, deluded themselves into thinking that they could obtain their maximum well being either mainly by work or mainly through the social state.

It is an error. Work and the social state produce two essential effects: wealth for those who work and security for those who live in a “cradle to grave” social state. But they do not produce nor can they produce the effect of solving the conflicts between the governed and the governors. This type of conflict can only be solved by a political system that regulates the relationships between work and wealth and work and the social state.

GOVERNMENT

The political system must be governed. It is a matter of establishing the method of government.

In general, the government of a system must be in function of the results intended by those who are part of system.

If we talk about a universal reference political system, logically the method of government must be of the same kind.

The government for the transfer and organization of resources, the government of matters of health, the government of knowledge, the government of the production of wealth and its distribution can only be world-wide governments.

Not a world-wide government, not a world-wide state but government structures with all the necessary powers to handle each of these important problems that involve the whole of humanity.

A single world-wide government prefigures a single world-wide power that cannot be granted, at least at present, directly by the peoples of the Earth. Unless one people on Earth usurps by itself the right to govern the world.

Rather then, world-wide governments for each single major problem with all the necessary powers could be useful, or better yet, indispensable to solve these individual major problems.

Once these major problems have been solved we can have national, regional, provincial, township, hamlet but above all, individual governments. But we will no longer have historical reversals because once a determinate level of evolution has been reached, it is no longer possible to go back.

Historical flood and ebb tides in the affairs of men, the great civilizations and their destruction are effects of conflicts between states, between government powers but not between peoples.

If once and for all we solve all the problems of hunger, health and culture, what other conflicts remain?

Excesses remain but we will have cured them adequately within the context of the civil systems.

Excesses are untenable!

What we are talking about here is not a new world order that is instrumental for a part of humanity incapable, among other, of handling it. Rather we are talking about a number of world-wide governments, desired by the peoples, that can create the final solutions to inter-state disagreements and international conflicts.

Therefore, let’s hypothesize:

- a world-wide government to face and solve primary problems (food, health, culture, economy, justice);

- national governments with the task of coordinating the choices of their respective peoples;

- regional governments with the task of promoting the organization of the use of territorial resources and guaranteeing services;

- local governments assigned the task of transferring world-wide and national decisions to their respective areas.

The centres of government can coexist with reciprocally integrative functions and without power overlaps. In this way, inter-state, inter-regional and individual conflicts can be solved.

CHOICES

The need to achieve the choices made by the people, of whom governments are immediate emanations, is the cause of governments.

Government choices must refer to the evolution of problems through all the phases explained before but summarized here:

- research into the real exigencies of the people;

- perception of the problems through instruments capable of receiving the expectations of the people;

- recognition of the problems by the people;

- presentation to the people of the hypothesized solution;

- discussion on the hypothesis and the effects expected by the people;

- presentation of plans indicating precisely which problems are to be solved, the priorities to be established, the solutions to be adopted, the energy (resources and work) and time needed, the priorities in the expected effects;

- approval of the plans and the programmes presented and of the people assigned the task of coordinating them;

- plans and programmes are carried out;

- the results and effects obtained are verified.

PART IX

ECONOMIC SYSTEM

The economic system deals with the methods of producing and distributing wealth.

It must be based on some fundamental assumptions:

- liberty to undertake any form of entrepreneurial initiative directed towards the common interest;

- definition of sectorial plans;

- equity in the relationship between resources used, the amount of work required and the influential effects;

- promotion of national and international exchanges;

- distribution of wealth in proportion to the work dedicated.

The starting point is the recognition of exigencies. Then development plans have to established beginning from the exigencies assigned priority: agricultural and food plans, health plan, industrial plan, cultural plan, services plan.

LIBERTY TO ENGAGE IN BUSINESS

Everyone has the right to achieve the solution to the production of wealth with the instruments that are most congenial according to his individual characteristics.

The need to engage in business is primarily an individual exigency. The fact that all too frequently people prefer a guaranteed income does not mean that this is a choice that will help achieve one’s individuality but rather the choice a remedy to exigencies.

To engage in business is a means of liberty of expression. To be guaranteed a share in wealth not produced (that is, produced by others) is a means of approving power.

Class struggles inhibit the natural tendency human beings have towards business. Their main achievement is to induce others to envy the results obtained by others from whom they would like to grab the greater part of the wealth they produced.

This is why, at bottom, class struggles ideologized as an instrument to reestablish equality in the distribution of wealth, have always failed. As their inheritance, they have always left unsolved the general problem of the entrepreneurial but also all the complexes and delusions caused by actions directed towards illogical objectives that, precisely for this, are unnatural in the context of rational evolution of the human race.

The liberty to engage in business activities in the common interest involves:

- assessment of the effects of the use of one’s own culture in time (work) as regards oneself and others;

- recognition of the concept of self-responsibility also as an alternative to the approach to the matter by class and hierarchy;

- application of the concept of productive work;

- the need for organization;

- convinced fulfilment of the legal laws of the state.

DEFINITION OF PLANS

The individual initiatives produced by enterprising individuals must be brought back to a common plan since the problems, the objectives, the solutions and the priorities regarding the exigency to produce wealth are common.

This plan must necessarily be carried out within the context of a programmed strategy useful for all those who participate in achieving the same objectives.

Even as it is essential of classify the problems according to their priority, the plans must be differentiated by their utility.

Thus a central programming guiding authority is needed and must be set up on the basis of information on the real exigencies of the group of human beings (people) working in the context of the same geographical and historical realities.

Lastly, it is essential that the system guarantee exchange since this is the way the various groups redistribute their surpluses.

RELATIONSHIP

BETWEEN RESOURCES, WORK AND EFFECTS

Earlier on we spoke about productive work. This concept should not be reduced to the individual but rather extended to the entire group.

PROMOTION OF EXCHANGES

National and international exchanges must be governed first of all by telling the people what has to be produced and then informing them about what the others produce.

The purpose of regulation of exchanges should act mainly on surplus production over the exigencies of those who produced the results.

Promotion of exchanges therefore, does not mean creating monopolies or mere slavishness towards political relations. It must, in fact, create a relationship between surplus and deficits among the various groups.

It might be useful to set up a system of paying for the exchanges between individuals in the same group by means of a payment organization in the group that has direct relations with the payment organization of another group.

DISTRIBUTION OF WEALTH

Distribution of wealth as the effect of the achievement of results, is the problem that most affects social, civil and political relations.

Failure to solve this problem is the source of conflicts between individuals in the same group and between different groups.

The wealth produced must be distributed:

- to compensate the responsibility of those who run the risk of engaging in business and therefore produce;

- to compensate the services of those who produce;

- to compensate for services economically non-productive (from ecology to welfare, etc.);

- to compensate for productive services that are instrumental to the production of wealth;

- to remunerate the capital invested solely but only to maintain its value at a par with inflation but also to devalue it in proportion to the results not achieved;

- to give part of the results to those who helped produce them. This will be in proportion to their effective contribution;

- to give a share in the results to those who did not produce them (the very young, the sick, the old);

PART X

MORALS SYSTEM

We have talked about social, civil, political and economic systems. But we cannot ignore a morals system as a fundamental individual element that, through a process of emulations, extends its propulsive effects on the masses.

A morals system based on actual truths, liberty and justice can be held to be universally valid because it is made up of proven or provable characteristics that are useful and therefore just.

But what authority has the kind of ascendancy necessary to convince the people on the suitability of such a system?

Every authority is the expression of existential themes that it enunciates and represents: the clergy for religions, holders of wealth for the economy, rulers for politics and so on.

According to our idea, good as the maximum expression of a human being’s role is achieved by the principle of universal love.

Love for ourselves, love for others and love for Earth.

Utopia?

The great religions, the great philosophies and the rulers have always declared that they want to develop their role towards the common good. Thus they express concepts of universal love.

Unfortunately, apart from high sounding enunciations, there were no results.

This is due to a primitive error: the enunciations, strategies and objectives were based on non-actual truths. Thus the primitive error is the lack of original, proven or provable truth.

We live veiled or masked truths — historical truths.

A morals system based on actual truths can link theory and practice, enunciations and proofs.

A morals system based on universal love must express itself through the authority of any of us who are able of know and transfer actual truth.

Actual truth is of itself morals authority.

Acceptance of a morals system with this base corresponds with the subjective interests of all individuals, with the objective interests of peoples from both a material point of view (satisfaction of needs) and an immaterial viewpoint (fulfilment of desires).

Philosophers, theologians and scientists can, all together, be the authority, if they want to be, representing the concept of universal love.

Even as a human being has imagined and images his final end in a ultra-terrestrial reward, so also can he imagine, and far more simply, his final end in universal equilibrium of which universal love is its means (natural resource) of achievement.

Love too is an unconditioned and absolute fact — perhaps the only absolute reality.

Love, as opposed to religion, is a fact of knowledge because its effects can be foreseen and verified. The latter are imaginings with just one great strong point — to date it has not be possible to prove the contrary to what it enunciates.

Naturally, as long as religion is imagination, it will be absolute because on the one hand unprovable but on the other hand, the contrary cannot be proved.

Knowledge is always relative.

But the day will come when imagination too, and that includes religion will meld with knowledge and it, too will become relative.

If to love means to give more than you receive to receive more than you give, then the maximum fulfilment coincides with, or better yet, exceeds, the maximum giving of oneself to obtain the maximum happiness.

Therefore let us love each other for it is expedient. Let us tell the truth, let us recognize liberty and be just precisely because it is expedient for us.

At bottom, our reason can perceive and recognize this. If truth, beauty and the just have never been achieved because of the effects of our instincts, we can now achieve them through our reason.

PART XI

STATE OF THE WORLD

A number of different social, civil, political, economic and morals systems live together in our world. Some of them have very few, others many human beings.

All these systems, from the smallest to the largest, are in conflict and have always been so. Sometimes the conflicts involve systems of the same size.  Sometimes they are different — between small and large systems.

SOCIAL STATES

As far as I am aware, no social state is approved of by the majority of the people that live there but who almost always accepts it.

The people are still motivated by the tribal instinct to possess.

The people cannot accept the fact that, since each individual’s evolution passes through the phases of possession and power to reach being, together, united, we are the greatest force ever in existence. But as soon as we separate ourselves from the others, we become the greatest evil that has ever existed. The reason? Because with our reason we multiply the instincts common to every other animal species.

CIVIL STATES

The rules of the civil states should be instrumental to the power of those who proposed them rather than of those who approved them.

POLITICAL STATES

As regards the political states, the exercise of power is considered, according to a machiavellian principle, as an instrument of pre-eminence over the people.

The very idea of a new world order has much of this about it. Thus the serenity of the State and the more powerful peoples should be achieved by accepting the pre-eminence of these over all the others.

Still, four billion human beings are governed by democratic republics or by constitutional monarchies. This means that a large majority of humanity has given its assent to the actual form of government.

Consent or lack of confidence in improvement?

  ECONOMIC STATES

The economic state is negative and the prospects also seem to be negative.

A third of humanity uses three quarters of the resources and prevents the other two thirds from organizing the exploitation of the resources currently not used. In this way, they have created a sort of reservation for the benefit of the third of humanity that produces wealth.

The wealth produced is divided in proportion to the culture and the capability to retain it but certainly not in proportion to the real exigencies and the productive potential of the people.

Much is being done to select and unite the countries rich in superstructures but this without a strategy directed towards the well being of the whole of humanity.

Take, for example, the problem of hunger in the world.

When are we induced to face it? When there are political reasons for doing so!

We can accept the fact that so many human beings die of hunger and, of course, we have warehouses full of food. But we only send help when forced to by political motives.

But in the meantime, was it right that all those people had to die? Or will we say that it couldn’t be avoided?

MORALS STATES

Lastly the morals state remains the same as it was thousands of years ago.

Individual well being eases its conscience with a kind of pessimistic presumptuous feeling that the others are not reliable, they seek to do us harm and force us to react in the same way or even to cause them more harm than we thought we might have received from them.

PART XII

PROJECT

Our project stems from the perception and the recognition of the actual condition of the world and outlines some objectives as a first step.

Let us transfer to the poor part of the wealth produced by the richer people until the primary problems of food, health and culture have been solved.

Let us demonstrate with facts to ourselves and to others the effects of our failure of solve the problems of the social condition.

Let us propose universal reference regulations to the people, to all peoples. These would govern civil rights and thus homogenize the states of law.

Let us use the available resources in all countries, distributing the effects, that is, the wealth produced, to all those who participate in their organization and their use.

Take for example the problem of food.

The enclosed factsheet shows that 261 million farmers could produce enough food for the whole of humanity.

Therefore, let’s prepare a food provision plan with which in a few years we will solve the problem. Let’s do it before the starving people, driven by their instinct for survival, prepare their own plan finalized to obtain at any cost what we are producing at this moment.

Let’s call the power structure to task. We must have the courage to believe that their replacement could changes the political conditions. Let’s ask to check on their actions, to examine transparent and concrete growth and development plans.

Democratic systems are finished as soon as they adapt to situations.

Today government of the people by attribution of power to the people cannot be hypothesized.

With all the complications we have constructed and which, in any event are needed, the people would be continually involved with deciding rather than working.

Therefore, let’s design a political system based on a government made up of a few competent people who:

- present the people with the problems perceived so that the people can recognize them;

- prepare some working hypotheses for solutions and present these to the people;

- ask the people to add their input on problems and solutions;

- define plans covering problems and solutions and ask for approval of these;

- act to achieve the objectives for which approval has been given;

- accept verification and possible substitution.

And the people who grant their approval must not forget to verify and check.

It is in their own interest.

Let’s trace out the general lines of a morals system based on the expediency of good and based on this, let’s enunciate and construct the expectations of happiness.

Certainly, we must say that all human beings have the right to be happy if they want and this right does not belong only to a few peoples!

We must stop pretending that we do not know or that we do not understand. We must have the courage of look ourselves in the mirror in the full awareness that we have done everything in our power for ourselves and for all the others.

PART XIII

CHANGE

If we are interested, if we recognize the problems we are creating for ourselves and those we risk creating if we continue along the road taken for thousands of years, there is no doubt but that we must change.

We must start out from the most truthful and objective examination of our actual situation, discuss and define our objectives and then accept the logic of the facts.

We must reform ourselves, our structures and our conditions in the interests of all of us, those who want it immediately and those who will come to understand it little by little.

We will try for our own consent first before attempting to have the consent of the people. We are convinced that the greatest evil lies inside ourselves in those atavistic instincts from which we originated and from which we are evolving.

The authorities of universal love can be the coordinators of this change.

How much will it cost?

Less than the cost of not changing if we have made a personal conquest of the principle according to which uninvolutionary influential actions are useful and increasingly essential.

But this change must have an origin.

There must be some influential effect that will redirect the progress of events away from the actual course.

Two thousand years ago, a man gathering together in himself large part of the metaphysical culture existing up to that moment, exercised his influence on the concatenation existing then between causes and effects.

And he revolutionized the being of a large part of humanity.

He did so by indicating as the purpose, a reward after death.

Perhaps, today then every man and woman must gather together all the existing ethical culture and influence events as an original propulsive force towards change.

Two thousand years ago one man rewrote our consciences.

Now a man must rewrite our future history.

We will not think of our final end as a chimera that those who come after us can live. We will not only think of our final end at the end of time but also of our actual role — to be happy with all our force.

PART XIV

EMPIRE OF THE GOOD

Imagine a scenario in which human beings are the expression of the greatest possible good, where theory and practice are identical under the thrust of reason and love.

Imagine a widespread interest in truth and in our maximum well being.

Imagine peace as the effect of the achievement of solutions to the real problems of the people.

Imagine the serenity of someone who knows, having accepted the costs, he is just and true.

Imagine a giant step forward for our possibilities where the benefits will be first and foremost to our advantage and to the advantage of everything that shares life.

Imagine the morals role of a religion founded on the ethics of actual truth proven and provable.

Imagine the role of politics at the service of the people.

Imagine the achievement of the maximum perfection possible of human beings by emulating the true, the just and the beautiful.

We will have imagined the Empire of the Good.

EPILOGUE

I was born in the fog of a plains where runs the great river that took away my father on that last day in July before I was born.

My first memories are of a cemetery, a marble stone, a photograph and people crying.

As a child, sitting under the table in a peasant kitchen, I listened to the big people talk about some recent evil deeds, horrors they had hoped were gone forever.

At age five, I grasped the feet of the man who hung himself from a beam after he had explained to me the madness you feel inside when you have been to Auschwitz when all you wanted to do was to stay home and cut grass.

At age ten I believed that people wanted to change the world.

At age twenty I began to ask myself how it could be done.

I refused to be other people’s man when I understood that I would have become like them and so I fled.

I studied, I thought, I spoke, I worked and at the end I thought I had won.

But I still perceived evil. It had not disappeared forever.

I imposed truth on myself and I saw how much fear it inspires.

Thus, I saw my reactions then those of the people towards fear.

And in the meantime, the children grew and were happy.

But not my mother! She lost everything that July day when she died inside.

I was her only reason for continuing to live.

And so I wanted to have the force.

I threw myself face down in the grass of disused cart tracks and I thought.

I looked beyond the stars with the imaginative powers of a child.

I perceived the desire to change and I set myself objectives to change.

But changing only myself meant existing only for myself.

And so I asked the person I love to help me and she did.

I asked my father to help me and I found the strength within myself.

I believe in truth. I believe in beauty. I believe in justice.

Silence still occasionally brings me some fresh branch that I can prune and graft and make it sprout.

I hope to be lucid in the last moment and thus to be able to say to myself: you did well!

GLOSSARY

AESTHETICS: A means of achieving matter.

AXIOM: Material reflection of energy and the mind on matter.

BEING: Relative awareness of existence.

BIOCHEMISTRY: Aggregation of biological processes.

BIOPHYSICS: The process that forms matter from energy and energy from matter.

CAUSE: A fact that, from the original fact (unstable equilibrium) determines another fact (effect) that in turn produces (causal effect) another fact and so on to the final cause.

CONSCIENCE: Awareness of self, individual state of perception of everything.

COUNTERREACTION: Reactive tension in opposing phases as compared with the reaction of the good (tendency towards reharmonization).

DEMOCRACY: Power to decide assumed directly by the people.

DESIRE: Immaterial perceptible effect of the subjective unbalance.

ECONOMIC POLICY: Regulation of the relations between sacrifices and results and between results and their assignment (effects of the results).

ECONOMY: Relationship between work and results.

EFFECT: Consequence of a determinate fact with a certain amount of influence on the scenario that, in turn, produces another fact (causal effect) up to the end of time (stable reharmonization).

EMPIRICISM: Objective rationalism

EMULATION: Reflection of the effects of work among a number of subjects.

ENERGY: The origin of events in continuous evolution until the last event (more complex energy).

EQUILIBRIUM: Original state (unstable) and final (stable) state of elements that can only exist where there is no space and time.

ETHICS: A means of achieving energy.

EVIL: Expression of the unbalance that is opposed to good.

EVOLUTION: Movement from unbalance to equilibrium.

FINALITY: Combination between results and effects of a solution.

FORCE: The origins of evolution and inner perception of the role of one’s own individuality.

GEOPOLITICS: Political system whose main centre is the entire planet.

GEOETHICS: Universal system of ethics.

GOOD: Reactive force against unbalance tending towards stable reharmonization.

HAPPINESS: Zenith of a human being’s evolutionary potential.

IDEATION: Origins of the process or creating solutions.

IMAGINATION: Rational picturing of one or more possible events.

IMITATE: To want to appear as another without being able to be it.

INVOLUTION: Movement towards increased unbalance.

JUSTICE: Equity in the relations between individuality and the perceptible whole.

LOGIC: Process of knowing based on possible truth and on reason.

LOVE: Expression of giving, having or being in relation to one or more subjects.

MATTER: Means of aggregating and transforming energy in space and time.

METAPHYSICS: A way of looking at the relationship between the original cause and the ultimate effect of being.

NEED: Material and perceivable effect of subjective unbalance.

OBJECTIVE: Proposition for the solution to a problem.

OBJECTIVE: Concerning the reality of facts in a scenario.

ONTOLOGIST: A scholar of the essence of philosophy.

PERCEPTION: Becoming aware of a problem or an effect.

PLEASURE: Individual fulfilment.

POLITICS: A system for regulating conflicts among individuals.

PROBLEM: State of subjective and objective unbalance of a being that lasts until its solution has been achieved.

PRODEMOS: Action on behalf of the people.

RECOGNITION: Logical appraisal of an unbalance (of a problem).

SCENARIO: Complex situation of reality.

SOLUTION: Logical ideation of the corrective action that permits equilibrium for a problem.

SPACE: Distance between a number of elements.

STATE: Individual or common changeable situation.

STRATEGY: Transformation of objective into result.

SUB-ATOMIC: Constituting element of an atom.

SUBJECTIVE: Concerning the individual as compared with the reality of the facts.

TIME: The first effect of the original cause (need for evolution) and, hence, the distance between two or move perceptible facts.

TRUTH: Actual reality proven or provable.

UNBALANCE: Dynamic out of balance situation

UNINVOLUTIONAL: State of evolution that cannot retrocede.

WEALTH: The effects of the use of knowledge.

WILL: Amount of energy transformed into work.

WORK: Transformation of energy into thought and action.

IDEAS, WORDS AND FACTS

(1993)

Now that we have traced out the basic idea of our initiative and listed some pragmatic proposals, we must look at the actions to be made, the likely reactions and the counter-reactions to be used to overcome the obstacles.

An idea includes perception and affirmation of material problems. Their recognition and analysis, once prioritized, generates the desire to set goals and find solutions that will produce effects leading to a non-involving evolution of the situation.

The proposal must, therefore, indicate goals that can generate this desire to build the future by adopting solutions that keep in mind the overall scenario that we want to change.

Action includes the production of real instruments, their organization - the strategy - and the praxis, how to act to achieve visible results.

We must expect logical reactions against the actions done. These reactions are basically the obstacles placed between the goals and the results.

These reactions and obstacles call for adequate counter-reactions that will keep alive the intentions of those who, having agreed with the goals, take part in accomplishing the results.

There must be a certain coherence among idea, proposal and actions. This is essential to achieve the effects that we intend to obtain through our results.

All physically healthy people understand the problem of hunger and everybody, including ascetics, cannot fail to recognize that this is a problem involving a basic need.

If someone who is famished asks us why, we could say that the cause of hunger could be the cerebral perception of the need for nourishment or excessive need for food caused by some psychic disorder or some other cause. But let's suppose that the cause is the need for nourishment.

What is the origin of this problem? Is it the need to transform matter into energy or a psychic phobia? Let's suppose it is the need to generate energy.

The priority of the problem of hunger is relative to the time at which the need is perceived. Let's suppose that, at a certain point, this problem become a priority. Apart from someone who does not want to live, the problem of hunger can potentially become the first to be solved whenever all the nourishment taken in has been transformed into energy.

A man who is hungry due to a real physical need has only one goal: to nourish himself. From this stems the desire to obtain food in any way whatsoever.

If life comprised solely the individual need to survive physically, it would not matter how each individual found food. Any solution that solved the problem would be valid without taking into account the effects of the solution adopted. The stronger would better nourished and for a longer time than the other.

But life is not merely a matter of physical survival and, in fact, physical survival is not achieved solely through physical force. Since here the subject has a complex reason, we have to take other factors into account, first and foremost, the effects produced to the solutions adopted.

Effects are the states in which individuals, everybody, or better yet, the entire universe, find themselves after the actions resulting from the causes that produced them.

Therefore we must discover the solution that produces the best effect, the best possible situation. To satisfy hunger, we can produce by transforming material resources into consumer goods to feed ourselves without provoking, as an effect, the destruction of natural resources.

The solution is to produce, the result is the good, the product, obtained by the transformation of resources. the effects must be at least two: nourish oneself and find food also in the future.

The right instruments to obtain food will have to be chosen. If these are to achieve the two effects mentioned before, cannot be arms.

Thus the instruments must be organized and then used. The proper use of the plough is to break up the soil and not to catapult it onto the neighbor’s land.

The solution, the instruments and the organization adopted can be imitated by others and improved so that, all together, we act to produce food.

And this is precisely the point. Actions must be consistent with the goals and the effects we want to produce, as regards the idea, the solution we have thought up. But congruous also with how we have declared we want to use the instrument, also as regards the proposal.

If idea, proposal and action are not compatible, if there is a dual solution one effective and secret and the other official, the effects will not be those expected from the solutions adopted but others entirely different.

It has been shown, in history, that those who have used the technique of the dual strategy, thanks to the effective and secret solution, got the better of those who used only the official solution that was often proposed by those who had got around the problem in another way.

This concept has made history. but it is not history that we can boast about. But it is not true that history is made by people. History is made by the leaders, by those who have created and proposed truths to the people and have adopted others. The people have merely tolerated the history of which they have never had full awareness.

There was need for food and somebody suggested that production was the way to obtain it. Then arms were used to rob those who produced food.

There was need for knowledge and somebody suggested how information could be obtained. There was need to face fear of death and somebody suggested that to sacrifice one's life was a way of obtaining another life after death.

Then he used the sacrifice of others to obtain advantages. Somebody else asserted the importance of ethics and morals to achieve happiness and then used every unfair means to reach the top.

For these reasons, history is not made up of real changes.

In practical terms, that organization, the State, created to allow us to live together and to which, with the arrival of democracy, we entrusted the task of proposing rules, formulated ideas, proposed them to the people who then chose them.

But, in the meanwhile, that same organization, the State, acted contrary to its own proposal, to achieve its own victory over the people.

Whoever has proposed one thing and done another has always won and whoever has thought, proposed and acted consistently has never won. Unfortunately, these are the facts. If we look back for the original cause why things have gone the way they have, we will perhaps perceive the hypothesis that the imperceptible being before the beginning - which we can assume even physically as pure energy, outside space and time, in a condition of maximum simplicity - needed to evolve in space and with time in an imperfect pre-initial situation.

If the original cause was the need to overcome imperfection, it is logical that causes, forces, actions and effects can have been and still are imperfect until perfection has been reached. Everything that moves inside this chain cannot logically be anything other than imperfect to produce results.

And so, what is to be done? If the inconsistency between thought (idea), its revelation (proposal) and facts (actions) produces more results than their correlation, to produce effects we can only act with inconsistence.

But we know that incongruous action produce cyclical results, not non-involving, effects the suffer from the incongruity between the proposed action and the idea. Therefore everything continues to be linked with the original cause: the need, therefore, to overcome imperfection by a chain of subsequent necessities - or causes, imperfections and mistakes, imperfect forces and imperfect action which can only produce imperfect effects until the last effect no longer produces a subsequent cause and will take on the condition of maximum complexity and, therefore, maximum intelligence. But this condition, while the actual chain of events remains, can only occur at the end of time and space.

The only event capable of changing this chain is an impact creating effect caused by a singular event. If an illogical or atypical cause or necessity were to arise from an effect of this chain, a new effect could come from this atypical cause and we would have a parallel chain an atypical chain. But even this is not enough. That something has become separated from the rest is not a novelty. It has already happened but the rest stayed exactly as it was.

This atypical cause must find first the strength to break out of the typical chain, then find the strength to perform actions and thus produce atypical effects. Lastly it must steer an impact making atypical effect towards a typical chain, amalgamate with this latter and produce a new system, a new evolution. But this has never happen in human affairs because there has never been a situation of such complexity as to produce a singularity with such force as to break out from the typical chain (or logical chain of events if looked from the viewpoint of the original cause), with the force necessary to produce effects and with the force required to link back up with the effects of a typical chain to change it irreversibly.

This is our only possibility: the effects of something extraordinary. Today this possibility has become more likely than in the past precisely because of the state of complexity reached by the human race with its reason.

If you ask how things will end up otherwise, the answer is quite simple. Perfection is the purpose of the initial pure energy and matter (energy, space and time), is the means for achieving it. If we recall that up to now there has been an ongoing evolution, we can be fairly certain that it will continue in the future. In other words, perfection at the end of time and space is inevitable. but it is a matter of foreseeing its costs. How many other sacrifices, how much sorrow, what high costs must be borne before the final end for which we probably exist is accomplished?

In this scenario we perceive the need to accelerate the pace, produce effects multiplied in time so that we can avoid cycles of events that are in no way essential to the evolutionary process. To succeed, through a series of impact making effects, we must bear in mind a system of probable events. The first event is inside the chain and is the cause, or need, produced by the unbalance in which the previous situation, or effect, is. The force needed to produce actions whose effects tends towards re-equilibrium stem from this cause. Further needs, forces, actions and effects always logical or causal, or typical in relation to the original cause are thus created.

But, if an atypical cause arises from the effect of an action, this cause will produce an atypical force, atypical action and effect, atypical situations.

An atypical chain could stem from the atypical cause and the two chains, the typical and a typical, would evolve in parallel.

But what could act as this new cause? We must remember that it arises from an original cause of necessity that, in turn, originates from an imperfect situation even it in unstable equilibrium. this is where the concept of singularity comes into play. Physically, we have hypothesized this as casual but not causal. A singularity arises from a condition of increased complexity in relation to previous conditions as regards time. Life appeared a billion years after the formation of the planet Earth due to such a singular event. This has been demonstrated in laboratory.

This means that life is the effect of an action - a reaggregation – produced by a force - the will toward re-equilibrium that stems from a singular event - the need for re-equilibrium - that is derived from a complex environment in which the imbalance was created.

Reason could have had the same origin. Once life had reached a condition of high complexity, a high imbalance would have been created and consequently, also a cause, a force and actions tending to produce reason as an effect.

But the symptoms of the original cause are still within the evolutionary chain. The best analogy to describe them in comparison with reason, would be to call them instincts.

Cycles are produced by this symbiosis between causality and singularity. A parallel system is created when the singular event is within the system or remains outside it.

What would happen, on the other hand, if the singular event produced an external cause and this cause directed its effects towards the system where the singular event has been occasioned? We would have two singular events. The first, as hypothesized by physicists, would be casual but the second certainly causal: What we mean here is that while the first is impelled by a past situation, the second would be motivated by the perception of the potential future goal.

Our theory is based on this point maximum detachment from the past and the maximum link up with the future.

But release from the past is only possible if the past is recognized as an effective and not merely as a historical truth. If the past, or better yet, its origin, is taken as a transcendent in comparison with the perceivable (God as a transcendent being as opposed to the perceivable universe), we can only hypothesize a future based on the past created by the transcendent being. Of this past we know neither the origin nor the cause nor the goals. If, on the other hand, the origin of the past is taken to be immanent, it accompanies us and is inside us, then we can identify the cause and the origin of the perceivable, the past and, logically, we can imagine the goals.

Since we can imagine origin and cause, we can also imagine the goals and can make the singular event causal. In other words, we can direct a singular event towards the chain from which that same singular event comes.

Let's go back to the nature of the singular event. It arises casually from a complex situation in imbalance. From this condition, a subject that is very atypical compared with the chain, can reach a state of stability. It will not be equilibrium but it will be much more stable than the system.

Thus there will be a conflict between the situation of the more stable subject and the general status of the chain. At a certain point, the subject in the more stable situation will become aware that his stability is in conflict with the general instability and will be induced to escape from the system. Human singularity stems from this conflict.

Let's take as an example a man who is in a state of maximum happiness, relative happiness, as compared with the system in which he lives. The maximum relative happiness is not the maximum happiness possible. That man realizes that his happiness is conditioned by the unhappiness of others. He perceives and recognizes this situation and, from this realization, or perception, a singularity, if recognized, is created.

The first goal of that person will be to stay well outside the system. Then he will realize that the system conditions him even from the outside in his emotional states and in his conscience. Thus he will assign himself the goal of changing the system he comes from with an act of will and, therefore, with an act of force towards the future.

He will become aware that he must acquire the maximum power to resist outside the system, to produce actions different from those he would have performed inside the system. If he perceives the need to change the typical system, he will try to build up the utmost force to make an impact on the system.

But the typical system goes its own way. The amalgamation between typical and a typical effect is the result of two forces: one typical and the other atypical. These two forces are quite independent one from the other. Substantially, even if there exists an external atypical force capable of directing the effects of its action towards a typical effect, the amalgamation of the two effects is only significant when the two forces are compatible.

Compatibility is particularly related to the matter of the truth on the original cause and on the subsequent typical causes. If we assume that there was nothing before what we perceive now, it is natural that we will look for a being who created from nothing. If, on the other hand, we think, as would appear to be scientifically demonstrated, that what we perceive is the evolution of energy with time and in space. We also recognize that if at the zero moment, before time and, consequently, before space, only pure energy could exist, then we can deduce that it was energy that created space and time.

Many will then ask: who could have created this pure energy? We could answer that it was created by God but, then, the automatic continuation would ask: then who created God? We must not forget that the "God" solution, as an answer to the two questions on the origin and cause of all, has so far been just a theoretical solution based on reasoning processes entirely indeterminate compared with the scientific. In practice, to answer the question about who created (the origin) what we perceive from nothing, God has been invented. And to answer the other question about why something was created from nothing (why something rather than nothing exists), refuge is taken in God's secret and incomprehensible purpose.

If to the first question, (who created from nothing), we answered that what we perceive was not created from nothing but from pure energy pre-existing time and space. And if we answered the second (why was something created from nothing) by stating that pure energy had the need to evolve and the solution could not be achieve by space and time, we would find ourselves changing our opinion on the origin but also on the original cause. In this way, everything that derives from our idea of the original cause would be "revolutionary" and we could look at the future from a different angle. the only question still unanswered would be about the origin of pure energy. But, considering the answer, whatever it might be, outside time and space and therefore not an event, we can only imagine discovering it at the end of time and space, at the end of evolution.

Therefore, our conclusion on the original cause can be taken as a conditioning element for the typical chain from which other material and spiritual causes and necessities stem. Sufficient here to consider the interpretation of social, civil, political, economic and moral aspects inherent in typical chains. All theses aspects are part of our past, present and foreseeable future. It is logical that, when we change our opinion on the original cause, we also change our interpretation of subsequent causes, necessities.

We must create an impact on the historical memory of the opinions on past causes and we must do this with atypical actions. These atypical actions can modify the effects, the situations, of typical chains to produce within them, modified causes, forces, actions and effects. The two forces - the modified typical and the atypical - will be sufficiently compatible to be able to produce synergistic actions directed towards the amalgamation of external effects with those within the chain.

FEAR

(1993)

Fear is the effect of an emotional state. It is an emotion justified biologically by the need to preserve, or at least warn, the less strong members of a species. It is a trait caused by mechanisms similar to those that produce inhibitions that lead to self-control and limit the maximum expression of power. It is thanks to inhibition that, instinctively, the stronger avoids overcoming the weaker members of the species. In turn, the weaker members recognize and accept their inferiority compared with the stronger and submit, precisely, from fear. We could say that inhibition and fear are differentials between what we could do and what we actually do, between effective force and expressed force.

Perception

Perception of fear can be rational and instinctive. It can be endogenous and exogenous, subjective and objective. It is rational and often justified when it stems from awareness, from sense experience or intuition of the existence of evil. It is instinctive when it arises from the genetic memory rooted in the subconscious, when it is the effect of a sense experience or an intuition transmitted by the tribe. In this case we talk about atavic fear. In both cases, it defines the presumed limitations of our powers as interior awareness of our possibility. It is endogenous perception when it comes from within us and it is exogenous when others display it. It is subjective when it causes us to fear for our physical and non-physical safety. It is objective when it causes us to fear for the safety of another or others.

Recognition

Fear is a necessity, a material problem and, as such, once perceived, must be recognized. Failure to recognize it as a material problem implies its acceptance as an unavoidable fact without any escape route. Even if it is an individual fact, it is a function of social existence because it stems from relationships with others and thus a function of the whole. It is one of the conditioning elements felt by each individual of that whole to which we belong.

Fear is not an evil and it is not an action. It is a way of reacting that cannot be solved without the use of reason. The basic effect of the failure to recognize fear as solvable material problem is desperation accompanied by illusion and, while there is life, unfailing delusion. Desperation because we cannot face it; illusion that we can take refuge in someone or something that will overcome it; delusion for the ineffectiveness of the subject delegated to solve it.

It may also happen that this failure to recognize fear may produce temporary pleasure because perception of fear as an inevitable fact generates a degree of emotion. But it is pleasure from feeling not pleasant in being. We all have a touch of the masochist and the thrill of fear is an experience on a level with any other. However, we must accept the perception of fear as a material problem and thus recognize its existence because the fact corresponds to the evidence and this is shown by the pathos we feel every time we feel fear inside ourselves. And this is an impeding pathos, a non-productive state for us and for others.

Priority

Priority, the degree of precedence a problem can be assigned, deals with the quality and the dimension of the object (fact or intuition) that causes it, the context (refractory, absorbing or consigning to the fringes) in which it occurs and the self-respect compared with all the others.

The more the object is regarded as objectively or subjectively important, the action of proven or feared evil, the more the context is absorbing or consigning to the fringes because the mass feels more or because it isolates the individual, the more he feels cut off from everything, the higher the priority of the problem.

Here too, it is a matter of choosing between instinctive and logical or reason priority. The more the reason is used, the truer and more realistic the judgment on the level of priority. On the other hand, the more instinct is followed, the more presumed the priority. Certainly, as with all judgments about priority, the one based on fear depends on, in relation to, other problems.

And this concept of relation is the most significant and definitive, the more it is based on objectivity and reason.

Origin

But what phenomenon does the process of fear come from? From what original state? This is the same as asking: where does fear of evil come from? Only from the experience of a future, possible, total or partial destruction of one self or of others? Or from other elements? From the memory at all there levels: genesis, remote and recent or perhaps also from a precise trait of living beings that have evolved subjectively and have always retained this limitation? We can try and work our way backwards and examine endogenously and exogenously the acting object, the evil from which fear stems. We find physical and psychic death, disease, poverty, violence, impotence, solitude, weakness, ignorance, the instinct to oppress and, going even further back, the need for selection as part of the evolutionary process, the need for imbalance. Lastly, we find non-stable equilibrium.

Here is the origin of fear - the condition in which we know that we are not what we could be, imperfection, the independence desired or endured of everything. The need for imbalance, for evil comes from this condition as a necessary event to reach re-equilibrium in a more evolved state. This imbalance that can be re-balancing, is the phenomenon from which fear comes. This premise may appear to be the result only of an intuition and not provable, before time and space. It may also be said that we would be more interested in knowing its more recent origin from which the fear within each of us comes. But the result would not change. Evil, as a trigger event is always present. The power that moves it stems once again from a need - to evolve and the effect is the same. Because we react to evil we are afraid. The only trait that has changed from the original condition is that today we are in constant imbalance whereas at the beginning we were in non-stable equilibrium.

On the assumption of these origins and considering the clear existence of a relationship between evil as a force that produces imbalance and good as a force that tends toward re-equilibrium, fear is positioned between these two forces. From this point of view, then, fear becomes an obstacle or a filter against the full expression of the forces of good and evil, a sort of double-acting brake. It protects us from a greater evil and prevents us from producing a higher good.

Cause

We have already seen that the event, the cause determining fear is evil. This is an event that can be active or passive in the sense that it can be fear of undergoing or of causing evil. In the first case, the force of evil is presumed to be stronger in part or in whole outside us and against us. In the second case, much more rare, it is presumed to be stronger in us and against the whole or part of it. In all events, if fear is reaction against an evil action, a reaction of good should lessen this fear precisely because the expression of a larger good leaves traces only against other evil actions but not in those defeated by good actions.

Goal

To defeat fear we must give ourselves a purpose. The act of will to perform the actions necessary to exit a state of prostrating acceptance and impotence arises from purpose. The final goal will be to eliminate fear but the goal implies a re-creation of the brain that can only come from an alteration in the biochemical reactions in the nerve cells that comprise it. And this re-creation presupposes the elimination of evil as a force of imbalance, which is its original cause.

Solution

The way to overcome fear is to consider the force potential. Each of us is capable of actions that we do not carry out for motives of convenience, habit or it is commonly accepted so. Each of us, physically healthy could go to the top of the Eiffel Tower with a small parachute hidden in a bag and jump off it. It does not bother us to prick a finger and squeeze out a few drops of blood or to hold our breath for seconds with out face in a basin of water.

But very few have actually had the courage of jump off the Eiffel Tower with a parachute; very few prick their fingers or hold their breath under water. If we look at all the things we could do if we wanted to and compare these with what we actually do, would mean defining by quantity and quality the difference between unused and used force. This would enable us to discover our potential force.

Here is the solution to the problem of fear: awareness of all our potential force. It is at this point that the good wins because it directs the potential force towards uninvolving effects. There have been people with cancer who have refused to die until a certain thing happened - the birth of a grandchild, the return of a prisoner of war, the accomplishment of a mission, or, until they have produced certain effects to which they had dedicated their lives.

Others have done actions regarded as beyond the limits of what is considered normal human capability. History recalls Leonidas, Horatius Coclites, Crazy Horse, Silvio Pellico and, in more recent times, the partisans in the north of Italy, men and women who were able to destroy far larger groups than their slight forces. Some have acted in organized groups, others alone. Some used their potential force to fight, others to bring the people to awareness, yet others, experimented their theories on their own persons. It is true: blessed are the peoples that do not need heroes. But in our times, these people are a single unit that embraces six billion individuals who suffer and accept costs much higher than the results obtained and, what is worse, these costs are not useful to humanity as a whole. And the people still need someone to show he is not afraid, someone to imitate and, perhaps, someone to weep for.

Effects

The fundamental result from overcoming the problem of fear by adopting the solution based on potential force is self-conviction of the invincibility of the good. This does not mean that nothing can stop a subject who knows his down potential force but it certainly does mean that evil cannot stop him. He who knows that by knowing evil as an action that tends towards the production of imbalance and is aware of his own force as a capability of reacting towards reestablishing the equilibrium, that person is in an unrestrained potential situation to overcome the imbalance and regards it as true, beautiful and right to act towards that direction. At the same time, he will recognize the need for a new imbalance towards a state more evolved that the one we was afraid of. In this way, fear does not disappear as a phenomenon but is overcome as a state. It is no longer an impediment but a drive. The very biochemical condition that induces fear no longer has any reason to exist and is absorbed by the inhibiting biochemical reaction that appears in all living beings that know that they can express their potential force and assess the need to express it.

Instruments

The most effective instrument that can be used habitually to overcome fear and, at a certain point, eliminate it, is the reason, by using one's intelligence. With our reason we can assess our potential force, decide when and how to use it in whole or in part, to act, to resist, to foresee and to react. Not everything is foreseeable, it is true, but it is more probable to be able to react against the negative imponderable and exploit the negative imponderable once we have foreseen the foreseeable in as much as it is possible. Sometimes, the foreseeable can be determined and, in the case, the effects of correct forecasting tend to automatically absorb the imponderable.

Strategy

Reason should be organized for the purpose we want to reach. The purpose is to overcome fear of evil. Therefore, we must think up a strategy that will make evil and its force useless. Nature uses the force of evil to put the good in a critical situation and to force it to complete itself over time. The force of evil produces a state of imbalance and the force of good a state of re-equilibrium based on the following chain:

If we assume that an advance along the evolutionary scale corresponds to each state of re-equilibrium, we will notice that to produce this advance we need two states: one of imbalance and one of re-equilibrium. If the good could independently produce the force needed to provoke its own imbalance, the force of evil would no longer be necessary.

To achieve this, the force of good must direct its action towards a state of re-equilibrium and not towards a state of imbalance. In this way the good would become a bivalent force of action: a force for imbalance and, at the same time, a force for re-equilibrium. Instead of having to act towards a state of imbalance and wait for the reaction of evil against which it would counter-react, good would be acting towards a state of re-equilibrium and reacting against the static trend of the state towards which it acts.

 This would trigger a new chain in which an advance in evolution would occur with each state.

Praxis

The praxis applied to the normal chain stems from a process of reactions to reestablish the re-equilibrium of a state placed in imbalance by evil forces. Consistent with the strategy adopted, the new praxis will operate by a process of actions set up by the same forces that produced the re-equilibrium. These forces will perform the requisite number of actions and subsequent reactions.

Obstacles

The main obstacle is finding the starting out power. In a state of imbalance, the actions produced by the forces of good cause reactions by the forces of evil and these have to be reacted against. But if, when the state of increase re-equilibrium is reached, the forces of good can call their actions into question by producing actions that will result in imbalance and, consequently, other actions (reactions) to reestablish there-equilibrium, the obstacle of evil will have been overcome because it is superfluous, useless.

Validation

The reaction process is generated chiefly by the validation of the state of equilibrium produced by the action of the good. A state of re-equilibrium is an imperfect state that can be improved. Ongoing awareness of this fact creates the need to call into question the results achieved to improve them for the final purpose of perfection.

Conclusions

Fear begins from an emotive state that is placed in imbalance. As with inhibition, it is needful.

Its perception is spontaneous or induced depend on the level of sense experience and intuition.

It is a material problem and as such, solvable.

Its level of importance depends on the object that triggered it, the object that provoked the imbalance.

The origin is awareness of a state of instable equilibrium that can become a state of imbalance.

The cause of fear is evil because evil is the force that transforms a state in equilibrium to imbalance.

The immediate goal is to lose impotence and the final goal is to eliminate the event that causes fear, evil.

The solution to the problem of fear is awareness of the potential force, the differential between the expressed and non-expressed forced.

The effect of this solution is the intimate conviction of the invincibility of the good.

Reason is the instrument of this solution.

The strategy is directed towards modifying the chain that needs evil where it is the good that is called into question.

The appropriate praxis is to use the force of re-equilibrium to produce imbalance.

The obstacle stems from the reactions to the changes in the chain and, especially, the initial reactions to change.

In order for the one force to be able to produce both re-equilibrium and imbalance, the state of re-equilibrium must be constant validated.

A last point. Evil, as a phenomenon that causes imbalance, exists and is not an invention. This means that at any time of our life we can feel its effects on others and on ourselves. Running away or hiding will not impede negative facts. In fact, it is very likely that running away from the struggle, i.e. not facing the situation openly, will cause all the conditions of vulnerability to combine and increase their effects. Thinking, reasoning objectively, generating solutions, producing examples and communicating them, organizing instruments is certainly costly but perhaps less costly, in the long, than leaving everything as we found it.

Evolution tends towards the good or, at least, tends to reinforce the force of good. But how much time, how much energy will the natural chain need before it no longer needs evil? How much cost must we still bear? How many human beings must die of hunger, poverty, war, disease, and solitude? How many children, how many women, how many old people must pay for an evolution based on instincts rather than on reason? To be free to choose means choosing based on knowing and taking these facts into consideration, why they happened, happen and will continue to happen. Humanity needs an act of love, not towards itself, relatives and friends but towards all. We were taught that to love means giving more than you receive not to receive more than you give. For some, perhaps to live means to accept the role of giving to receive nothing.

In the interest of all the others.

Let's examine the actual situation. A limited number of people decide for all the others, exploiting fear and inadequate self-control. With the help of science and technology all the material problems of six billion people could be quickly solved.

The countries of the western hemisphere have an agricultural and food processing potential sufficient to feed the entire world. They could produce manufacturing systems and transfer know-how sufficient to make all the people in poor countries self-sufficient.

But Western systems, that have invented the global village and the Single Market, apply sanctions to those who produce more than what is requested by the west. The health problem could be solved at a planet level, over-population decreased, illiteracy could be eliminated, production advanced without damaging the environment. We know what should be done while we see the exact opposite happen. The people, the ordinary people, are blamed for this. They do not understand, think, participate, validate and.. One is tempted to ask what the States are for. Either democratic systems are ideologies heading towards catastrophe or the ones we live in are pseudo-democracies, systems based on appearances, facades behind which the same privileges, the same forces of power are hidden. It could also be true that democracy is not the best form of government but, certainly, to know this it must first be adopted substantially and, what is more important, in a manner that is more faithful to the truth. Few people have assumed the role of bulwark of civilization and, at the same time, have had the courage to ask the people to participate really in the new processes that today seem possible.

And that is precisely where evil is. In those who know the facts, have the power to change them and leave them as they are. Convinced that to change means losing personal advantages. This situation must be changed as soon as is possible. By telling the people how things really are, in the most complete way possible. By proposing to the people to share a feeling of responsibility. They will accept, if not for love of the others, at least from a sense of self-love. And someone must accept the risk of giving this movement the initial thrust so that all can have the right to fight for their own happiness.

HOLISTIC SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENTAL BASE

(1993)

Goods are material objects to satisfy human needs.

Humankind obtains these objects from the nature surrounding him and expends them or transforms them into products before consuming them or using them to transform other objects from nature.

Production is the conscious activity of people to transform natural objects and forces into products.

Work is the set of functions needed to produce.

Work is a process, a repetitive series of actions by humankind on nature and the reactions of nature on humankind.

A process that is carried out between humankind and nature.

Through work humankind transforms nature and, being himself part of nature, also transforms himself.

Production is therefore based on work and products are the result of the human activity of producing.

The objects of work are natural resources, the goods that are transformed by humankind into products or consumer goods, to satisfy needs.

The land and all natural elements on it can be objects of work because they can be transformed into products.

The means of work are the instruments used to produce. These are, in fact, natural resources transformed into instruments to be used to transform other resources into products to satisfy needs.

For this reason means of work are also called producer goods.

Factories, machinery, roads and everything needed to produce and distribute are means of work.

The distinction between products, or consumer goods, and instruments, or producer goods, is not at a material level but at a functional level to satisfy needs.

Any given good can be looked at as a consumer good or as an object of work.

Electricity is a good example since it can be used to satisfy needs or to produce.

Both objects of work, natural resources to be transformed, and instruments of work, are the means by which products are obtained.

In other words, both are production means.

The former are objects of production and the latter are instruments of production.

The activity of producing is therefore based on two fundamental factors: production means and work.

Production relationships, those that arise between people who work, are social relationships.

Production is social because work, one of the two fundamental factors of production, is a function that is carried out by means of relationships among a number of individuals in the continual action of humankind on nature and nature on humankind.

The productive forces as the method and means by which humankind acts on nature.

The method is work and the means are the instruments used to work.

By changing the means, we change the productive forces.

Distribution is the conscious activity of people to exchange natural and produced resources.

As with production, work is the set of functions needed to distribute.

Distribution is therefore based on work and the exchanges are the result of the human action of distributing.

Distribution relationships are entirely determined by production relationships. The method of distribution depends on the method of production in that the relationships between productive forces, people and means, define the relationships that occur at the distributive level.

Economic activity is made up of production and distribution of products.

But economic activity is not an isolated fact.

The production and distribution activities are repetitive and so we can talk about production processes and distribution processes.

The two processes of production and distribution, therefore, form the economic process.

Permanent relationships between individuals are also formed in the economic process. In other words, social relationships are created.

Productive relationships and economic relationships are social relationships.

They are social relationships quite different from the others.

In the economic process, social relationships are mediated by consumer goods and production means.

If distribution relationships are determined by production relationships and economic relationships are the set of production and distribution relationships, then production relationships are the basis of the set of economic relationships.

And production relationships, distribution relationships and the set of economic relationships depend on the development level of the productive forces, by the method and the means by which humankind acts on nature.

The basis of a system is the organizational principle of the system itself, its central element or a part of the elements in the whole from which all the other elements can be obtained.

The basis is therefore both the proposition and the cause governing a system and produces the behavior of the subjects forming it.

This rule affects both the relationships between subjects and the relationships between their behaviors.

The effects of a system's basis, of its fundamental rule, are the reality of the system at any given moment.

The productive base is the main rule that produces effects in production relationships and, as a result, also in distribution relationships.

The economic base is the main rule within which economic relationships occur.

The economic base is therefore the central element in economic relations while the productive base is the central element in production relations.

The rule that establishes the ownership of the production means is the base of productive relationships between production means and work.

In turn, the rule that establishes production relations that are set up within the context of production between production means and work is the basis of economic relations.

Therefore, if the base of production relationships is the ownership of the production means, the very ownership of the production means is at the basis of economic relations.

Production relationships cannot be arbitrary.

A defined economic base must correspond to a defined growth level in production forces because a defined level of growth in the productive forces demands corresponding production relationships.

Production relationships, in turn, affect the growth of productive forces. When they are adequate, they generate further growth. When they are inadequate, they slow down growth.

Now let's take a look at the affect of economic relations on other relationships.

To state that social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships are not merely the product of economic relationships doesn’t mean that economic relationships are irrelevant for other relationships.

On the other hand, even the social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships not produced by economic relations affect economic relations.

This holistic concept, the entirety of the human system that appears to be formed by as many sub-systems as there are types of human relations.

The sub-systems of the human system are social, civic, political, moral and religious.

These sub-systems are the bases, the principles, the fundamental rules from which the social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships stem.

Human system sub-systems are open, interconnected one with the other. The environment for these sub-systems is nature that also includes human beings.

The human system, taken as a whole, is an open system that interconnects with all the systems of other living and non-living beings that have nature as their environment.

The base of the human system, which we could define as an environmental base, is the evolutionary law of nature.

We can define the environmental base as the fundamental rule within which the relationships between humankind and things take place.

The close interconnection between humankind and nature certainly involves, in addition to all natural phenomena, including those we do not perceive, all human relationships.

This environmental base feels the results of the effects it produces and reacts to the actions of the subjects that form it.

Since the base of the human system is the environmental base, nature, the economic base must also be represented by nature.

This means that every rule that is opposition to the environmental base, nature, is destined to disappear precisely because it opposes the fundamental natural law, nature in evolution.

To be in harmony with the environmental base, ownership of the production means taken as the set of natural resources and the products of humankinds activity, must remain in nature's hands.

Every attempt to take away from nature it’s resources has been shown to be against the environmental base and therefore, against nature.

Apart from the primitive economic base, all the other ones that have been tried have proved to be ineffectual.

It was proved with all of the slave, feudal, Asiatic, capitalistic, socialistic systems and the various combinations of them.

Whenever man has imposed a production base on which the economic base rests, to take from nature what is nature's the result has always been conflicts and contradictions between people and, more importantly, between humankind and nature.

When the human system tries to act separately from nature, it goes against nature.

What we have to create, therefore, is a productive base compatible with humankind's environmental base to re-establish the natural relationship between humankind and nature, between human system and the environment.

This productive base cannot be identified with the environmental base, with nature. Thus we can talk about a natural productive base by means of which production resources and means remain the property of nature.

The natural economic base is derived from the natural productive base.

Up to now we have identified two fundamental laws that determine the conditions for equilibrium between social relations.

The first law states that "a necessary agreement must exist between production relationships and the nature of the productive forces".

This means that the relationships between resources, production means and work must agree with the method and production means.

The second law states that "human sub-systems other than the economic must conform with production relationships".

This means that social, civic, political, moral and religious systems must be compatible with the relationship between resources, production means and work.

It would not appear to be correct to define these systems as superstructures of the economic system since it is not true that they are produced solely by the economic system and adapt to it.

The social, civic, political, moral and religious systems feel the effects of the economic system and adapt to this even as the economic system feels their influence and adapts to them.

However, we cannot deny the close ties between these systems and the economic system because both the former and the latter are sub-systems of the human system.

The two laws outlined above have been defined as if humankind was a closed system, totally separate from the environment and the other systems that form it.

A fundamental law is missing that would establish the relationship between system and the environment in which it arises.

The law of system relationships states "there must be an equilibrium in open systems between the system itself and its environment".

Since the human system is open, this law becomes its fundamental principle.

The fundamental law in human social relations should state "there must be an equilibrium between human relations, behavior and the natural environment". This means that the relationships between people and the relationships between their behaviors must be compatible with the environment in which these relationships take place.

The law of the progressive growth in productive forces states the need caused by new stimulus, by continual change in productive forces, in the method and means of producing.

The progressive development in productive forces acts so as not to disrupt the harmony between the productive forces and production relations. It does this by producing, as its first effect, imbalance and, as its second effect, owing to the first law on social relations, a readjustment in production relationships to the growth level of the productive forces.

This readjustment in production relationships eliminates the harmony between the social, civic, political, moral and religious sub-systems and production relationships. This lack of harmony then affects the economic base.

In the existing social system, contradictions will then arise between the non-economic and economic sub-systems, between social, civic, political, moral and religious relations and the fundamental basis of economic relations - the economic base.

At this point the second law on social relations comes into effect. This modifies social, civic, political, moral and religious relations on the basis of the new production relationships and the economic base. It reestablishes the necessary harmony with the new production relations and, therefore, with the new economic base. This concludes the formation cycle of the new human system.

At the same time, the human system produces new actions on the environment and receives new reactions from the environment.

The evolution of humankind and his system comes about by an uninterrupted chain of events that initiates an evolutionary process between subjects, their behavior and between subjects, behavior and nature.

The cause of this evolutionary process is the occurrence of new social, civil, political, moral or religious needs.

These new needs are matched by the development of productive forces and the trend towards improvement in social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships.

The development of these productive forces creates contradictions between the productive forces and production relations. Intolerance for the old relationships, without reference to economic interests, comes from the trend towards improvement in the other relationships.

These contradictions, under the thrust of the productive forces, cause a readjustment in production relations and in the economic base. The trend towards improvement in the other relationships causes a change in individual behavior.

The readjustment in the production relationships and the economic base have an effect on and change the social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships and, at the same time, the change in these latter, affect the production relationships.

The actions done by humankind resulting from the changes in the production relationships and the social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships affect the environment that, in turn, reacts.

This reaction launches the productive forces towards new needs and they continue to grow and thus generate new contradictions as new social, civic, political, moral and religious needs are induced.

It can happen that the development of productive forces does not find an adequate outlet in production relationships because the existing economic base tends to preserve the function it had at the previous level in the development of the productive forces.

It can happen that the social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships try to resist the action of the new production relationships and, hence, the new economic relations.

It can also happen that the production relationships try to resist the needs that come from thrusts generated by the improvement in individual behavior.

Lastly, it can happen that the environment cannot accept the contradictions between the human system and the environment.

When one of the factors in these four dyads tries to resist the needs of another factor, there will be a split in the human system that will affect the entire human system and its natural environment.

The effects of this split can be an explosion or an implosion of the system in which the split occurred.

There will be an explosion when the more evolved factor expresses more force than the factor that resists. In the opposite situation, we will have an implosion.

Thus, we have an explosion when the productive forces at a defined level of development are stronger than the resistance of the former production relationships and the economic base or the resistance of the former social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships.

In this case, the explosion will topple the old economic base and create a new one. The future will be the product of the past.

We will have an explosion when the new individual behavior patterns are stronger than the resistance of the old production relationships and the old economic relations.

In this case, though, the explosion will create anarchy until the old production relationships change and become more in line with individual behavior.

There would also be an explosion if the human system were stronger than the resistance of the environment.

In this latter case, humankind would be forced to live in a totally artificial environment provided that natural resources could continue to exist in that artificial environment.

We would have an implosion when the resistance of the old production relationships and the economic base or the resistance of the old social, civic, political, moral and religious relationships is stronger than the action of the productive forces.

It would be a concentrating implosion in the sense that it would eliminate every trace of democracy. It would be an involution.

There would be an implosion where the resistance of the old production relationships and the old economic relations is stronger than the new individual behavior patterns.

It would be a high hierarchically modeled implosion when parts of the system exercise a steamroller effect on the hierarchically lower parts.

There would also be an implosion if the resistance of the environment were stronger than the human system, as it would appear to be and just as logics would require.

In this latter case, an implosion would mean the destruction of the human system and of the subjects that comprise it, of our entire species.

So what can be done? What is the actual situation in social, civic, political, economic, moral and religious relationships?

The productive forces, as a result of the telematic revolution, had undergone a process of accelerated growth. The economic relations have partially readjusted to the productive forces, but both the two factors have strong points that the other can surmount.

The productive forces are the organizational instruments necessary to the economic base in order to be able to produce real effects. The economic base, on the other hand, holds and tends to concentrate resources and production means necessary to the productive forces in order to achieve a different allocation of wealth.

The situation is a stalemate.

On one hand, the Marxist solution has deluded the expectations of practically all those who believed in a communist society.

Replacing the private economic base with a State economic base, plus political and social dictatorship as experienced in the various communist countries, killed any incentive towards enterprise and limited social, and civil liberty. Humankind here was turned into an apathetic creature.

On the other hand, capitalism has not succeeded in finding a way to avoid the negative effects built into its production method and its excessive concentration of wealth.

Pure liberalism experienced before the arrival of the welfare state and more recently in Britain and the United States, cannot produce positive effects because it does not solve the contradictions between economic relations and the level of development in the productive forces.

Socio-capitalist policies based of Keynesian economics have shown their limitations in that they bring together the worst effects of both capitalism and socialism. In this system, the economic base has pretensions to decide the allocation of wealth while the State is assigned the task of handling matters of social welfare - but it is not clear what resources it is to use for this.

We must remember that, prior even to the progressive growth in productive forces, there is the law of progressive development in the relationships between nature and humankind. In other words, there is evolution.

Evolution had an initial instable equilibrium and it had to be steered towards a final stable equilibrium by solving the contradictions between production relationships and productive forces and by directing humankind's progressive development towards equilibrium with nature. Humankind is, unless he is expelled or excludes himself, is an integral and indissoluble part of nature.

The goal therefore could be to achieve production relationships in which the economic base, the available resources, is universal and assigned to all living forms and species.

But this is the final goal, the final purpose. The first stage of a strategy to achieve the final purpose, the creation of an economic base in which the resources are available for all living beings, could be the identification of the economic base, the availability of the production means with the subjects of the productive forces, the workers-producers.

It is a mater of imagining an economic system in which the worker-producer is assigned a share in the producing company for the entire time he works and produces.

In this way the contradictions between the development level of the productive forces and the production relationships would be solved. This because the productive forces would no longer act as instruments of imbalance towards the production relationships but their growth would constantly involve the latter.

The conflict between productive and non-productive relationships, i.e. the conflict between production and consumption still has to be solved. The subjects of the productive forces will tend more to allocate the wealth produced to themselves than towards the non-productive subjects.

But if this first stage is directed towards a natural economic base, to the awareness that resources must be recognized as belonging to the universality of living subjects and those not yet living, non-productive subjects will not be excluded from this process because we all know and are conscious of the fact that work and production are useful factors if placed at the disposal of all.

Thus we want to state that the stages in any given plan are useful to that plan only if they the problems to be solved with the plan are perceived and recognized, the priorities noted, the origins and causes of the problems identified and detailed, the goals indicated, the solutions thought out, their effects forecast, the instruments produced, the strategy and the praxis applied. In this way, the obstacles that interfere with the accomplishment of results will be overcome. We can say that the only imponderable obstacle remaining is our insufficient awareness and, hence, our imperfection.

The first stage, in a process orienting production relationships towards being governed by the environmental base, cannot be determined by anything else than the strategy of needs, the definition of the purpose and the coordination of the means to achieve it.

It does not matter how different this state is from the past and it does not matter how costly it is to accomplish it. The environmental base works, or better yet, since we are talking about it, it has already worked to induce the human system to perceive the final purpose to be achieved. This same environmental base will provoke the needs and, at the same time, provide the instruments to solve them. Nature possesses all the energy to enable us to rediscover our role and ourselves. Or to kick us out.

You will think that all this has been a learned, deeply thought out philosophical treatise. And, in truth, it is a matter of metaphysics, that combination of thought and action that was abandoned when human beings had to produce in order to survive. At that time, defects became supreme and an artificial human system was imposed to replace a far more natural one. This artificial system still rules where many people have become the instruments of a few and where an unnatural hierarchy has been set up in social relations.

This fact, this error explains the incessant evolution in productive relationships under the thrust of the process of development in social relations.

If the economic base had remained environmental and in harmony with nature, there would have been no need for evolution in social relations. It was madness. Today we have the intellectual resources to overcome that limitation and look towards the future from the starting point of the present and not of the past - exactly as it happened 10,000 years ago. We do not exist to be masters of nature but rather to allow nature to evolve as an instrument of re-equilibrium of the energy forming it.

THE SUPER RELATIONSHIP
IN THE HUMAN SYSTEM

(1993)

We live in a system and are its subjects. Systems can be two types: simple or complex.

A simple system can be formed from the relationships between two or more subjects as, for example, two or three points in a straight line or from the relationships between the behaviour or two or more elements as with natural elements like carbon, oxygen, hydrogen or nitrogen.

Simple systems

A complex system is a set of objects and relations between objects and between their behaviour, in which the objects are part of the system, the behaviours are the properties, and the attributes of the objects and the relations hold the system together.

Complex systems

A human system is complex. Here the relationships are not merely relations between subjects or only the relationships between their behaviour.

Both these types of relationships exist in the human system. Relations between individuals are established by rules but the relations between behaviour stems from each individual.

This means that we cannot possibly imagine change in a complex system solely by changing the rules or solely by changing individual behaviour. If just the rules are changed, the relationships between the behaviour of the individuals would be unchanged and these, in time, would reproduce the old rules. If only individual behaviour is changed, the rules would remain unchanged and, in time, force the subjects to readopt their former behaviour patterns.

The result would be the overall immutability of the system.

Systems can be closed or open. The former do not have relationships with other systems within the same environment. The latter, have relations with the outside environment and, therefore, with other systems within the same environment.

Open systems

When a system is defined, we must also define its environment. The environment of a specific system is made up of all the subjects in whom a change in the behaviour of the subjects in the system influences the system itself but also other systems.

Organic systems are open in that they have relations with other systems in the same environment with which they exchange materials, energy and information.

If organic systems are open and if the human system is an organic system, the human system is an open system.

A social system, as an organic system, is an open system as regards environment. It is not an aggregation of elementary parts but a set of subjects hierarchically ordered on the basis of their importance to the entire system.

In this kind of system the functional units at every level of the hierarchy have two values: on one hand, they act as the whole as regards the hierarchically less important subjects and, on the other, they act as parts as regards the hierarchically more important subjects.

We can talk about dyadic systems in which each part has a dual value: one towards the top and the other towards the bottom.

Dyadic systems

It is important to examine the effects of the values in dyadic systems. The terrestrial systems is a dyadic system in which man is at a higher hierarchical level than the planet. In this way, man acts as a whole compared with plants and plants acts as parts in the system when compared with man. In their turn, plants act as the whole if compared with minerals.

We should add another concept. The unit is stronger than the sum of the forces of its parts. But unit does not mean whole. Unit also means homogeneousness in intention. When ten parts address a part that is hierarchically higher, they represent the sum of the weight of the ten if they have a common interest. They represent a higher weight than the sum of the ten parts of the have common fundamental goals. In practical terms, the homogeneousness wills of the individuals towards a common final goal multiplies the force of the group.

Now let's apply these concepts to the human system. A family is a social human system, an organic open system. The functional units are the family as a whole, the parents and the children. The family acts as a whole towards parents and children. The parents are a whole towards the children and the children act as parts towards the parents and the family. The parents are parts as regards the family.

Each part of a system is related to the parts the form it and any change in one part will cause changes in all the parts and in the whole system. This is the concept of totality or the whole. But change is not synonymous with improvement. The rules or the behaviours could be different but the effects could remain much the same.

And, in effect, this is how things have gone up to now in the substantial relationships between rules and behaviour.

This state of affairs suggests that a system, in addition to being a set of objects and relationships among objects and their behaviour is also a set of relationships stemming from the relations between objects and the relations between the behaviour of the objects themselves.

The human system

A human system, then, is made up of three sets: relationships between subjects, relationships between the behaviour patterns of the subjects, relationships between the first two. This third relationship is the one that causes effects on the system and its environment. We could call it a super-relationship.

The task of this super-relationship, or the reactive process between the two sets of relationships is organization and this becomes a determining factor. The organization performed by the super-relationship, the interactions, is very important for the future of the specific elements formed by the genesis but equally important for the result, the actual situation. This is because the organization of the relations between subjective and behavioural relationships, in contrast with the origin, the cause and effects of social phenomena, produce future processes by itself.

But this is not enough. The human system is made up of a number of sub-systems: the social sub-system governs interpersonal relations; the civil, governs relations between subjects and the community; the economic governs relations between different subjects and environmental resources; the political governs relations between subjects and the authorities (the State); the moral governs the relations between thought and action for each individual; the religious tends of establish relations between each subjects and the whole including what we do not know.

These sub-systems, as particular processes within the human system, interact among themselves. Thus a change in just one system will affect all the other systems and, at the same time, the entire environment in which the human system operates. Let's give an example. The economic system allows natural resources to be transformed into consumer goods by production processes. The first production process was the cultivation of soil - agriculture.

The method of cultivating soil and allocating the results (crops) affected the interpersonal relations between those who produced and those who consumed (social relations), between those who produced, those who consumed, the set of all the producers and the set of all the consumers (civic relations), between those who produce, those who consume and the State (political relations). Between the way of thinking and the way of life (moral relations), between man and the unknown (religious concepts) and between the human system and the soil (the human system's environment).

Sub-systems in the human system

At this point we must answer this question: how can the human system be changed? We could reply that the human system, like all other systems, will change on its own. Evolution is, basically, continuous spontaneous change. But if it is true that there is an element in every system that cannot be explained in terms of the other elements in the system, it is also possible that there is a law that governs the evolution of systems and cannot be explained with the other laws in the system. To discover this rule, in other words, to discover the nature of the super-relationship within the human system, would mean modifying at least the time in which evolution takes place and, perhaps, the effects, the states at definite moments in time, of the evolutionary process itself.

Let's try. To do this, we must take all the relationships into account:

1) between the subjects in a system;

2) between the behaviour of the subjects in the system;

3) between system and environment;

4) between the subjects of the system and the environment outside the system;

5) between the behaviour of the subjects and the external system;

6) between the system and its sub-systems.

We have said that there is a hierarchy in dyadic systems according to which each part has a double valence: it acts as a totality towards the bottom and as a part towards the top. From this point of view, we must exclude the possibility that a part can modify directly the behaviour of the hierarchically higher part. In fact, the lower part can modify the relationship with the higher part but not its behaviour.

How, then, can a system be changed if we cannot modify the relationships between subjects and the relationships between the behaviour of the subjects within the same system? Besides, when we talk about human relationships, we are fully aware that we are referring to at least six sub-systems.

The only thing that we can do is to try and change the part at the same level in a sub-system. Modifying the behaviour of a part at the same level means also changing the relationship with the part. Thus for the two parts at the same level the relationship between them and their behaviour is changed.

For example, T and C have a certain relationship, X and have respectively behaviour A and B. The adoption of behaviour A' by T causes a B' behaviour in C and a relationship X' between T and C. This can be proven. If T adopts a behaviour A' and shows that he is better off with this A' type behaviour, C will be induced to approach, by imitation A's behaviour and thus to adopt a behaviour similar to T's. We can define this as behaviour A" - not identical, but similar to A'. Similarly, the relationship between T and C will be modified: instead of being X' it will be X".

This is the super-relationship effect.

With an X'' relationship and A' and A'' types of behaviour, T can C can act together towards the top with a valence of two parts instead of just one. Certainly, they are not the totality but their valence is higher than if they acted as individual parts.

Having modified their relationship and behaviour, T and C address the outside with T adopting an A' and C the A'' behaviour. The other parts with which T and C will come in contact with will adopt behaviour patterns similar to A' and A'' and, as a result, thanks to the super-relationship effect, will set up a relationship similar to X'' not only with T and C but also among themselves.

At a certain point, the valences of the actions of all the parts, or of a large majority of them, towards the hierarchically higher part, will become a partial totality and thus largely overcome the limitations that a single part normally has when it addresses the hierarchically higher part. At this point the relationships between parts at different hierarchic level will be changed and the higher hierarchic part will be induced to change its (or their) behaviour. The original change in behaviour in one part has produced a change in the super-relationship between parts at different hierarchic levels within a sub-system and thus changes the status of the sub-system itself.

The effect of a change in the super-relationship will be reflected on the sub-systems in much the same way as the change in the behaviour of a subject in a subsystem affects the sub-system itself. At the end, the entire human system will have been changed. That leaves the environment. This is interdependent on the human system and largely defines the relationships and behaviour patterns of the subjects. But the environment, in turn, is a system for which the human system is a sub-system. The super-relationship should also have an impact on the environment.

Let's make a hypothesis. Let's presume that each one of us throws a piece of paper into the street rather than in the litter bins provided. In fact, let's assume that there are not even any litterbins. Let's assume that the factories produce pollution and the State regards the citizens as its subjects. If one of us complains about the factory, this has no weight because the factory, as an organized part, is at a higher level than we are. Similarly, if one of us complains about the attitude of a representative of the State, this has no effect.

But let's take a look at what could happen if one of us would keep the piece of paper in his pocket rather than dropping it onto the street and suggested someone else to do the same. This latter will modify his behaviour which will become similar to that of the first who began not to throw litter onto the street. The relationship between the two will be changed in that, by accepting the same stand (remembering not throw paper on the street), they will have a better understanding of their reciprocal reasons. The change in the relationship between the two and the change in their behaviour is based on a common goal. The valence of the action done by the two of them together will be higher than the sum of their individual valences.

If these two subjects contact others, these will adopt a behaviour pattern similar to theirs and will establish various relationships among themselves.

All these subjects could then address the owner of the factory that produces pollution or to the government minister accustomed to treating citizens as subjects. The set of these subjects directed towards a common purpose will produce a valence that is far higher than that of a single part and will induce the businessman and the minister to change first their behaviour and, thereafter, the relationship with the citizens.

The change in the businessman's and the minister's behaviour and the new relationships they set up with the citizens will produce effects on the economic and political sub-systems. Changes in these two sub-systems will affect other sub-systems and will produce an effect on the entire human system that will affect the environment. There will be less litter, less pollution, more political participation, and more economic responsibility and less negative consequences for the environment.

To obtain these effects someone must begin to behave better. Then, instead of thinking only about his own behaviour, this person must confront another with whom, later, he will contact others until the behaviour of the first two has not been imitated by a group. The relationship between the change in the first subject who started the process is an example of the rule that cannot be explained by the other rules of the system. Even so it exists, can be adopted and can provoke the change of an entire system and its environment.

DEAR POSTERITY

(1993)

Dear Posterity,

when you will read these lines, given they will let you do so, I won’t be with you anymore. So, I want to tell you, now, my truth on what moves me. You may judge it as imperfect and you’ll be right. But be careful with the truths you like most. If you will search and if you’ll want, you also will be able to discover the truth, and it won’t be much different from the one I know.

Every time I take care of you I have to stop the instinct that would lead me to think about myself and those who care about me. But I manage to find the strength to overcome this atavic egoism I bare inside, also so that you will be able to struggle less than those who preceded you. For you, I have to violate also the probable future attending you.

I want to tell you the truth on what I feel, so that you won’t be free to think everyone tried to prevent you from coming to the world and have the right to live in it struggling to be happy. Someone though of you. And you have the duty to take this in consideration.

When I understood we’ve become so egoist to stop thinking even of our children, after having already abandoned our old, I did all of good I could, to show everyone that it is necessary and possible to modify this evil scenario of sorrow and injustice.

You will say I did little, you will say I try to convince you. I also think I’ve done too little but it’s not true I want to convince you. I just want you to be able to exist with the strength deriving from the intimate awareness that someone hasn’t forgotten about you.

That’s why I did my best. But it was about inventing again a future different from history, without, unfortunately, recognizing the effects in advance. That’s why I had to resist until when I would have managed to blend a singularity of the present with the legitimate wait for future.

This is why I dealt with politics, for you, without asking you anything, because I had the right and duty not to be ashamed. And I fought accepting to loose all the battles so you would win the last one. Yours. Even if I had one chance upon 6 billions.

I didn’t want all this, I didn’t know it would have been necessary, when, that evening, in front of the cemetery gate where my father is buried I swore with these two words: it must change!

I wasn’t willing to devote my self to politics, I wanted to do something else and, partly, I always tried to keep doing it. But, since I’ve taken this choice, I want at least to tell you how I deem politics, that «dirty» thing that should weigh a ton on the conscience of who has always managed it.

I deem politics as means to overcome our limits and as perception of material problems, acknowledging having to face them in order to solve them. I deem them the idea on which the capability to find solution should be based, as effective and proved truth of what’s wrong and the means to overcome our limits, as the emotion to be the protagonist of a demonstration of redemption and will that can only derive from the definition of feasible objectives.

I deem them as instrument of culture, science, art and work, as action to affect reality, to change it, improve it in freedom and democratically, according to the peoples will, meanwhile affecting the historic memory of the causes why humanity has struggled so much to get to this point and so much will have to struggle to build its future.

I deem them as swiftness of thought and action, but also of patience to wait who hasn’t managed yet to renew oneself inside. I deem them as coherence between though, proposal and action, as morality and example. I deem them as interior strength rising from the conscience of one’s own limits and possibilities. And I mean strength to resist and be able to react and of strength to defend one’s own ideas and coherence, overcoming fear.

I deem them as a change, an improvement, because we all put in something better than what we’ve been. I deem them as realism, austerity, rigour and courage to do the right things, despite surrender could appear easier. I deem them as responsibility, as farsightedness, as alternative to conflicts, as free competition to do better than before, as sociality, as civility, as scheduling and pushing economy, to solve material problems while respecting nature.

I deem them as solution, as theory and praxis, as intuit and creativity, as clearness, spontaneity and mission, as discretion and humbleness but also as challenge towards obstacles to achieve an uninvolvable evolutive state.

I deem them as exaltation of future based on reason and the consideration we haven’t been wanted just to live for living some tenth years but also to allow our energies to survive from ourselves eternally. I deem them as means to contribute to the achieving of the individual’s maximum responsibility. I deem them as humanity and modesty, because each one of us is only a small part of the whole.

I deem them as love. Love for my mother, my woman and my children, my friends, love for the people, for all the peoples, for our old, for our children and the children of our children. Until you. Love for nature, which has produced this only chance of conscious beings. Love for who has the responsibility to have done anything in order to prevent the necessary renewal.

And I deem them also as poetry, to start again glance our children in their eyes and not having to lower my eyes because of shame. For me politics have been one of the ways to change the world, so the peoples can hope to be happy. More than I’ve been, among six billion human beings, of which most of them dye of hunger because others pretend they don’t know what to do about it.

Now you know how the one who proposed the contextual and organized renewal of social, civil, politic, economic, moral and religious systems was, what moved him and why he wrote to you. Now you know why the renewal was necessary.

You will ask yourself why did I do that. Just because it was right, believe me. And I beg you to continue this struggle, because every generation needs to believe in its own renewal.

Italy, 11 August 1993.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

TO BE AND TO BECOME
(1995)

There was a woman who did not have the strength to look at her dead son; she had her face covered with desperation while she was looking at me fixing my eyes. Without speaking She was asking me the following questions to which I have tried to answer.

Who are we?

We can think we are what we deduce and we deduce what we perceive.

To deduce means to draw a particular conclusion by a general principle that results to the facts.

To perceive means to achieve the elements of the external truth by means of the senses or of the intuit.

What is all?

All is the truth that we know and what we can deduce from it. To think of the all means to deduce it by what we perceive.

How do we think of all?

We can think to all as the fusion of energy, space and time.

Reflecting on energy, space and time we perceive, we can think of energy, space and time that we do not perceive.

All is the whole of what we perceive and of what we do not perceive but that we can deduce.

What is the immanent?

Immanent is what is part of the substance of a thing and that does not subsists outside of it.

Transcendent is what goes past the limits of every possible knowledge.

All we think is immanent.

Only what is not believed is transcendent.

What is time?

Time is the measure of the movements of the energy that is transformed in the space.

Time is born by the energy in motion.

Without movement of the energy the measure of movements, time, would not even be.

What is space?

Space is the mean created by the energy to transform it and to evolve.

Space is born by the relationship between the parts of the energy.

Can all be different from how we expect it?

We can only think that without time there's no space and without space there’s no time.

Only energy can exist without space and time.

Therefore the energy could have been all before of space and time and still could be all at the end of space and time.

What are present, past and future?

Present is the state of the evolution of the energy in a certain space and in certain moment of time.

Past has been energy in less space and less time.

Origin is energy without space and time.

Future will be energy with more space and more time until the end of time and space.

Does chaos exists?

Perhaps it has existed originally.

A process that starts from an origin for an aim cannot have causes and rules.

The rules of the evolution are born from the meeting of the requirements of energy in continuous transformation in space and time:  when the complexity of the evolutionary state places unsolvable requirements all gives itself new rules.

What is a cycle?

Rules are in delay regarding requirements.

Such delay provokes the cyclical evolutionary states: a step ahead and half behind.

Therefore we can imagine an uninvolvible state that puts in motion a constant advance evolutionary process.

How does all regulate its self?

All is a complex system, a totality of organized parts and relations between them and their behaviours, while the atmosphere is constituted from a totality of all those parts that influence such system and also of all the others who’s behaviours are influenced from the same system.

All the systems are opened because the parts of every system have relationships with parts of other systems.  Also the all constituted one from energy, space and time is a system opened towards the all constituted one from energy without space and time.

What is the structure of a system?

The complex systems have an organized hierarchical structure on dyadic levels that assign to the parts double valence:  every part represents its self when it addresses upwards while it represents the totality when it addresses towards the bottom.

For this it is stretched towards the high:  every part is felt crushed from the parts that are found over of her and reacts.

Which shape has one hierarchical structure?

The shape of a hierarchical structure can be represented from a scale pyramid in which every step corresponds to a level with the maximum capacity and that it can accommodate the maximum number of parts.

The increase of the total number of parts can’t take place on the existing levels but it requires the creation of new steps that new levels correspond.

The new steps cannot be created on the apex or sides of the pyramid, but only at its base.

How do you climb it?

The part that wants to go up a step must complete an effort in order to go up and one in order to find a space for himself in the advanced step, where every part tries to defend its own space.

To every part that comes down or comes dragged towards the bottom, corresponds a part that succeeds to go up towards the top.

What is the problem?

The hierarchical structure and the dyadic valence influence the relations between the parts and their behaviours, therefore determining the way of evolution of the same parts.

How do we perceive it?

From the fact that all that we know expresses an inferior valence to its potential one because of the cycles that are taken place in space and time.

The single will of the parts does not succeed to exceed a certain limit, because the evolution of the energy does not find a reply in the evolution of all that comprises space and time.

That is why the energy is forced to attend that there is enough space and time in order to evolve the same all which energy is part of.

And the cause of this limit is the structure of the system in which we live.

How can we realize that the problem exists?

Simply putting in comparison what we know would be right with what we manage to make.

Our wills can’t reveal them selves freely because they are limited by the structure of the system.

Rule follows demand, until rules lack demand regresses all and makes rules take a step backwoods.

Then rule is born, and all takes a step forwards.

How long has it been like this?

It always has, because beginning starts from the requirement of the energy to evolve.

Requirement was born first, then rule.

That is why beginning performs in chaos, because at the beginning rules do not exist.

Rules settle down at a certain degree of complexity.

Causal order was born followed by a partial chaos (determined from the difference of evolution of energy and the totality of energy, space and time), then by a new rule and later by new chaos.

This is the process of the cycles, a concatenation of states of evolution and decline that slows down the evolution of all.

Energy imprisoned in all is forced to follow this process.

When the system was raised also its structure had origin.

Why is that?

Because energy before space and time, i.e. all before space and time, needed to evolve and found the way do it, but not the rule to order the evolution of the new all that has been created in the space and with the time.

Pure energy does not know and does not need rules.

Only space within energy together with time demand rules.

And what can we do?

After having resolved our own essential requirements, instead of inventing other requirements, some parts can decide to modify the structure.

The improvement of the structure produces the improvement of all.

It is the revolution, and also the re-balance, of the rule of selection:  exceeded the minimal level, instead of perpetuating the affirmation push on the others; we act on the structure, to modify it for itself and the others.

What is the target?

To carry the level of evolution of all to the level of evolution of the energy.

It means to discover our own all and use it to improve the all of which we are part.

In order to modify the way of evolution of the relationships and the behaviours of the parts of the complex systems it is necessary to exceed their hierarchical structure and create a participative structure, transforming the pyramid scale in to a sphere with equal distances from the centre.

How does the structure problem get solved?

By modifying its shape.

The composition of the parts of a wood piece is the same as the one of the wood shavings obtained from its grinding.

But the behaviour is different.

The wind breath that can scatter the shavings cannot raise the wood piece.

A various shape of the truth does not change its substance but can change its behaviours.

It is a case of adjusting the structures shape to the content’s substance.

To transform the pyramid in a sphere it is necessary to move it and make it rotate so that it assumes at first the shape of an elliptic cone, then of a double elliptic cone with common base and, finally, of a sphere.

In order to make the pyramid rotate it is necessary that a part of it that find its self on a certain step comes down of a level and, leaving a substitutive entity that occupies the freed space, you associate its valence to the one of the level on which it has come down:  the valence of the inferior level turns out therefore increased of the valence of the part that is come down, while the valence of the advanced level turns out reduced from the neutrality of the part that replaces the part that is come down to the lower level.

Repeating the method we obtain a process that increases the valence of the inferior levels down to the base of the structure, from where it is possible to move the entire pyramid by joining the efforts of its leaves.

The movement of spin modifies the pyramid in a cone and tilts the scales giving them the shape of propeller vanes.

The acceleration of the rotating movement expands the median lateral surface of the cone and reduces its base until becoming a double cone with one common base.

Finally it assumes the sphere shape.

What for?

So that every part of all can express its own potential better.

In order to free the substance from the structure’s limits by transforming it.

With which means?

Employing our intelligence for the time necessary to achieve and the time necessary to act (QET2 = intellectual quotient for energy in the unit of time for time in order to achieve for time in order to act).

We have the conscience of being, the sensibility in order to achieve and elaborate plus the ability to communicate quickly.

At the end the difference between a stone and us is the ability to do more things in the same time unit.

We can assert of being parts of all that go faster of it.

In order to realise the equilibrium, we can regress in comparison of all or evolve the others parts of all.

How can we organise our selves?

Discovering how we are and acting in function of the aim we want to reach.

First of all we must love each other.

Then we must establish how each of us must have relationships with others, basing ourselves on what we are and not on what we would like to be.

Then we must establish how to place our selves in comparison with of all the others.

Then it is necessary to produce.

Finally we must be coherent with our aims and to revise our ideas in the continuous search of the truth.

The more truth we discover the less errors we will make. 

What can we do?

Anything that we know to be in coherence with our strategy. 

What we think is communicated by what we do.

If what we do is incoherent our thoughts will be distorted and also they will become incoherent.

Will we find any obstacles?

All is enclosed in a primordial structure that is addressing every part of All to its own hierarchical shape (scale pyramid).

Because the valence of the totality of parts is higher then the sum of the valences of its parts, the obstacles are only surmountable through the action performed by some parts without that all the others join against them.

And if it will not be possible?

If a problem is perceived it is because the possibility to solve it exists.

If nobody had ever thought of the same problem, until now, it can only mean that the conditions in order to face the problem have not existed.

To perceive a problem means sooner or later you will have to face it that means sooner or later you will have to solve it.

So also the human system, therefore, is a complex system?

The human system is an organised totality of persons and relations between them and their behaviours. The Earth is the environment constituted by the totality of all the factors that influence the system and also of everything who’s behaviours are modified by the human system.

The fundamental rule on which the human system is based i.e. the organisation’s principle, is the necessity to communicate between its parts. 

What is a holistic system?   

The human system is founded on many subsystems.

Every system has one own fundamental base.

Holistic is an all entirety; it means that we are all part of the same system in which we have civil, political, economic, moral and religious relationships and behaviours that depend on the social subsystems.

What is a social system?

A social system is a spontaneous and organised totality the of two or more individuals and of the relations between them and their behaviours in a tidy field of relationships through which their own maximum personality can be expressed, while the social environment is constituted from the totality of all those individuals that influence such system and also of all the other individuals whose behaviours are influenced from the social system.

Fundamental base is the attraction between two or more persons.

What is a civil system?

A civil system is the totality of the rules that realize the equilibrium of the relationships of the single ones and of the groups that participate to an organized society and of relations between of they and their effects, while the civil atmosphere is constituted from all the behaviours that influence such system and also of all those that are influenced from the same civil system and from its rules.

The fundamental civil base is the difference of freedom between one single person and the others.

What is a political system?

A political system is the totality of the different methods of coordination of relationships and behaviours of all those people that participate to an organized society through the making and management of the authority that derives from the entire society on to the individual in function of everyone’s goodness. The political environment is constituted of all the wills that influence such system and also of all those that are influenced from it.

The fundamental political base is the mutual expectation between every person and all the others.

What is an economic system?

An economic system is the organised totality of the subjects that participate to production and destination processes of wealth and also to relationships and behaviours among those subjects and the natural resources. Nature is the environment constituted from all the subjects and the resources that influence such system and also from everything that turns out influenced from the same economic system.

The fundamental economic base is the availability of the resources that we are capable of transforming.

What is a moral system?

A moral system is the totality of the human attitudes and relations among them and the personal and collectives behaviours that come true in manifestations and conditions of the intellectual life and in their concrete expression. The moral ambient is constituted from the consciences and the actions that influence such system and also of everything that comes influenced from the same moral system.

The fundamental moral base is the coherence between thought and action.

What are religious systems?

A religious system is the totality of the ideas, the conceptions of the single ones and the groups about the existent and the relations between them and their manifestations. The religious ambient is constituted from the acquaintances, the facts and the deductions that influence the system and also of everything that comes influenced from the same religious system.

The fundamental religious base is the necessity to know the truth.

How can we change it?

We cannot change the substance we are made of.

The substance has a its system, its one structure and its one fundamental rule.

To modify the substance you should change the system of the relationships and of the behaviours between its parts.

To modify the system you should modify its structure and to do it you would have to know all the rules of it.

Because no part of a system can know all the rules of the system which it is part of, it doesn’t seem possible to modify the structure neither the system of the substance.

Instead we can change the shape of the substance, as we can change the shape of almost all the things that our senses perceive.

It could be that the transformation of the shape of the substance also modifies the substance, but it is possible that it does not happen.

In any case the effect will be positive, because also the single improvement of the shape would concur with the substance of living better and developing.

To change the shape of the substance it’s necessary that the individual system of one of its parts – i.e. one singles organism – comes carried to such a complexity to demand the modification of its own structure.

By modifying the structure of the system you give origin to a new system that could be emulated and perfected from other subjects by means of the continuous improvement of its structure.

When the totality of the subjects of the new system reaches a certain unit for which the valence of the entirety turns out higher than the sum of the valences of the subjects that are part of it, the entirety’s unity can affect the human system.

No part can resist, because the valence of the actions and of the feedback of the entirety’s unity is bigger than the sum of the valences of the reactions.

It is worth the rule for which five parts in discord express the maximum weakness of their unity, while the union of two parts of agreement has a higher valence than the sum of each one’s valence and also of the three parts in discord.

What shall we do?

Before we make we must be, to be we must think, in order to think we must deduce and in order to deduce we must perceive.

We are what we eat and what we breathe because we think about nutrition and breathing.

We worry about our nutrition and our breath because we deduce from our experience and our intuition the way to do it.

We know how to do it because we perceive, we feel the feeling of hunger and the oxygen requirement.

Without perception there is no deduction, without deduction there is no thought, without thought there is no conscience of being, without conscience of being only the past and the present exist but not the future.

April 1995.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

THE REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

The Republic of the Earth is a government system chosen by those inhabitants of the planet who commit themselves to achieve the principles of democracy, well-being and solidarity.

It was put forward as a proposal in 1994, upon the presentation of the Constitution, and was founded in 2001.

All the inhabitants of the Earth can be part of the Republic as long as in agreement with the Constitution and to the Dispositions of Performance.

The Republic of the Earth is not a state but a group of people who recognise their differences and the intimate tie they are bound by. This group of people, the People of the Earth, adapt their own social, civil and economic organisation to mankind's existing level of development.

The Republic does not and will never own any tangible assets. It is an instrument for the peaceful living together of the human beings and will never become a purpose.

The Republic will take all the necessary steps to guarantee the maximum level of material and spiritual freedom to every inhabitant of the Earth, changing the causes of malaise which are the result of rules and history.

Idea of the Republic of the Earth

Today, whilst one section of humanity manages to fulfil all of its needs and nearly all of its desires, the most conspicuous part of it still struggles to survive.

Geographic, political and genetic causes thwart the ability of most of us to fight for our own happiness.

The limited availability of resources, and the misdistribution of wealth cause poverty, disease, indigence, war, and unjust deaths every day.

Selfishness, ignorance and wickedness produce falsity, injustices and ugliness of all kinds; and meanwhile, the conditions of the environment are becoming more and more critical and we - absorbed as we are in our day-to-day needs and habits - cannot perceive or realise the risks to which we are exposing ourselves.

Everything seems to be beyond repair now.

We are yielding to a feeling of weakness, disappointment and - often - desperation and impotence.

We keep living without thinking about our rights and duty to shape the future for other people, our children and ourselves.

Despite the efforts made, we still live in a situation of total unbalance.

Nevertheless, this situation can be improved.

At the beginning of the third millennium, we can imagine a general improvement of relationships, behaviours and life, because we have the culture, science and technology to do it; we just have to direct this culture, science and technology to the common good.

Before the situation becomes completely irreversible, it is necessary and possible to make new, bold choices. We have to start a process that will raise the level of development of human beings, making equilibrium our base, our fundamental rule, and, finally, our organisational principle.

As an inhabitant of the world, and as a thinking and responsible being, I feel it is my duty to submit to individuals, families and people a proposal for combining individual and group differences to common goal.

This is also what makes me believe that there is something existing rather than nothing.

The drive to change and the idea of the Republic of the Earth come from the acknowledgement of our role, our ability and our greater responsibility.

 Origin of the Republic of the Earth

The origins of the Republic of the Earth lay in existing political structures (par. 2 art.1 the Constitution).

Today's political structures largely consist of states organised at national and international levels, decentralised in local networks.

States are bodies that govern peoples.

At the base of each state there is a population, the inhabitants living in the territory over which the state exercises its sovereignty.

Until now, the idea of a world government has been that of a government comprising all the states - a super-state.

A super-state is an empire led by the most powerful state.

A new system of government, proposing to overcome territorial boundaries and national interests, must be wanted and agreed individually and straight from the beginning by all the inhabitants of the planet who wish for it.

Therefore, it has to come from the grassroots, from the people.

This is the only way it is possible to form the new government of the people of the Earth, instead of a super-state.

The Republic of the Earth is driven by the will of the inhabitants of the planet.

The reason behind the Republic of the Earth

The cause of Republic of the Earth is the necessity to face material problems (par.2 art.1 the Constitution).

The reason of the Republic of the Earth is therefore a need, a material problem. No right can be affirmed unless this need or material problem is met or solved.

Those who cannot meet vital needs do not know what freedom is.

Any declaration about rights and freedom from need, is bound to remain just words if the necessary structures necessary to solve material problems are not activated.

Why the Republic of the Earth?

Over six billion people live on the Earth. They are organised in nearly two hundred states. One fifth of the population of the Earth lives in the most economically advanced countries and consumes four fifths of all the goods produced on the planet.

Every head of the poor people consumes one sixteenth of what every rich person has available. Over the last one hundred years, the situation has worsened and the poor have increased in numbers.

Why has it gone this way? Why, with the vast resources available, the high production capacity and the impressive technological progress have the poor become fivefold their number and four out of five of us live miserably today?

Inequality, ignorance, division, selfishness, inertia, envy, mistrust and fear are the main causes of the situation.

Inequality of resources inhibits production growth.

Ignorance prevents us from perceiving and change the reality we live in.

Division causes conflicts between different nations and cultures.

Egoism breaks the union between individuals of the same species and of the humankind as a whole.

Inertia reduces the possibility to turn even the best ideas into concrete action.

Envy lowers one's power of initiative and leads to the taking away of wealth produced by others.

Mistrust produces apathy and makes people subject to habits.

Fear weakens and makes people dread future.

The states of the Earth have not been able to avoid this situation. States came into being about ten thousand years ago, with the introduction of agriculture, for the purpose of organising society and protect the people's territories and safety.

Kingdoms, empires, colonies, republics, dictatorships and democracies have all failed to fulfil their principal function, which is to guarantee a well-balanced, widespread development level for all the inhabitants of the planet.

Why have they failed?

Why, despite all the liberation wars with the involvement of entire populations, despite all the declarations of inviolable human rights and equality between men and women, why despite all the moral, spiritual and religious principles of brotherhood, have states not been able to guarantee acceptable standards of living and development for all human beings?

The interests of the strong, the thirst for power and wealth, bullying, corruption and the lack of informed participation of individuals in the solution of general problems are the main causes of this failure.

The strong think for themselves and do everything in their power to keep and expand what they have.

The governors have their own power as their goal, not the well being of the people.

Bullies use their power to protect their interests.

Corrupt individuals make moral and civil principles vain and destroy the rule of law. In such circumstances, the masses of all countries, divided and amorphous, are driven to conform to systems and hierarchies which subject their will to the goals of leaders and prevent them from participating in the future building processes.

It is paradoxical that in all ages rebellion has come from a small, enlightened and well informed minority representing the interests and aspirations of the majority.

If we keep going this way, we will never be able to combine democracy, development and solidarity.

To change the situation, we first have to acknowledge it, become aware of it, and then we can look for new solutions and adopt the necessary instruments.

What we need, in order to organise the best possible way for human beings to live together, is a single government that is actually the expression of the people, not of the states.

We need a new, universal entity capable of moderating conflicts and of guaranteeing all basic conditions for living and producing.

The Republic of the Earth is a system of government open to direct participation of all the inhabitants of the globe. Its territory is the whole planet; it includes several nations, but just one people - and has one single currency.

The Republic of the Earth starts from the bottom, from the people, from the awareness and unconstrained conviction of every individual who wants to be part of it. 

Aim if the Republic of the Earth

The aim of the Republic of the Earth is to guarantee the right of every human being to believe in his or her happiness and to take actions to achieve it within the respect of others and nature (par. 2 art. 1 the Constitution).

To guarantee means to do what is needed for something to be accomplished.

A social organism is a complex system. In a complex system, the behaviours of any of its parts will influence the whole, and the relationships and behaviours of the whole will influence every one of its parts.

An unbreakable bond binds all the parts of the whole. To obtain the greatest possible balance, all parts within a complex system must have rules; in addition, the interests of the majority of the parts must prevail over those of a single part.

This is the aim of a democratic government. 

Plan of the Republic of the Earth

The Republic of the Earth is a political initiative. Its programme is outlined in the Constitution.

The plan provides that all the inhabitants of the Earth take part in the formation of a planetary democratic government through a representative International Assembly directly elected by them by one, free vote.

Instruments of the Republic of the Earth

The Republic of the Earth will include an International Assembly, a Government, an Information System and a Public Resources Body.

The International Assembly represents all those who are part of the Republic of the Earth.

The Government organises the social, civil and economic relationships of those who participate in the Republic.

The Information System maintains the Participants Archive and manages the Republic's organisational and functional offices.

The Public Resources Body issues the Republic's currency and manages economic and financial relations. 

Strategy of the Republic of the Earth

The aim of the Republic of the Earth is to solve material problems by enhancing democracy, increasing overall well-being and introducing fair solidarity.

Human and material resources form the instruments to achieve this aim.

Human resources are all the people who take part in the Republic.

Material resources are parts of wealth in these people's possession.

Strategy is the organisation of human and material resources to achieve the aim.

The organisation is the set of relations between the parts of a given organism.

The set of relations and the set of behaviours constitute a system.

Every system has a structure.

The structure is the set of rules that keep a system together.

The base of a system is the fundamental rule which gives rise to the structure itself, or rather, any other rules that produce behaviours and relations between individual parts of the system.

To change the relations and behaviours pertaining to a system, it is necessary to modify the structure of the system and to modify the structure it is necessary to modify the base, that is the fundamental rule of the system.

We live in a pyramidal system with a hierarchic and selective base. The strong assert themselves and outlive the weak.

Those who are at the top of the pyramid try to hold onto the existing base, that is to the fundamental rule of the system.

To change the structure of a system means to replace the existing base of the system with a new one.

The new base must be the union of diversities.

Union gives rise to rules of common interest and diversities give rise to evolution.

Widespread union brings about relations and behaviours that accelerate evolution, while diversity allows each part of the system to express the best of it.

Spreading of the Republic of the Earth

Subscription to the Republic of the Earth must be organised through verbal communication, personally, by word of mouth, the way used before man could write.

Artificial communication tools can trigger the process of widening participation in the Republic, but this can only be accomplished through the direct and personal involvement of the participants.

Minimum but adequate geometric progression is obtained through the 'two-for-one' method, whereby each participant finds two other participants. Anybody asking to be part of the Republic of the Earth will have to find two or more participants.

The process is accomplished in 32 phases. If every phase took three days, in the space of little more than three months over 4 billion people could be subscribers to the Republic of the Earth.

NOTES TO THE CONSTITUTION OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

Notes to Article 1

The Republic ...

The republic is a governmental form in which people detain the sovereignty and citizens elected for a determined period exert the executive power.

... of the Earth ...

The Earth is the planet on which we live.

... is a democratic ...

Democracy is a kind of government based on the principle of popular sovereignty carried out through freely elected representatives to the service of the people. A government is really democratic when it’s the result of the will of the majority of the elector’s and it acts in the interest of the whole population.

... government ...

To govern means to organise and to run.

… system ...

A system, considered as a complex system, is whole of objects and relations between them and their behaviours, in which the objects are parts of the system, the behaviours are the properties, i.e. the attributes, of the objects, and the relations hold the system together.

... of the inhabitants of the planet ...

The inhabitants of the planet are the inhabitants of the Earth, as human beings able to deduce and to decide.

... and their groups ...

A group is a whole of different people but gathered to form a unique whole that can be used as means to reach the aim of maximum individual responsibility.

... to live in peace ...

To satisfy needs and desires is necessary in order to live. Living in peace means following the path towards the attenuation of conflicts and to find the harmony between two or more persons having the same purposes.

... in the best possible way.

Lifestyle is affected by the way problems are perceived. Living in the best possible way means to fix the limit of the maximum individual well being according to the maximum general well-being, meaning that the maximum individual well being mustn’t limit the maximum general well-being.

It draws origin ...

The origin is the first principle, the first manifestation of something.

... from the existing political structures ...

The structure is the way in which more elements are organised and the type of organisation that the totality can apply. Politics are the management manner of the states. Political structure means the way the relationships between the states and the individuals part of them are organised.

... and it is caused ...

The cause is the fact that produces an effect and is therefore origin of another fact. The cause of the Republic of the Earth is the requirement of having an institution aiming the maximum possible responsibility of every individual and, consequently, the maximum possibility of avoiding errors.

... by the necessity ...

A necessity is something that, as perceived, must be done. A necessary choice, therefore, is not a free choice, since a necessity cannot be decided but only satisfied. It is instead the way the necessity is overcome that must be free, i.e. decisions must be based on at least two possible choices.

... to face the material problems ...

A problem is the perception of a condition, a situation and its effects. Material problems are those that can be solved with knowledge, energy and time.

... in order to guarantee every human being ...

For the first time the relationship between institutions and individuals has changed, individuals has continuously fought he would obtain guarantees by the institutions he created. In our case, it’s the institution itself that is born with the aim of guarantying the individual.

... the right to believe in his or her own happiness ...

A right is something a subject naturally deserves. To believe means to think something is true. Happiness means quality of something opportune, i.e. well done, the apex of the potential evolution of the human being. To believe in one's own happiness is a right upon each human being who believes he or she is able to realise her or his own maximum evolution.

... and to act to achieve It ...

To act means to show one's own potential and to achieve means translating into reality. To act aiming achievement is to show one's own potential in order to translate it into reality.

... respecting others and nature.

Respect is the feeling that induces us to recognise the dignity and the rights of a person and not to offend them, acknowledging the necessity not to destroy the nature of which we are parts and therefore in order not to destroy ourselves.

The Republic of the Earth is made up of those...

Taking part to the Republic of the Earth means participating to a new organisation whose aim is the totality of the advantages stemming from the improvement of relationships and human behaviours.

... who ask ...

The free participation to the new institution is the expression of today's maximum possible freedom.

... under the condition of acceptance of the Constitution.

To accept the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth means to perceive and to recognise its necessity, to decide to adopt it as mean addressed to the realisation of the maximum possible individual potential.

Notes to Article 2

The control and the management of the Republic ...

To control and to manage means to govern. Since it's an institution formed by participants, the Republic of the Earth must be managed and continuously oriented aiming its prefixed goals. The government's power is an instrument of the function the Republic of the Earth undertakes towards the participants.

... it is entrusted by people ...

In a democratic system, the conferral of the government power is up to all the parts, i.e. all the peoples, the system itself.

... to their representatives ...

The representatives of the people represent the aspirations and solutions indicated by the participants.

... elected ...

The election is a choice carried out through suffrage in order to assign the representatives to entrust with the government power.

... forms and ways ...

Forms stands for quality and ways for method and law.

... considered more valid ...

The validity of the forms and manners will have to be established from the participants.

... according to the level of perception and knowledge ...

Perception and knowledge of a problem determine the way it can be solved.

... of the same people.

Forms and conferring ways of the government power must however be established by the people and, therefore, by the participants to the new institution.

It’s forbidden …

It’s one of the few prohibitions contained in the Constitution, and it’s necessary to safeguard the character of the Republic of the Earth.

…any action ...

The prohibition to commit a forbidden initiative rises from the requirement not to manifest acts; it certainly doesn't concern the complete freedom of thought.

... which modifies the appearance and the substance ...

Any manifestation of thought is action and, as such, it is power manifestation. The prohibition therefore refers to any manifestation of power that has for scope the modification of the form (the quality) and of the substance (the rules).

... the democratic system.

Any modification of the system would turn the initiative useless - and perhaps negative - because it would distort the premise asserting the system is democratic.

Notes to Article 3

The Republic recognises and guarantees ...

Here we find again the concept of the guarantee the institution acknowledges spontaneously, without the action of the participants, whose task is instead to maintain the statement actually unchanged. This expression, is to assert the will of the institution and its participants.

... unalienable rights of the human person ...

The fundamental right of the human person is freedom, which can only exist if not prevented by the dissatisfaction of primary needs and by the repression of those desires that are part of the human nature (including the need of being as we wish to).

...and promotes the development of all human beings ...

The development meant as increase of the individual power of each person, which corresponds to the general development of the whole humanity.

... recognising their individual diversities ...

Diversity, considered as development strategy by recognizing evolution as its functional feature, shouldn’t be just tolerated but we should also push for it.

... moderates their effects for the common good ...

Also development provokes an imbalance that may show by negative effects. In this case, the Republic of the Earth undertakes to moderate - not to inhibit - the negatives effects of imbalance.

... guaranteeing individuals and groups freedom of thought ...

It's not a case of repressing the negative effects deriving from imbalances following development, but to keep guaranteeing individual and social freedom. As an example, to help dominated people to moderate the excesses of the dominants, constitutes a manner to bring back the development to its natural re-balance, also overcoming the hierarchical levels that determine dominant and dominated.

... expression and action ...

Freedom guarantees must be extended to real actions and should not remain a sterile statement principle. That's in the conviction that, because actions are power manifestations of individuals, they are functional for the development of the power from which they draw origin.

... freeing them from their primary needs ...

Freeing from primary needs - food and health - is the first condition of freedom.

... and, as much as possible, from their fear.

Fear is an inhibition concerning an unknown reality, not only for the future but, also, for the past and the present currently ignored. Fear is therefore caused by non-knowledge. Its overcoming, its solution, can only be the effect of greater knowledge.

It is inspired by principles of truth, justice and beauty ...

The ancient trilogy of true, just and beautiful development is the inspiring premise of the new institution.

... which can and must animate all mankind ...

All of us can and must because we have the potential ability and the task of being.

... and demand the fulfilment of the duties necessary ...

The obligation of referring to our own role is duly performed through the fulfilment of our duties, as solutions and necessities.

... to guarantee the best development of every person ...

The necessary duties are functions of individual development.

... and his maximum evolution ...

The best individual development logically leads to the maximum personal evolution.

... undertakes the task to remove the obstacles ...

Here again is expressed the engagement towards the participants, which provides the removing of the impediments to the realisation of the human purpose: to transform reality.

... that can prevent such result.

The obstacles that prevent a person's aims are not always solvable, but a group of people has an almost limitless power in order to face them and solve them.

Notes to Article 4

All the inhabitants of the Republic have the same dignity ...

Dignity is the moral nobility that any human person is born with by nature and the respect due to him for such condition.

... and absolute equal rights and duties.

Such parity is referred to the asserted diversity. The term "absolute" has to be interpreted according to potential capacity, in the sense that to equal potential capacities correspond equal rights and duties.

The Republic resolves the conflicts between its inhabitants ...

The conflicts have to be solved starting from the bottom and not from the top, in priority order; therefore the solution of every conflict needs the knowledge of its origins and causes.

... assuring free, correct and peaceful competition ...

Competition is effect of diversity, therefore must be urged, in function of the maximum possible evolution of every individual and therefore of the entirety of them.

... moderating excesses.

Excesses are the negation of freedom.

Notes to Article 5

The Republic recognises that the human system ...

A simple system is either constituted by two or more parts or by two or more relationships. The human system is a complex system, in which parts and relationships coexist.

... is an organised group of subjects ...

As every individual is an organised complex organism, also the totality of human beings is first of all a macro-organism of which we all are part.

... and relationships between them ...

The totality of the relations, i.e. the relationships among the subjects, is the second condition of the human system.

... and their behaviours.

Besides, the human system isn't only a group of subjects and of relations; - unique among all known systems - it is also a totality of behaviours. We could say that the human system is a triple whole: of subjects, relations and behaviours.

The Earth is the environment ...

The environment is the context, the system of which the human system is a subsystem.

... composed by all parts ...

Therefore by all the matter and the energy, included all human beings.

...influencing the system ...

Every part, every molecule, every atom, every particle of energy, influences – obviously at different extents - the human system.

... and also all others parts whose behaviours are influenced by the system itself.

At the same time, the human system influences each other part of the environment, every molecule, every atom, every particle of energy.

Notes to Article 6

The Republic aims at the improvement of...systems …

If a system is made of subjects, relations and behaviours, the improvement of the subjects must be connected to an improvement of the relations, i.e. of the relationships, and of the behaviours.

... social ...

The social system is the structure and the organisation, in spontaneous part, of a community of individuals conceived like a tidy field.

... civil ...

The civil system is the balanced regulation of an organised society.

... political ...

The political system is the way of organising and managing the State and the running of public life, and also the organisation of the relationship between State and individual.

... economic ...

The economic system is the complexity of the ways of production and allotment of resources and produced wealth.

... moral ...

The moral system is that complexity of attitudes and behaviours coming off in the manifestations and conditions of intellectual life and in their implementation.

... and religious ...

The religious system is the ordering and the practice of manifestations of cult determined by spiritual and metaphysical ideals.

... and, therefore, the improvement of relationships and the behaviour between human beings ...

The improvement of relationships and individual behaviours is obtained through the improvement of the existing systems.

... and between them and the other systems of the Earth, in consideration of their mutual interconnection.

If the human system influences the environment, that is the Earth, the improvement of the human system cannot imply the improvement of the environment.

Democratically, it: …

Choices must always be the result of a democratic dialectic process.

1) analyses the social relationships and their influence on the interpersonal relations, promoting the maximum solidarity in every field and assuring the means of achieving understandings of every person with his fellow creatures and nature;

Social relationships are spontaneous rules, customs.

2) establishes the more fitting rules in order to guarantee the best civil relationships according to the greatest possible individual freedom and justice between all human beings;

Civil relationships are the laws that regulate the cohabitation of a group of subjects.

3) sets up political relationships, establishes their legitimacy and most fitting ways to promote the participation of peoples to the creation and the management of their institutions;

Political relationships are those between the State and the citizens.

4) programs the economic relationships, the production processes and the destination of wealth for the fulfilment of primary needs, considering them essential conditions to guarantee human survival and to defeat the poverty on the whole planet;

Economic relationships regulate the ways of production and allotment of wealth.

5) considers and protects the moral relationships and the ways aimed at achieving the spiritual well-being, through the enhancement of the inner force to act consistently with what is generally recognised as true, right and beautiful;

Moral relationships are those referring to what is considered right according to action.

6) guarantees the freedom of religious relationships and promotes the search of the original cause and the final aim of humanity.

Religious relationships are those between religious institutions, personal followers, other institutions and followers of other religions.

Notes to Article 7

The Republic supports all initiatives ...

It is opportune that the initiatives, as concrete manifestations of ideas, come from the participants, both as personal and group ideas.

... aiming to promote processes ...

The actions suitable to be transformed in processes, i.e. in series of repetitive acts are much more likely to be considered than those singular and difficult to repeat.

... to accomplish the utmost level of development ...

The maximum level of development is the final aim of the new institution and regards both individuals and the whole made of them.

... proposing itself as a basis ...

The base of the choices - or better, the structural base of a system - is the fundamental rule that generates the relationships and all the successive rules.

...therefore as an organisational principle ...

The rule establishes the relationships, therefore the relations of a system. It regards therefore the organisation of two or more parts acknowledged in a determined context. Not always the organisational principle - the base - is shared from all the parts that should respect it.

... also balance.

The only principle that can rationally be recognised valid for all the parts and, therefore, shared by all, is the correct balance, meant as relative order to various levels or paths of one level.

It accelerates the process of the awareness ...

Knowledge is an achieved objective, duly pushed, through communication and dialectic process, and that is taken as basis of the balance itself.

... of reality ...

The Republic of the Earth proposes an acceleration of the transformation of reality. In order to succeed, first of all we must perceive and recognise reality in a certain time and determined space.

... and nature of problems ...

Once reality is recognised and also the problems through which it shows itself, it is necessary to know the character that is the nature of the truth, its origins and its causes.

... inducing the acknowledgement ...

The acknowledgement is the successive phase to perception. Pushing awareness of reality induces perception; pushing the analysis of its nature induces acknowledgement.

... of the facts corresponding to evidence or truth ...

It refers to the objectivity of things, how they appear to us and how they are deduced in a certain phase of the evolutionary process.

... establishing the degree of priority of the different problems ...

After the perception and the acknowledgement of a fact, it is necessary to establish its level of importance.

... for the common good.

The level of importance of a fact is established for the whole, without forgetting that the individual makes part of it.

It discovers their origins ...

The origin of a problem, that can be found through knowledge, by means of search and information, is the original cause that has determined the facts involving the problem itself.

... and their causes ...

The original cause of a problem starts a concatenation of effects, which become causes of further effects; the last one of these is the perceived problem. The analysis must therefore start from the detection of the original cause and be extended to the following ones.

... and it proposes possible goals, ...

To fix an objective means to be willing to face the problem involved. One of the tasks of the Republic of the Earth is also to push for setting objectives and, therefore, for will itself.

... achievable solutions ...

In order to realise objectives you must know how to act. There aren’t impossible targets with possible solutions neither possible objectives with non-realisable solutions.

... and likely consequences.

Solutions can, if adopted, produce effects, i.e. consequences. Before adopting a solution it is necessary to preview its effects, in order to avoid - after the attainment of the proposed objective - consequences causing other problems.

It also identifies available resources...

The resources are the material means existing in nature, ourselves included.

... and it verifies the methods of production of the necessary means to set up strategies ...

Average and adequate instruments are necessary in order to implement solutions. Means either exist already or must be produced transforming what there is into what is needed, operating so that the means won’t transform into targets, as instead it tends to happen even before having exhausted its instrumental function. Unfortunately, means tend to enhance themselves, exploiting the aim for which they were produced and fixing further aims. Also in this case, the necessity excludes freedom. In order to achieve a fixed objective you need a certain solution that is realised through certain means, in a precise phase of development of the subjects that adopt them. Otherwise it will not be the best solution.

Those are in fact organisational premises which ...

The strategy constitutes the organisational method in order to orient means towards a precise target.

... allowing the best use ...

Best employment means the most rational way. The most rational way must correspond to the best possible good, which we, being imperfect beings, have to correspond with the least possible "evil", to be able to find it.

... of resources themselves ...

The resources must be considered common good, not exclusive and not for themselves only.

... and of produced means ...

The objectives and the solutions must be feasible, suitable to the instruments available or obtainable. At the same time, the strategy of employment of the instruments must be led back to the desired aim.

... orienting the persons ...

The best way to orient is to prove.

... to the more suitable praxis to achieve the expected results...

Putting solutions into practice must be in line with the objectives.

... consistently with the adopted strategies ...

A relative consistence between strategy and praxis - also considering that it is not possible to determine exactly how much and how we would like it - represents an essential factor involving rules and behaviours.

... analysing the obstacles ...

Some obstacles are expectable others are unforeseeable. The first ones are known and can be analysed before a solution is implemented; the second ones, which also rise as a reaction to actions accomplished by adopting solutions, must be analysed, as they are perceived.

... and elaborating the ways to overcome them.

The obstacle is a problem that rises from the praxis used to solve the problem, which is therefore solvable, just like the problem that has produced the obstacle is also solvable.

It then verifies the results ...

In order to exceed the obstacles and to avoid errors, it is opportune to estimate the results obtained until a certain moment.

... and the produced effects.

The effects are the facts produced from results, which are therefore cause of the same effects. It is not enough to achieve the target to solve a problem, but it’s necessary to consider the new facts, i.e. the new problems, born from the results themselves.

Notes to Article 8        

The Republic, by recognising that human beings need to feed themselves to live...

Nutrition is a biological necessity and, as such, essential need.

... it promotes and it supports the transformation ...

The transformation is the process by means of which the matter and, consequently, also the structure of the same energy the matter is made of, are modified.

... of natural resources ...

In this case, resources are considered as things existing before human intelligence.

... through work ...

Work is the means with which resources are transformed in assets.

... favouring the adaptation of production relationships ...

Production relationships are the ones between those who take part in the production, the availability and the destination of the resources, to the work necessary in order to produce and the destination of the produced wealth.

... to the level of development of the productive forces.

The development level of the productive forces is the degree of abilities and efficiency that those who take part in the production relationships acquired in a determined moment. Production relationships shall, according to a law of sociology, be conformed to such level.

It also recognises the requirement of a minimum territory ...

Every living being needs to dispose of a sufficient environment in which exist, develop and proliferate.

... for every person ...

Also human beings must dispose of an adequate environment in order to remain such and to evolve.

... and the natural necessity to be on good terms with the others.

Human beings have the unavoidable need of sociality, which can take place only in an adequate environment.

Therefore it protects social relationships ...

The spontaneous rules, the customs, are normally effect of natural needs.

... guaranteeing enough food and adequate housing.

The guarantee of survival based on the satisfaction of the primary needs is an essential function of protection of social relationships.

It protects physical and mental health ...

Health is the result of balance between shape and substance, between physicist and psyche.

... through any means and available treatment ...

The adoption of available means must be spread and used according to the needs of each person, independently from its power.

... and promotes the research ...

The solutions are result of search, experience and knowledge.

... on prevention and cure of diseases ...

Not getting ill is certainly better than curing oneself.

... contributing to achieving the longest possible life.

Biologically, every human being has a beginning and an end. The lengthening of the biological life not only corresponds to a subjective aspiration, but also to the best use of the human experiences and, therefore, it is functional to the development of humanity.

It guarantees equal dignity to all inhabitants ...

To recognise equal dignity isn’t enough. It’s necessary to assure equal dignity to all in practice.

... it favours and protects the composition of the family ...

The family is considered as original group.

... and of the couple as natural base of society.

Since the human being is not parthenogenetic, it is obvious that the couple is the natural and necessary base of human society.

It protects maternity and infancy...

The protection of procreation and infancy corresponds to the need to protect subjects during periods of weakness.

... promoting a flexible and responsible education for children.

Flexible is opposite to rigid, schematic. Who is responsible is truer, more honest, and has greater self-control. The achievement of the maximum individual self-control corresponds to the minimal requirement of authority.

It assists old people...

In the case the elderly are in a period of weakness, as happens to pregnant women and infants.

... and favours their integral permanence in the society ...

Old people and the their experiences have to be considered resources and not weights.

... recognising their experience.

Few errors would be committed if previous experiences would have been better known and if we drew lessons from them.

It assures alimentary and sanitary facilities to: native people ...

It repeats that the maximum level of development of the whole cannot disregard the practical aid to weak people.

... injured or sick people, disabled people, ...

Those who are physically limited are not responsible for it and mustn't be humiliated. This also means guaranteeing dignity.

... involuntarily unemployed people, ...

Those who do not have a job must be helped to get one, but meanwhile must be able to live.

...old and poor people ...

Those who are no longer in working age, and don't have what's necessary in order to live. According to criteria and conditions to be fixed in relation to the whole's availabilities.

... rehabilitating and activating those who may be useful to social and productive life.

The concept of assistance is always linked to the objective of individual liberation despite the lowest cost for the others.

It accelerates the conception and the achievement of the most pleasant and suitable environment for every inhabitant.

The systemic relationship between parts and environment must enable the parts to use the environment without destroying it.

Asserting full freedom of arts and sciences ...

Art and science must be assured freedom of expression within the limits of common good.

... it supports cultural and educational programs ...

Culture and education are taken as the being's functions of maximum expression.

... making information clear and unconditioned, ...

To be transparent means to be real, effective. To be unconditioned means to be independent from any power.

... removing obstacles to help maximise knowledge ...

Therefore, adopting all the available instruments.

... guaranteeing information and a cultural education oriented to the improvement of the human relationships ...

Culture is considered means of evolution of social relationships.

... and suitable to the requirements of work, art, sciences, technique and ethics.

Instruction and professional training are functions of the production relationships (because they affect the level of development of the productive forces), arts, research (sciences), technique and truth (ethics).

It prevents any initiative alienating consciences ...

Alienation is a process fed by excesses.

... and limiting freedom of judgement of its own inhabitants.

It’s the second prohibition provided by the Constitution and it concerns communication meant as expression of the effective reality and not as a means to distort the reality itself.

It recognises the unit of all the individuals ...

It is a holistic vision of humanity, or better of the whole formed by all the matter.

... and takes part in the conflicts between instinct and reason ...

The principle is certainly not repressing instincts, but bringing them back to balance in harmony with reason.

... or individuality and community ...

Also this concept repeats the necessity of a balance between part and whole, between subjectivity and universality.

... supporting the spread of altruism ...

Altruism is considered as an improvement method of those who give, of those who receive and, therefore, of the whole.

... and of social security ...

One shall capitalise as much as possible for himself and for those who cannot.

... and guaranteeing effective solidarity between the peoples ...

Solidarity passes through a correct re-distribution of resources and produced wealth.

... actively promoting every action for peace.

Eliminating the causes of war, like the misallocation of produced wealth.

It is engaged in eliminating crime and its causes ...

The cause of crime is a disease and, as such, it is expectable and curable.

... and to guarantee public order ...

Freedom without order cannot exist.

... adequately mitigating every degeneration ...

Degenerating means to degrade, i.e. to lose the acquired development level.

... and correcting its effects.

Degeneration effects have always an impact on the whole.

It guarantees human life in all its expression ...

Human life, meant as the last ring of the perceivable evolutionary process, is in its turn a path to the strengthening of the whole.

... and promotes the values of being ...

Value is knowledge; to be is knowledge of yourself.

... and becoming ...

Dante's verses come back: "... you were not made to live like beasts, but in order to follow virtue and knowledge... "

... safeguarding the freedom of women ...

In this expression, women are considered for being procreation subjects, therefore creators of new human beings, related to being a person, therefore the right to live freely.

... without preventing new lives to be born ...

No new life shall be scarified for women's freedom or needs.

... taking into consideration the effects of an excessive demographic development ...

In 1994, the perspectives indicated the number of human beings at 6 billion in 1999, 7 billion in 2011 and 8 billion in 2025. In 2001 we are beyond 6 billion. We have to ensure that the 4.5 billions people living today under the minimal threshold of satisfaction of primary needs succeed in overcoming this unjust situation and, at the same time, prevent that this same situation repeats itself for another 2 billion people.

... to be maintained within supportable limits.

The sustainability of demographic development is first of all a cultural fact, the awareness of the necessity to avoid pain as much as possible.

Notes to Article 9

The laws of the Republic are inspired to the universal recognised principles of international right ...

Today International law has only two limits: it hasn't repealed capital punishment universally and definitely, and it hasn't adjusted punishments on the degree they are certain as well as on their seriousness.

... and are characterised by simple meaning and syntax.

The norms must be written and communicated in the appropriated form in order to be understood by everyone and not just by jurists.

The Republic demands the implementation of the social and civil duties in the interest of all inhabitants of the Earth ...

The adhesion to the promotion of the Republic of the Earth involves the undertaking of duties towards the other participants and all the inhabitants of the Earth.

... eliminating the contradictions between norms and repealing obsolete ones.

It's the normal evolution of civil relationships.

It guarantees the demonstration of right and wrong.

This guarantee regards the trial phase and aims at demonstrating and not at presuming.

... also in the relationships with institutions ...

The same guarantee (the demonstration) is extended to the relationships between individuals, groups and their institutions, the Republic of the Earth naturally included.

... promoting the review of the civil, penal and administrative processes ...

The new-norms-based review also regards not-yet-concluded processes.

... and showing the consequences of an insufficient sense of duty.

The sense of duty is responsibility and knowledge, both for the individuals and much more for those in public offices.

Notes to Article 10

The Republic guarantees full sovereignty of all its inhabitants and their equality in face of the law.

Full sovereignty of all the inhabitants means complete democracy. Equality means parity of rights and duties towards humankind and its environment, the Earth.

It promotes political integration of all peoples of the Earth ...

Political integration process is the real process of planetary democratisation.

... recognising the local autonomies in terms of programming and political, administrative and taxation decentralisation.

The concept of political decentralisation is larger than those of federalism and confederalism, founded on aggregations of States and regions, and underlines the idea of the autonomy area, of the locality, in which the decisive real relationships for the community take place.

It guarantees to all the inhabitants freedom to gather in any form ...

The guarantee does not regard only the freedom of association regarding the new institution, but regarding all the institutions.

... being not secret ...

Transparency must be mutual, by the Republic towards the participants, and by the participants towards the Republic.

... in order improve individuals and groups by means of free dialectic process of ideas.

The fundamental target of the Republic of the Earth is individual improvement. Dialectic process means logical process, as effect of the comparison of various subjects' deductive ability.

The Republic is divided in international, national, regional and local governments, all constituted in intentional forums required by the people electing them.

In the second paragraph of article 1 it has been asserted that, in order to develop according to the intentions of the participants, the Republic draws origin from the existing political structures. International, national, regional, and local governments meant as decision-making bodies that have been assigned the task of representing individuals, groups, nations and groups of nations, until this will be necessary.

It promotes the political participation through an electoral system in which the peoples exercise effective and constant sovereignty on the governments and they are protagonists of their continuous renewal.

The people, aggregations of persons who live in a precise context, must and can be the supporters and the protagonists of their own renewal.

The inhabitants of the Republic are represented in the international Assembly constituted of a representative for every ten million inhabitants.

It has 600 representatives for 6 billions inhabitants, therefore one simple structure and however able to represent the great intentional choices of the people.

The faculty to make the laws is normally up to the international Assembly, but also the inhabitants of the Republic can take the initiative to propose, to approve and to abrogate them according to the law.

The rules are adopted, modified and repealed through the twofold initiative of the inhabitants and their representatives.

The representatives in the international Assembly are elected directly by the inhabitants of the Republic and stay in office for four years, except in the case of non-fulfilment of the undertaken engagements with the constituents.

So the repeal of the representation mandate is  provided.

Twelve elected governors from the international Assembly, which elect among them the president, for the Government of the Republic.

The function of the governors is giving execution to the initiatives provided by the Constitution and the laws of the Republic of the Earth.

The Government remains in office until revocation from the international Assembly and however not more than six years from the date of election.

The duration of the Government is superior to that of the international Assembly, just in order to assure continuity to the executive function of the governors, except disapproval of its acts by the same Assembly.

The Government is ruled by the President and has the task to carry out the decisions taken by the international Assembly and to take urgent decisions.

It is necessary to confer to the Government the power to assume urgent decisions regarding unexpected problems.

The international Assembly must ratify such decisions within a year and the possible non-ratification involves the resignation of the Government.

The assumption of responsibility is confirmed by the requirement that the International Assembly must ratify all the urgent decisions of the Government.

Notes to Article 11

The resources of the Earth belong to all its inhabitants ...

It is not only a matter of affirming a principle, but of the real will to achieve it.

... and are available to those who want to produce in respect of the environment.

The Republic, even if respectful of the previously acquired rights of the individuals, is oriented to the redistribution of resources.

The Republic guarantees a fair availability of resources, affair means of production as well as the freedom to undertake, production improvement and the exchanges with the participation of the workers to the management and the result of the enterprises.

The two main principles of this paragraph are the availability of resources and of means of production for those willing to undertake and to produce, and the participation of the workers in the risks and results deriving from production relationships.

The ways of production and destination of the wealth must correspond to the requirements and the efforts of all inhabitants of the Earth and must be oriented to the maximum productive reinvestment of wealth.

On one side we have needs and engagement in order to satisfy them, on the other improvement of the way the produced wealth is allocated.

The Republic guarantees useful occupation to all the active members of the population who have in its turn to carry out the most suitable activities to the requirements and individual characteristics, taking into consideration the general ones.

It repeats the principle of the universal right to take part in the production of wealth.

The taxes from individuals are applied only to non-productive use.

The concept of "taxation of the non-productive use" is revolutionary and is the only one corresponding to the objective to conjugate economic success and solidarity.

The Republic contributes to the reorganisation of the budgets of its governments.

In a global vision, it is necessary to find a sort of financial zero setting in the relationships between governments and peoples.

The budget of the Republic must be as transparent as possible.

Administrative and financial transparency is obtained through the constant control by purposely elected bodies.

The Republic cannot get into debts except to receiving down-payments of sure future benefits.

Public debts have always been causes of imbalances. They face one problem and create two of them. Once the zero setting of the deficits is reached, it would be disastrous to repeat errors already made and that would then require other efforts to be solved.

Notes to Article 12

The Republic encourages the coherence between logic and action and promotes sincerity and altruism as maximum expression of individuality.

It’s an enunciation "of pragmatic moral" based on the emulation process.

On the Earth complete independence of every moral and religious belief is guaranteed.

The principles of moral and religious freedom are repeated.

The Republic actively promotes the understanding and integration between the different cultures and the various customs, and it considers the patrimony of every ethnic group and every genetic character undeniable.

The essentiality of diversity of character is reaffirmed.

The Republic has the obligation to defend his own inhabitants from any inner or external violence.

The unification of the scientific-technological apparatus aims to realise the maximum enhancement, which must be used for common good.

It solves and, if necessary, eliminates the conflicts jeopardising the safety of its inhabitants (using force only when unavoidable).

Considering the inhibitions that the power itself produces in those representing danger, power should be sufficient to eliminate conflicts.

The international Assembly establishes all unforeseen and non-forbidden events by this Constitution and it takes all necessary provisions to achieve the principles and objectives established by it, with validity for all the governments and the people taking part in the Republic of the Earth.

The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth enunciates fundamental principles. Their achievement requires institutions and choices to be conceived within the same ambit of the Republic.

FOUNDATION ACT OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

We, inhabitants of the Earth,

conscious of the responsibility of our species in respect of itself, of all the living forms and of the environment of the planet;

perceiving the problems that prevent the achievement of freedom, equality, democracy, development, solidarity and peace by all the inhabitants of the Earth;

Acknowledging that no human being will be able to reach it's full development without the harmonic development of the entire humanity;

considering that the human being's actual problems started when, almost ten thousand years ago, work became necessary to live;

identifying as fundamental reason of humanity's actual problems the hierarchical structure, which determines the behaviours and relationships of the parts of the human system;

believing that human relationships and behaviours have reached such a high development complexity that the rules aren't able of keeping united the system in which we live;

forecasting that the actual development process could be able to cause the rapid worsening of living conditions for the majority of the human beings and that there will be the risk of a catastrophic involution;

believing that all material problems are solvable by using the instruments that are at everyone's disposal and by producing new ones;

suggesting to our selves and to whichever other person will participate, to face the problems in their totality by the will to carry out common aims as equality, justice and well being;

convinced that the solution of material problems is possible by means of a contextual and programmed reform of social, civil, political, economic, moral and religious systems;

particularly convinced that the solution of social problems requires the attenuation of individual egoisms, the solution of civil problems requires the maximum simplicity of rules, the solution of political problems requires full democracy, the solution of economic problems requires the redistribution of resources and wealth among all the inhabitants of the entire planet,

the solution of moral problems requires the objective condition in order to be able to do

what we believe is right in our conscience and the solution of religious problems requires the respect of every kind of faith and an open and fair comparison with science;

considering that the instruments we have nowadays at our disposal on the planet are on the whole sufficient to face and solve all problems of all the people that want to take part to a new development process based on truth, beauty and justice;

believing that the available instruments will have to be organised correctly towards common targets in respect of genetic and cultural differences;

willing to put in to practice, together with all the inhabitants of the planet, the solutions known by human knowledge with the engagement of researching always new and better solutions in order to guarantee an effective and total renewal;

decide to found the Republic of the Earth with its Constitution.

The first of January of the year two thousand and one of the Gregorian calendar.

In the year 2001

at the beginning of the third millennium A.D.,

what the inhabitants of the Earth have always dreamed

comes true.

As complexity grows,

old rules can no longer manage to keep the system together

but new forms of participation

arise from the disintegration processes.

We've had enough with divisions!

Lets unite!

The Republic of the Earth is a reality

through which we'll be able to build the best future as possible

QUESTIONS

ON THE REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

What's the Republic of the Earth?

It’s a utopia that becomes reality through the direct creation of a new institution by the citizens from all around the world, in order to create a democratic government system among all the inhabitants of the planet. A worldwide government the most long-sighted and loved men ever born in history have wished.

What's its aim?

Peace, freedom, democracy, well-being and solidarity, by overcoming the hierarchical levels of the human system and respecting diversity, which is part of the whole of all of our wealth and of all of us.

What’s its purpose?

To obtain - for each inhabitant of the Earth - the best opportunities, improving social, civil, political and economic conditions, in order to enable us to do what we consider nice, just and true, in harmony with the others.

Is it a State?

No, it’s a government system without a State; the government of the people, created by the People, for the People of the Earth.

What’s its territory?

Its territory is the whole planet, without any border.

What does it own?

The Republic of the Earth is not a company neither a private person but only a government system. Thus it mustn’t have any property.

How do you participate?

By signing the Act of participation, accepting its Constitution, naming a personal representative and actively participating in the organization and the development of the initiative.

When did it begin?

The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth was founded on the first of January 2001, at the beginning of the third millennium.

Whose idea was it?

Yours, ours; all of us together have thought of it and together we will do it.

Is it just a dream?

It’s a dream becoming reality. If we think about it: relationships with others are a necessity and while other systems such as economy, have reached a global level, also the political system should have a global structure.

Is it a new ideology?

It is an idea born from the will to change, in order to renew and improve our relationships, our behaviours, and ourselves in order to prove our intelligence, energy, capability and above all our courage and responsibility to build together our future.

Does it have a currency?

Yes, there is a universal currency, created by redistributing wealth in equal parts between all those taking part to the Republic of the Earth. It is totally guaranteed and studied in order to remain a means and not a goal.

Is it a form of anarchy?

No, anarchy means no government. The Republic of the Earth is the government.

HOLOS SYSTEM 

In Greek language holos means «an all together whole». Between 1985 and 1998, scientists of different Countries, commissioned by economy and finance exponents, completed a reserved scientific, technical, economical, financial, productive, commercial, social, civil and political research about the planet's situation. This research allowed singling out the main problems of each Country, discover and analyse origins and causes, forecast the effects, find possible solutions and the means for their exploitation and elaborate the strategies in order to achieve concrete results. The information and the data processing have been filed and organized in a complex computerized system divided in two complementary parts (Holos System Information and Holos System Strategy), each one of them has been handed over to the attorneys of the two Swiss companies I.G.R. - International Global Research S.A. and Ramah S.A., which then transferred the system for free to the Luxembourgian company Holos Holding S.A.. The computerized system contains information and advices about all fields of human and environment activity and is also maintained constantly up-dated. Used with responsibility, Holos System is an instrument that is capable of affecting those processes that have determined the current conditions of the planet and deeply modify the structure of the human system.

I

[ eka ]

 Later on to a search completed to world-wide level, Holos Holding S.A. has the exclusive of information of scientific, technical, economic, financial, productive, commercial, social, civil and political character of all the countries of the earth.

II

[ dva ]

Among others the information regards the following fields: accelerators and analysers of particles, fittings and machinery for apparel industry, fittings and machinery for glass production and working, air conditioning plants fittings, manufacturing plants fittings, industrial machinery fittings, fittings for cardboard and leather goods machinery, fittings for motor vehicles, fittings for computers, fittings for compressed air machinery, fittings for packaging machinery, special fittings for machinery and equipments, fittings for machinery and systems to high technology, fittings for machinery for graphical limbs, fittings for machine tools, fittings for radar and navigation systems, storage cells, air vents, sharpening machinery, boring machinery, armouring , special preparations for industrial vehicles, special preparations for cars, anti-vibrating devices, anti-acoustic apparatuses, anti-pollution apparatuses, electronic apparatuses, measure and control apparatuses, precision apparatuses, odontologic apparatuses, oil-pressure apparatuses, electromechanical apparatuses, electromedical apparatuses, electronic apparatuses, electro-thermal apparatuses, nuclear chemistry apparatuses, welding apparatuses, raising apparatuses, thermo-technical apparatuses, lifting apparatuses, scientific apparatuses, electronics equipment and machinery , electro-hydro-pneumatic apparatuses, electronic regulation apparatuses, electronic emergency apparatuses, industrial electronic apparatuses,  filtration air and conditioning apparatuses, industrial apparatuses, pneumatic apparatuses, industrial  technological applications, lifts and  elevators, ultrasounds and ultraviolet equipments, fire-prevention and fir-fighting equipments,  electric and electromagnetic equipments, magnetic equipments, equipments for aeronautics and airport systems, equipments for repair-shop, equipments for lift-trucks, equipments for slaughterhouses, equipments for enamel factories, office equipments, terminal equipments for road haulage, equipment for precision moulds, autoclaves, computer-added automation, control automation, robot automation, cabling, bending rolls, factory sheds, hydraulic loaders, industrial carpentry, fork-lift-trucks, industrial body-works , catalysts, complete energy production units, machining centres, design centres, scientific and technological research centres, photo-litho centres, turning-lathe centres, shears, soundproofed coverings , electronic systems and components, prefabricated building components, compressors and turbocompressors, computers, containers, electric power static converters , air conveyor, warming bodies, plastic creations , heat dissipaters, dumpers, dessicators, fire extinguishers, foundries,  die casting foundries,  combustion ovens and painting/air purification plants , air purification, furnaces for ceramics, waste furnaces, milling machines, cranes, aspirant/exhausting systems, emergency and alarm systems, fire prevention systems, accident prevention systems, industrial chemical systems, air conditioning and purification systems, waste water softening systems, sawmill automation systems, dessication and grinding systems, alarm and emergency systems, automations systems and components, food industry systems, robotized systems, waste incinerators, ionisers, enamelling lines for ceramics, cleaning machinery, packaging machinery, building machinery, industrial automation machinery, food industry machinery, press machinery , agriculture machinery, embroidery machinery, winding machinery, circular shoemaking machinery, tin and packaging machinery, numerical control machinery, industrial sewing machinery, knitwear machinery, printing machinery, die casting machinery, measure testing machinery for textile industries,  steel mills machinery and equipments, quarry machinery and equipments, blast furnaces machinery and equipments, tanning machinery and equipments, confectionery machinery and equipments, machinery and equipments for building bridges, machinery and equipments for building constructions, road construction machinery and equipments, distillery machinery and equipments , oenology machinery and equipments , sand extraction machinery and equipments , marking and labelling machinery and equipments spinning machinery and equipments , manufacturing and finishing machinery and equipments ,  machinery and equipments for mould formation and finishing, machinery and equipments for continuous fusion, manufacturing machinery and equipments, mechanical industry machinery and equipments , interlace and wrapping machinery and equipments, sizing machinery and equipments , concrete industry machinery and equipments ,  glass industry machinery and equipments, beer production machinery and equipments, machinery and equipments for pharmaceutics industry, milling industry machinery and equipments, glue production machinery and equipments, textile production machinery and equipments, laboratories machinery and equipments , washing machinery and equipments, concrete mixing machinery and equipments , bookbinding machinery and equipments, knitwear machinery and equipments, street maintenance machinery and equipments , slaughterhouses and butcher shops machinery and equipments , nuts and bolts machinery and equipments ,  bakeries machinery and equipments,  petrochemical machinery and equipments,  textile manufacturing machinery and equipments,  chemical processes machinery and equipments,  wadding production machinery and equipments,  pipe production machinery and equipments,  oil refineries machinery and equipments,  autogenous welding machinery and equipments, soap factory machinery and equipments, serigraphy machinery and equipments, filing and delivery machinery and equipments, woven printing machinery and equipments , drawing mill machinery and equipments, office machinery and equipments, building industry machinery and equipments, plywood machinery and equipments , polyurethane applications machinery and fittings, press auxiliary machinery and fittings, industrial refrigerators machinery and systems , machinery and systems for the production of ice, office machinery and furniture, cleaning machinery and products , pneumatic machinery and tools , photographic machinery and apparatuses,  static tests machinery and apparatuses , handcraft items production machinery and equipments ice-cream machinery and systems , sand-blasting machinery and systems, plywood machinery and systems, foundry machinery and systems, chemical industry machinery and systems, electric sewing machinery , electric rotating machinery, metal containers manufacturing machinery, textile spinning machinery, textile finishing machinery, graphic machinery, packaging machinery, laser machinery, metal sheet working machinery,  plastic material working machinery,  plastic working machinery, branding machinery, oil machinery, asphalt machinery, machinery for wood assembling and coating, button machinery , wiring machinery,  expressed coffee machines, shoe factory machinery, hosiery factory machinery, machinery for wine cellars , machinery for carpentry, machinery for paper factories, machinery for tannery, machinery for alimentary preserves, machinery for cosmetics and varnishes, machinery for the construction of metallic packaging, machinery for the construction of electric motors, machinery for wood prefabricated constructions, machinery for mechanical constructions, chroming and painting machinery, building machinery, heliography and photocopy machinery, machinery for oenology, aluminium extrusion machinery, plastic extrusion machinery, machinery for making paper, machinery for the manufacturing of light fittings, machinery for the manufacturing of glasses, foundry machinery , foundry machinery for non-ferrous metals, machinery for foundries, machinery for steel forging, photocomposition machinery, machinery for galvanic technology, ice-cream making machinery, machinery for graphics, packaging machinery, beverage machinery, the beverage industry machinery,  the agriculture industry machinery, cotton industry machinery,  paper industry machinery,  sweets industry machinery,  rise industry machinery,  iron processing industry machinery,  food industries machinery,  metallic gears machinery,  tanning industry machinery, brickworks machinery, footwear industry machinery, pharmaceutics industry machinery, graphics machinery, wire processing machinery, wood processing machinery, polystyrene machinery, pasta machinery, glass made items machinery, brickwork machinery, washing machinery, textiles processing machinery, cocoa processing machinery, coffee processing machinery , milk processing machinery, linen processing machinery,  maize processing machinery,  sheets and laminated textile processing machinery, aluminium frames processing machinery, wood processing machinery,  marbles processing machinery, slate processing machinery, machinery for working plastics processing machinery, machinery for working metals processing machinery, road works machinery, grinding machinery, minerals grinding machinery,  oil pipe-lines and methane pipe-lines machinery, goldsmith machinery, leather working machinery, machinery for the production of lifts , machinery for the production of rubber, testing metals, testing paper, testing paint and enamel testing machinery,  rubber and plastics testing machinery,  construction materials testing machinery,  structure testing machinery,  dynamic testing machinery,  hydrocarbons and lubricating testing machinery,  parts and machinery testing machinery,  industrial cleaning machinery,  nets machinery,  grills and springs,  recycling paper machinery,  heating and conditioning machinery, cold meats and salami production machinery, lifting machinery,  implantation machinery, machinery in order to iron,  hard stones cutting machinery, weaving machinery, dye-works and finishing machinery, tubes galvanizing and finish machinery , ice production machinery, paramedical machinery, material testing machinery, industrial cleaning, knitwear rectilinear machinery , reproduction machinery, rotary press machinery, rounding machinery, production lines machinery, plasterer machinery, textile machinery, transfer machinery, machining and pneumatic tools, portable machine tools ,  metal working machine tools, machine tools for iron, machine tools for wood, machine tools for the manufacturing of screws and bolts, machine tools for precision mechanics, watchmaking machine tools , engine overhauling machine tools, special machine tools, special machine tools and transfer, automatic warehouses ,  medium-heavy carpentry mechanics, internal-combustion engines, diesel engines, electric motors, jet engines, motor welding equipment, conveyer belts, palletisers, photovoltaic solar panels,  mechanic presses, mechanic and hydraulic presses, electrical panels, reactors, water coolers, automatic strapping tools, industrial robotics, electric welders, escalators, sculpting tools, meat loading systems, computerized control systems, lifting systems, electronic systems, energy production and control systems, mould systems, frames, lathes, tractors, tools for machine tools, jeweller tools.

III

[ tri ]

Holos Holding S.A. moreover owns the know how relative to the processes for the exploitation of the aforesaid investigations and knows their planning and programming in the following countries: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, American Samoa, Andorra, Angola, Anguilla, Antigua And Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bosnia And Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, British Virgin, Brunei, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burma, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Canada, Cape Verde, Cayman Islands, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, China, Christmas Islands, Cocos Islands, Colombia, Comoros, Congo Democratic Republic, Congo Republic, Cook Islands, Costa Rica, Cote D'ivoire, Croatia, Cuba, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Falkland Islands, Faroe Islands, Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, French Polynesia, Gabon, Gambia, Gaza Strip, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Gibraltar, Greece, Greenland, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guam, Guatemala, Guernsey, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Jersey, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Korea North, Korea South, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Mali, Malta, Man Isle, Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Mexico, Micronesia Islands, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Montserrat, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal, Netherlands, Netherlands Antilles, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Niue, Norfolk Island, Northern Mariana, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Qatar, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Saint Helena, Saint Kitts And Nevis, Saint Lucia, Saint Pierre And Miquelon, Saint Vincent And Grenadine, Samoa, San Marino, Sao Tome And Principe., Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Suriname, Swalbard, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania, Thailand, Togo, Tokelau, Tonga, Trinidad And Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Turks And Caicos Islands, Tuvalu, Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, United States, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Venezuela, Vietnam, Virgin Islands, Wallis And Futuna, West Bank, Western Sahara, Yemen,   Zambia, Zimbabwe.

IV

[ catar ]

All the aforesaid investigations are recorded in an informative system with secret access codes known exclusively by the president of Holos Holding S.A. and other three people, which are authorized to use them according to particular modalities and only in case of demonstrated impediment of the president of Holos Holding S.A.;

e) the valence of the information and the above-mentioned processes, constantly updated, allows affecting worldwide economic systems, with political and financial effects.

V

[ pañca ]

Through a plan of initiatives, Holos Holding S.A. proposes to carry out in every country of the Earth an integrated system of enterprises able to avoid and, anyway, overcome any sector or inter-sector economic crisis on regional, national, continental or worldwide level.

VI

[ sas ]

The fundamental instruments are every country’s operating companies of Holos Holding S.A., which receive the investigations about determined geographic areas and certain fields.

VII

[ sapta ]

The information is delivered  contained in appropriate computer science systems specifically conceived for each enterprise participated on behalf of Holos Holding S.A..

VIII

[ auction ]

The secret access codes of the specific informative systems are communicated exclusively to the legal representative of each enterprise, which can use them only together with two other people designated by Holos Holding S.A..

IX

[ nava ]

The access codes can’t, in any shape, be communicated to anyone.

X

[ dasa ]

In case of rotation of even just one of the subjects that know the access codes, the same codes will be replaced.

XI

[ ekadasa ]

The subjects using the informative systems must stick to the confidentiality of the strategies and information they get to know.

XII

[ dvadasa ]

Holos Holding S.A. transfers to the national operating companies specific informative systems on the following conditions: the subsidiary company must arrange at least 3.600 telephone lines; the system must be used according to the prescriptions and purposes contained in its «front» section; the information and processing contained in the system can be used exclusively in order to carry out the above-mentioned purposes; the system is programmed for self-destruction at the end of the seventh year after the one during which it was delivered; while it’s active, the system is constantly updated by means of secret procedures unknown to the licensed companies.

Holos Plan

This plan has been launched in 2000. It comprises nine initiatives: a national economic employment plan, the plan of an universal enterprise, a via ether informative system, a personal security system, a new aerial circulation system, a new payment system, a new system to transfer resources and products, a war industry conversion plan and the foundation of the Republic of the Earth.

In 2001, Holos Plan has been implemented with other five initiatives: a plan that provides the diffusion of a research informative system, a plan for the securitization of loans, a plan that provides a financial operation granting loans in euro to be reimbursed in dollars, a plan for the solution of the problem of water on all the planet and a plan of reform of relationships and human behaviours. Between the 2001 and the 2002, monetary resources for 12,441 billions of US Dollars have been assigned in order to realize the plan. Waiting to be invested in the program, such resources have been employed in financial and monetary operations and on 23 May 2003 the relative amount was 16,165 billions of US Dollars.

UNIVERSAL ENTERPRISE

The plan of the universal enterprise was studied between 1998 and 1999 and proposes to realise a system of enterprises able to hegemonize economic processes, in order to avoid the cyclical crises determined from the production lacks or surplus in comparison with the solvable demand.

The plan provides the formation of a group of companies, constituted from national and international holdings and sub-holding, headed by the single enterprises, operating in every country, in all productive fields and above all in those considered strategic in the future: electromedical agriculture, equipment, civil aviation, biotechnology, ecology, energy, computer science, machine tools, microelectronics, new materials, robotics, telecommunications, tourism.

The social structure and the organisation of the enterprises are of helicoidal type, as a  spiral, and hinge on a central co-ordination assuring the necessary control and the group synergies.

The constitution of a million new enterprises on the entire planet is also provided, involving total costs for approximately five thousand billions of Euro.

Part of the financial resources come in from the states and international institutions and part from private subjects, which make their capitals available by taking part in the universal operative sub-holdings.

At the beginning the universal enterprise altogether will employ about fifty thousand million workers with an induced activity employing about one hundred professionals in the related enterprises. Doubling number of employees and production value is forecast during the subsequent three years from the beginning of activities, after the consolidation of the initiative.

The important value of production and the productive "poliedricity" achieve a sensitive modification of the relationship between production factors and economic systems, concurring to affect the relationships and the behaviours of such systems in order to exclude, producing what and how much is consumed, the chances from which the cyclic crises draw origin.

In order to achieve the universal enterprise the basic corporate group has been already constituted and institutional relationships have been started with various countries. Now it’s time to make the plans concrete by making the productive units.

PERSONAL SECURITY

The personal security system consist of a tiny apparatus constantly connected to a net of intervention units that activate by receiving the message from a person in danger. The system provides 375,000 intervention units made up of twelve people each shift, coordinated by area teams. In total the professionals will be approximately five million and every connection to the system will have a yearly going from 50 to 250 euro, depending on the range of interventions requested.

The total cost in order to set up the entire system is of approximately one hundred billions of euro and will be covered from those interested in its operation.

With this system it will be possible to bring help within six minutes from a danger warning. The attaché's must be trained specifically to the services they’ll have to carry out. Being a particularly stressful function, the plan provides a maximum period of permanence in the intervention units and guarantees to the attaché's a subsequent activity.

NEW CIRCULATION SYSTEM

The aim of a new aerial circulation system is the achievement of an air traffic using vehicles which land and take-off vertically. The vehicles have low pollution emissions, low noise emissions, automatic route management and are absolutely safe by applying available technologies. 

The investment cost for the production of this kind of vehicles is of approximately ten billions Euros, plus fifty million Euros for each one hundred square kilometres to cover with the necessary technology. Part of the expenses will be covered by public financing and part by private capitals. A special society has been constituted in 1999 for designing and producing the vehicles. The group of enterprises necessary in order to manage the distribution and control systems should be constituted in year 2000.

NEW PAYMENT SYSTEM

The new payment system consists in a payment order given by telephone to a special bank (CyberBank). Its maximum charge accepted is one hundred times the amount at the bank's disposal, which is the equivalent of the sum of the deposits plus the payments of shares and obligations.

The cost in order to prepare the system and to make it work on all the planet is of approximately fifty million of Euro and will be covered from the account holders of actions and obligations emitted from CyberBank. Each account holder will be able to arrange charge operations by selecting a predefined vocal and inviolable access code. After been recognised through the vocal access code, the account holder of CyberBank will be able to carry out payments by telephone in favour of other account holders of any bank.

   RESOURCES TRANSFER SYSTEM

The resources and products transfer system is based on the barter of mutual surplus. Appropriate agencies, or consortiums, provide to acquire goods from the producers and offer them directly to the solvable demand, receiving other goods as payment. Barter can also be achieved through multilateral relationships, like in the simple case in which A sells goods to B that sells them to C that then pays back with goods that B will sell to D, which in his turn will pay with currency B will use to pay A.

The success of the system depends on the efficiency and diffusion of its organisation. There are two separate phases: the development of relationships and the commercial transactions. The first phase ends with a convention between producer and intermediary, which settles down the amount of goods to sell in a definite period (three years), the price, the payment way and the starting date of deliveries. The second phase concerns the transfer of goods and their payment.

In order to start the management of this system a company with a sufficiently high registered stock has been already founded time a go to guarantee the solvency also for transactions with a  substantial value.

WAR INDUSTRY CONVERSION PLAN

War industry conversion rises from the necessity to adapt the sector productive units to the weapon market, which will suffer a strong fall from the pacification processes that will also take place as effects of this plan. With the opportune modifications the technologies employed in the production of weapons could be adopted in those fields considered strategic for the Universal Enterprise plan.

To carry out this initiative we will need an international agency. Its task will be to suggest the fields the productive conversion must be oriented towards, to finance the reorganisation costs and to point out to the enterprises the payable demand of the new products.

We have prepared an appropriate plan with the necessary operating instruments for this purpose, followed by the making of the organisation that will deal with the plan.

DHANA

Currency is an economic good which has or represents the value of other goods, carrying out functions such as medium of exchange, goods standard of value and store of value.

Dhana is the currency of the Republic of the Earth, issued in order to redistribute wealth  among all the inhabitants of the planet: 100 Dhana are assigned to each person aged at least sixteen.

Dhana is entirely guaranteed by capitals with nominal value par to one gram of Platinum 999/1000 per each Dhana.

One Dhana is worth one hour of normal work.

By using Dhana as payment means, currency will be bought back to its original functions.

Introducing Dhana

Dhana is the monetary unit of the Republic of the Earth. The capitals of the companies producing goods and services constitute its economical base.

Holos Holding S.A.Avatar S.p.A.

The exchange value of the first issue was of one Dhana per 25 Euro, equal to 150 billion Euro divided by 6 billion issued Dhana.

Dhana is a guaranteed nominal value currency and is convertible in its monetary base, i.e. in capital shares of the companies and organizations, which guarantee it.

Dhana is divided into one thousand kana-Dhana.

Dhana is issued in physical, electronic or telematic money.

Dhana as physical money is available in denominations of 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 and 500 kana-Dhana, and of 1, 5, 10, and 50 and 100 Dhana.

Electronic Dhana is contained in the transportable electromagnetic case Gandhana and it can be paid and cashed transmitting rapidly from the Gandhana of the paying person to the Gandhana of the receiver.

Computerized Dhana is run through Internet by the accountancy system called Akadhana - which records payments and collections on request of the users.

People belonging to the Republic of the Earth accept payments in Dhana.

The people asking to take part in the Republic of the Earth are assigned 100 Dhana

People belonging to the Republic of the Earth may sell shares in exchange for Dhana to the companies granting Dhana.

Dhana does not produce interests and can be converted into shares at any moment.

Idea of Dhana

The idea of a currency with a guaranteed nominal value based on production was born together with the idea of the Republic of the Earth and was strengthen by analysing the reality of the currency systems and of the way in which they are run.

All national currencies at present have no real warranty.

Each state or group of states imposes its people to accept the currency issued by a central bank. The bank system multiplies by nine the value of the deposits and gains on the interests. The inner purchasing power of all currencies decreases with time due to the states’ debts.

The monetary base, that is the goods guaranteeing the currency, has been reduced by 1% of the nominal value of the current currency. Nowadays the value of the currency is proportional to the general economical results of the country in which the currency has legal validity. This means that the value in national currency of a company is influenced by the value of all other companies of the same country.

The planet's wealth distribution is based on monetary systems.

The process of capital accumulation increases the wealth of those owing resources, but it does not solve the problem of poverty. Poor people receive charity. They are given fish so as not to die of hunger but they are not given the production means and necessary knowledge to overcome poverty. Perhaps we’re afraid a world with fewer poor people would be less religious and more pacific.

Currency was born as a medium of exchange and was later transformed into an aim.

Who issues currency and takes care of its management isn’t even interested in the governors. Money assures freedom and well being to its owners. To have it means to satisfy needs and desires. Not to have it means to suffer and often die.

People needed a free and guaranteed medium of exchange allowing to modify the structure of the development mechanisms and start a wealth redistribution process among the inhabitants of the planet.

Origin of Dhana

The origin of Dhana is the will to redistribute wealth between those who want to be part of the Republic of the Earth.

The bearers of the shares of a company owning other companies have decided to offer part of their capitals as guarantee of the issue of a new currency by the Republic of the Earth.

Reason for Dhana

The availability of wealth and means of exchange influence the development of any form of government of people because the government of people with no resources cannot exert any influence or any form of social organization without a means of exchange.

It is not possible to organize people without wealth without economical relationships and without means of exchange.

The two main causes from which Dhana draws origin are the necessity to assign wealth to those part of the Republic of the Earth and the necessity to offer a means to have economic relations.

The need of a universal currency corresponds to the universal nature of the Republic of the Earth. The people acknowledging the same government have to use the same exchange means, the same currency.

Aim of Dhana

Dhana was created to give the Republic of the Earth its currency and to invert the wealth concentration process.

Those in the Republic of the Earth use Dhana according to their personal needs, the satisfaction of life needs and the production of wealth.

With Dhana a new economical process begins, that initially runs hand in hand with existing economical systems. In the future, if there is enough participation and if the new process is acknowledged as valid, Dhana will be able to replace all currencies.

Characteristics of Dhana

Dhana is the universal currency of the Republic of the Earth.

It represents a fraction of the exchange value of the wealth assuring it.

Dhana is a product, a means, having functioning as a value of exchange.

The base of the Dhana value is based on capitals of companies and organizations.

The requirements of Dhana are the following:

-  constant value in time;

- effective warrant of the representing value;

- convertibility into its monetary base;

- exchangeability with any other value or currency.

The constant value is determined by the wealth it represents.

The capitals of companies and organizations offering their wealth to those issuing currency give the warrant of the value.

Exchangeability depends on the force and the evaluation of a currency.

The new monetary system introduced with Dhana is regulated by itself, with no intervention of any monetary authority. It will be to the user to decide the quantity of outstanding currency and that of credit.

This way creating the complete independence between the political system and economical relationships.

Rules of Dhana

Those who wish to enter the Republic of the Earth declare to accept payments in Dhana and choose the payment system they prefer: physical currency, electronic or computerized currency.

He or she receives 100 Dhana, which can be used for any kind of payment.

Who chooses physical currency indicates the denominations he wants to receive. Dhana can be converted in capital shares owned by those who guarantee it and such shares can be converted in Dhana.

Dhana does not produce interests. The shares received in conversion give right to the division of annual profits of the issuing society according to values and periods of time during which they have been retained. The dividends are paid in Dhana.

How Dhana works

Dhana in physical currency is paid as any currency.

Dhana in electronic currency is paid with Gandhana - the electromagnetic case that transmits amounts through electromagnetic impulses recording withdrawals and expenses.

Dhana in computerized currency is run by Akadhana - the accountancy system working through Internet that registers the operations of credit and debt.

Diffusion of Dhana

Participants to the Republic of the Earth spread Dhana.

The connection between Dhana and other initiatives of the Holos Plan will allow a continuous increase of capitals to assure the issue of all necessary currency.

Effects of Dhana

Dhana and the generated economical process by the distribution of the new currency in equal parts will have effects on the macro-economies breaking the balances maintained by technical instruments.

The guarantees at the base of Dhana will avoid the new currency from losing purchasing power on any market.

These two points allow some logical-mathematical forecasts.

The first effect is that national states mustn’t act on their economies and will be able to save resources balancing their budgets.

Another effect is the value loss currencies would suffer. Even if currencies formally have gold as monetary base they are not convertible into gold.

A third effect is the diffusion of Dhana as a universal currency. The process of appreciation of the new currency is not influenced by any rule or any power. Dhana will be if, how, when and as long as the Earth's inhabitants want it.

GANDHANA

Gandhana is a personal electronic counter allowing immediate payments in a quick and safe way.

You’re balance and the information concerning all the operations you made will be displayed anytime you shall require Gandhana to do so.

Gandhana performs payments using radio waves within a few meters and without any contract.

To make an operation, the Gandhana that pays transmits the appropriately encrypted data subtrahend the paid amount to its balance, while the receiving one raises its balance of the transferred amount.

Gandhana is just a few millimeters thick; its small dimensions make it highly portable.

Gandhana substitutes completely physical currency.

AKADHANA

Akadhana is a bookkeeping system for the telematic records of financial relations. Akadhana is not a bank and does not offer services as collection and saving.

Akadhana opens an account to those declaring to accept payments in Dhana, the account is trustily credited for 100 Dhana, Akadhana also provides an account code and an access key, to be kept secret, which allow to operate on the account until the person accepts payments in Dhana.

The 100 Dhana credited on trust remain available to the account holder for undetermined time.

By using the Akadhana account and the access key it is possible to carry out payments within the limits of the account credit balance amount.

Ordered debits and received credits are registered on the account.

In order to carry out payments, the account holder has to transmit to Akadhana an order of payment indicating cause, amount and beneficiary account code.

In order to open the account: fill up and transmit the special form.

To apply for the Akadhana System is free.

DHANA REGULATIONS

The twelfth day of the month of June of the year 2002 The Committee of the Representatives of the Republic of the Earth provided by the third paragraph of the Dispositions of Performance Given the 11th article of the Constitution and the 8th paragraph of the Dispositions of Performance concerning the issue of the Republic of the Earth's currency Whishing to proceed to the first issue of such currency Considering the necessity to establish its issue, management and control basic rules With the majority of all the members of the Committee Approves and issues the hereby regulations named «Dhana regulations».

Article 1

A new universal currency has been instituted.

The Republic of the Earth issues Dhana.

The monetary system based on Dhana currency is managed and conducted by means of the norms contained in the hereby Regulations.

Article 2

Dhana originates from individuals who have decided to guarantee a currency with resources built up from capitals of companies and bodies.

Article 3

The cause of Dhana is the need to adopt a universal monetary system useful to all the inhabitants of the planet and free from any power.

Those who guarantee Dhana do not influence its destination or its use.

Article 4

Dhana proposes to redistribute wealth equally among all the inhabitants of the Earth and to bring money's function back to its nature of medium of exchange.

Dhana also aims to improve economic relations in order to win poverty on the entire planet by soliciting the allocation of the maximum possible amount of wealth towards productive objectives.

The Dhana monetary system must guarantee the achievement of such aims.

Article 5

Dhana is an intermediary economic good for exchanges.

It's a standard of value and payment means.

Article 6

The acceptance of Dhana as payment is voluntary.

Who takes part to the Republic of the Earth accepts payments in Dhana.

Article 7

Dhana is divided in one thousand Kana-Dhana.

One Kana-Dhana represents a thousandth of one Dhana.

Article 8

Dhana is issued with nominal value equal to 1 gram of platinum per one Dhana.

Article 9

Dhana is guaranteed by its intrinsic value or by enterprise's capitals.

Article 10

Dhana is convertible in shares of capitals owned by those who guarantee it.

The conversion of Dhana in shares of capitals placed as its guarantee is excluded.

The shares of the capitals guaranteeing Dhana are convertible in Dhana.

Article 11

To lend Dhana cannot yield interests.

Interests are only admitted for payment delays.

Article 12

Dhana is issued in physical, electronic and data transmission currency.

Physical currency is made with any kind of material.

Electronic and data transmission currencies are immaterial.

All types of Dhana money are exchangeable with each other.

Article 13

Physical Dhana is issued in paper or other material tickets and in metal.

Paper and other material tickets are manufactured using secret techniques in order to avoid counterfeiting.

The alloys and the techniques used for the metal coins are confidential.

Article 14

Dhana issued in paper or other materials tickets and in electronic and data transmission currency is guaranteed by the capitals of companies or bodies.

The subjects that guarantee Dhana will be made public when Dhana will be widespread.

Article 15

The capitals that guarantee Dhana are acquired at the nominal value.

The securities given to Dhana issues cannot be withdrawn except after the annulment of the Dhana they guarantee.

Article 16

One side of the Dhana and Kana-Dhana tickets shows a galaxy, the earth's planisphere, the issue serial number, the year of issue, its nominal value and the name and signature of the subject who guarantees the issue.

The other side shows the logo of the Republic of the Earth and the nominal value.

Dhana tickets are issued in the following denominations: 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 Dhana and 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 and 500 Kana-Dhana.

Denominations are easily recognizable by the blind.

Article 17

Dhana in metallic currency is issued in tombak and gold coins.

The value of the Dhana in metallic currency is indicated on the coins.

Article 18

Tombak Dhana is issued in 1 Dhana and 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 500 Kana-Dhana.

Article 19

Dhana in gold is issued in the denomination of 10 Dhana.

Article 20

Dhana in electronic currency is a value recorded in the electronic Gandhana cash box, the value changes according to carried out and collected payments.

Article 21

Gandhana is an electronic cash box that transfers a sum in Dhana to another electronic Gandhana within the distance of a few meters.

In order to guarantee maximum security to the owner, the key codes of each Gandhana can be modified anytime.

Article 22

Dhana in data transmission currency is a value registered in an account of the Akadhana system, the value changes due to payments and payment collections.

Article 23

Who owns an account in the Akadhana system can transfer Dhana to any other account within the same system.

Article 24

Those belonging to the Republic of the Earth are assigned 100 Dhana in tickets of different denominations.

Article 25

Dhana is assigned just on reimbursement of the issue cost.

The reimbursement sum is proportional to the average yearly income of the country of who receives the assignation, as indicated in the First Table hereby attached.

Mechanisms are established in order to allow the recovery of the issue cost reimbursement.

Article 26

The consignment of the assigned one hundred Dhana to those who take part in the Republic of the Earth is carried out after the reimbursement of the issue cost.

Before receiving the assigned amount the beneficiary must point out two new adherents to the Republic of the earth.

Article 27

Metallic Dhana can be exchanged with any currency to the value of 1 gram of platinum per Dhana.

Article 28

After the first issue, no further issue exceeding 100 Dhana per each participant in the Republic of the Earth will be allowed, except in case of need for diffusion requirements or humanitarian initiatives.

Article 29

Dhana quantities exceeding 100 per each participant in the Republic of the Earth can be issued in limited amounts indispensable to promote new adhesions.

Article 30

Dhana addressed to humanitarian initiatives decided by the Republic of the Earth can be issued within a maximum limit of one twentieth of the total issued amount.

Article 31

The first issue amounts to six billion Dhana guaranteed by a capital with nominal value par to 150 billions of Euro.

The first issue is in paper tickets and electronic and data transmission currency.

Article 32

The second issue will amount to thirty-four billion Dhana guaranteed by a capital with nominal value par to 850 billions Euro. Every issue must be totally guaranteed in advance by a capital of 25 Euro per Dhana, except in case of issues addressed to the substitution of called in money.

Article 33

The manufacturing of Dhana in tickets and metal is entrusted to Dhura.

Article 34

Dhura produces and spreads Dhana and watches over its monetary system.

Article 35

Dhura prints Dhana tickets and coins metallic Dhana either directly or through third parties, establishing the modalities.

Article 36

The electronic Gandhana cash box is managed and controlled by Dhura.

Article 37

Dhura spreads Dhana on the planet through its own staff and covering the relative costs.

Article 38

The organs that manage and direct Dhura are the General Council, the Issue Committee and the Control Committee.

Article 39

The General Council holds all the powers related to the issues and to the managing and control of Dhana and its monetary system.

Article 40

The General Council is made up of thirteen councilmen designated for three years by the Government of the Republic of the Earth.

All of the councilmen can be removed.

The members of the General Council can be designated more than once.

The members of the General Council cannot hold other public positions nor represent companies or institutions.

Article 41

Decisions taken by the general Council of Dhura, which are in evident contrast with the present regulations, cannot be considered valid.

Article 42

The General Council elects a President among its members.

Immediately after it elects a First Vice-president and a Second Vice-president that hold their position until the election of a new General Council.

In case of absence or impediment of the President, he /she will be replaced by the First Vice president or in his/her absence or impediment by the second Vice-president.

In emergency situations, the president or his/her substitute will take urgent decisions.

If the General Council doesn't ratify such decisions within two days time, they will be considered as repealed.

Article 43

The General Council meetings are presided over by the President or, in his absence or in case of impediment, by the Vice-president.

Until the election of its President, the General Council is presided over by the person appointed by the Government of the Republic of the Earth.

Article 44

The General Council decides with a majority of at least seven members.

Article 45

The General Council can delegate part of its powers to one or more of its members but it cannot delegate the decision to issue new Dhana.

Article 46

Among private and public subjects the President of the General Council will represent the Dhura issue body, directly or by proxy.

In case of absence or impediment of the President, the Deputy-president will replace him or her or in his/her absence the second Deputy–president will.

Article 47

The Issue Committee proposes the issues of Dhana to the General Council and executes or gets others to execute the decisions concerning the issues.

Article 48

The Issue Committee is constituted by seven members appointed for three years by the Government of the Republic of the Earth, who can remove even only one of them from their position.

The members of the Issue Committee can't hold other public positions nor represent enterprises or institutions.

Article 49

The Issue Committee elects, among its members, an Issue Co-ordinator and a Vice Issue Co-ordinator that hold their position until a new Issue Committee is appointed. In case of absence or impediment, the Deputy-Issue Coordinator will replace the Issue Co-ordinator.

Article 50

The meetings of the Issue Committee are presided over by the Issue Coordinator or in his or her absence by the Vice-Issue Coordinator.

Until the elections for the Issue Co-ordinator, the meetings of the Issue Committee are presided over by the person appointed by the Government of the Republic of the Earth.

Article 51

The Issue Committee decides with a majority of at least four members.

Article 52

The Issue Committee can delegate part of its powers to one or more of its members but it can't delegate the presentation of proposals to the General Council.

Article 53

The Control Committee watches over the regularity of the issues and of the monetary system and proposes possible interventions to the General Council.

Article 54

The Control Committee is constituted of seven renewable members designated for three years by the Government of the Republic of the Earth who can remove even only one of them from their position.

The members of the Control Committee can't hold other public positions nor represent enterprises or institutions.

Article 55

The Control Committee elects, among its members, a Control Co-ordinator and a Vice Control Co-ordinator that hold their position until a new Control Committee is appointed.

In case of absence or impediment, the Vice-Control Coordinator will replace the Control Co-ordinator.

Article 56

The meetings of the Control Committee are presided over by the Control Coordinator or in his or her absence by the Vice Control Coordinator.

Until the election of the Control Coordinator, the meetings of the Control Committee are presided over by the person appointed by the Government of the Republic of the Earth.

Article 57

The Control Committee decides with a majority of at least four members.

Article 58

The Control Committee can delegate part of its powers to one or more of its members but it can't delegate the presentation of proposals to the General Council.

Article 59

The General Council decides the regulations of Dhura as well as the proposals made by the Issue Committee or the Control Committee and before coming into force they are ratified by the Government of the Republic of the Earth.

Article 60

Until the election of the Government of the Republic of the Earth its functions provided by the Regulations of Dhana will be carried out by the Committee of the Representatives of the Republic of the Earth.

Approved and issued on the 12th of June 2002

by the Committee of the Representatives of the Republic of the Earth.

DHURA

Dhura has been instituted with the Dhana Regulations approved on the 12th of June 2002 by the Committee of the Representatives of the Republic of the Earth.

Dhura has the following tasks:

-to issue the Dhana currency;

-to diffuse Dhana;

-to control the monetary system of Dhana.

The bodies that manage and direct Dhura are:

- General Council, which is composed by the President, the First Vice-President, the Second Vice-President and other ten councilors;

- Issue Committee, composed by the Issue Coordinator, the Vice Emission Coordinator and other five members;

- Control Committee, composed by the Control Coordinator, the Vice Control Coordinator and other five members.

QUESTIONS ABOUT DHANA

What is Dhana? 

Dhana is the currency of the Republic of the Earth. It’s a worldwide, guaranteed, universal, productive, strong, sure, real, convertible currency.

What is meant by worldwide currency?

Currency represents goods. It’s a unit of account and medium of exchange. The worldwide currency is a medium of exchange recognized all over the planet. The first worldwide currency was gold. Until 1971, all currencies were convertible in gold. Then the amount of outstanding currency exceeded the amount of gold. Today, the states and the central banks together have reserves for approximately 200,000 tons of gold. The coins in circulation represent 75 million tons of gold, 375 times the reserves. The gold reserves guarantee therefore only 0.266% (2.66 per thousand) of the value of the outstanding monetary mass. Gold remained worldwide currency because is it still recognized as a medium of exchange all over the planet. But, in practice, it has been replaced with currencies almost devoid of any real value. For this reason it was necessary to institute a currency that had a real value equal to the nominal value, that’s Dhana.

What is meant by guaranteed?

The guarantee of a currency is constituted by the value of its monetary base, that is the value it represents. Dhana is entirely guaranteed by enterprise capital shares. The monetary base of Dhana is the capital of enterprises. Dhana represents therefore capital of enterprises.

Why is Dhana universal?

Because it can be accepted as payment by all the inhabitants of the Earth and is independent from states and national currencies.

Is it the currency of all currencies?

No. Dhana doesn’t represent other currencies but shares of the real value of the assets of the enterprises that guarantee it.

Why is it a productive currency?

In the first place because it represents productive enterprises. In the second place, because the introduction of Dhana is necessary in order to increase production.

Is Dhana assigned without payment?

Yes, who receives Dhana reimburses only the issuing cost, calculated proportionally to the average wealth of every country.

Why is Dhana a strong currency?

The force of a currency depends on how much it’s guaranteed. Dhana is the only currency entirely guaranteed; therefore it is the strongest currency.

Is Dhana safe?

The composition of the notes and the metals are secret. Every coin has a small inimitable defect that makes it recognizable to a particular control instrument.

Why is Dhana a real currency?

First because it represents recognized real values and not hypothetical ones. Second because it’s based on real economy not on virtual or financial economy.

Is Dhana convertible?

Yes. Dhana can be converted either in other currencies or in capital shares of who guarantees it.

How much Dhana has been issued?

The first issue is of 6 billions Dhana, guaranteed by a capital of 150 billion Euro. The second issue is of 34 billion Dhana, guaranteed by a capital of 850 billions of Euro. 100 Dhana will be the total issued for each inhabitant of the Earth over the age of 16, nearly 500 billions Dhana, equivalent to 12,500 billions Euro/Dollars, less than a quarter the worldwide wealth produced yearly.

How does Dhana work?

Like whichever currency that is accepted as payment. Who receives payments in Dhana, pays with Dhana. You just have to explain what Dhana is to who receives it.

Is Dhana a legal tender currency?

The legal tender of currencies and coins is adopted in order to impose the acceptance of currency lacking in the declared nominal value. Dhana doesn’t need being forced because it has a real value identical to the nominal one. Therefore Dhana will never be imposed legal tender but its acceptance in payment will be free and voluntary.

With Dhana will we all become rich?

No. With Dhana there will be less poor, because 100 Dhana are assigned to every inhabitants of the planet, independently from what they have now. This will produce more jobs and therefore more wealth for everybody.

How has the capital that guarantees Dhana been formed?

Substantially, the company guaranteeing the emission of the first six billion Dhana has acquired shares paid directly by third parties which have received in exchange shares to the bearer of the same company that has acquired the participation.

Has it been a complex operation?

No, the operation has been simple, observing the laws of the countries of the European Union in which the subjects have operated.

Who are the share bearers?

The choice to issue a new currency by a different subject from the states and the central banks is due to the will of some holders of capital who are aware of the situation of more then six billion inhabitants of the planet and believe that it must change. Therefore they have decided to take part and have accepted the cost of renouncing great capitals in order to generate a new economic process based on the initial parity of resources.

Will Dhana be used while all the other currencies exist?

Obviously not being able to instantly replace the existing monetary mass, it has been accepted to divide the new currency in equal parts among those who want to use it, in the conviction that, if it proves valid, the new process could be copied and Dhana will progressively be able to replace all the other currencies.

Who are those that have accepted to assign capitals towards Dhana?

Since nothing like this has been done before, obviously there is the uncertainty of the result. This question mark had however to be the only risk. Therefore legal operations have been carried out in order to assure complete distinction between the society and its associates and in order to assure the free destination of the capitals guaranteeing Dhana.

What is the origin of the capital?

The capital comes from profit. The operations of the companies and their associates have been verified by the responsible institutions and have been declared as regular.

It is an enormous capital!

It is a capital relatively low compared to the requirements, for this reason it has been decided to assign the first six billion Dhana to sixty million people.

Which relationship is there between Dhana and the Republic of the Earth?

The Republic of the Earth is a government system among the inhabitants of the planet, therefore a political instrument. Dhana is the currency issued by the Republic of the Earth, therefore an economic instrument in order to realize the first of its objectives, which is to redistribute wealth. They are two different instruments with the same aims.

Which risks do those who accept payments in Dhana run?

None, because it is a guaranteed currency with constant value, currently compared with platinum and exchangeable in all national currencies.

Are 100 Dhana per person not a very little amount?

In 2002, the BCE (European Central bank) set a value of 665 billions Euro for 300 million citizens, approximately 2,200 Euro per person, while 100 Dhana correspond to 100 grams of platinum which is equal to about 2,800 Euro.

THE MONETARY DISASTER

The American dollar is used in two-thirds the international payments. Every American dollar issued is worth three cents. The amount of American outstanding currency is a thousand times the United States gross internal product and exceeds the total value of all existing assets on Earth. Being used as reserve currency to guarantee the emission of other currencies, the non-value of the American dollar reduces the effective value of the currencies that it should guarantee, yen and euro included.

Nevertheless, the exchange rate of the dollar is high. This paradox is caused by the American hegemony on the control of resources, the military power and the treaties that continue to consider the dollar as international and reserve currency.

The power of the dollar is based on the control of States, the supremacy of weapons and on paper. The watermarked paper banknotes are printed on and the paper of the documents sanctioning its value.  All that is supported by media information and stock markets. If the stock markets collapse, the power of information collapses.

Will the stock markets collapse? It’s very probable. The overwhelming majority of the money invested in stock market is not enterprise profit deriving from the production of goods and services but bank credit transformed in currency. If who sells would ask in change goods instead of dollars, the amount of dollars that would re-enter in the United States would be so big to increase in excess the demand of securities. At the same time, the value of the capitals of the enterprises quoted in the stock market would face a substantial reduction and would put in motion the process of devaluation of the dollar, which will only stop when it hits 3% its effective value. The saver (also the Americans) will try to exchange dollars with other currency because in absence of a sufficient amount of «refuge assets» they will try «refuge currencies». But the exchanged currency is also guaranteed by dollars and the process of devaluation of the dollar will drag in the monetary catastrophe nearly all the other currencies.

How to avoid all that? Leaving the dollar at its destiny. Selling out dollars in exchange for assets. Replace the dollar as monetary reserve. The States and their central banks can, until they are in time, transform the dollars that they hold as guarantee of their currency with other assets. People that have dollars must sell gradually in exchange for material assets, also accepting an increase of the prices. 

Leaving the dollar, the States and the people will save themselves and they will be able to help the United States when their currency will be 3% the value of the outstanding currency.

DHANA AND THE HISTORY OF CURRENCY

The word “money” (currency) derives from the Greek monytes, that means pointer, something representing something else.

Currency means whichever medium of exchange generally is accepted in payment of goods, services and debt extinguishing.

Currency is also a value measure.

The number of units of currency requested to acquire a product is its price.

However, the monetary unit chosen as value measure does not have necessarily to be used as medium of exchange.

As an example, during the colonial period in North America, the English pound acted as value standard unit while the Spanish currency was an important medium of exchange.

Before the introduction of the Euro, in the countries of the European Economic Community, the ECU (European Accounting Unit) has been used as value standard unit while the currencies of several countries and the Dollar were used as medium of exchange.

BARTER

Before currency, goods exchanges were carried out by barter.

Barter is the exchange of goods: the goods exceeding normal requirements were exchanged with other goods necessary to live.

The limit of barter was the meeting difficulty between subjects with mutual surplus and exchange goods insufficiencies.

GOODS CURRENCY

Beyond three thousand years ago the primitive's people began to exchange goods with object-currency in order to overcome the limits of barter.

Object-currency was made of conventional objects that represented the value standard of the exchanged goods: at first shells, pearls, tusks of elephant, fur coats, skins and cattle; then objects in iron, bronze, gold, silver and branch.

Miniatures of bronze knives, axes and other tools, used in order to represent the real exchange objects, circulated in China more than three thousand years ago.

At a certain point rings and slabs started to appear indicating a quantity instead of the goods they represented.

That’s how the first modern goods-currency was born.

The goods-currency is an object that has it’s own intrinsic value (in relation to the rarity of the material) and that can be exchanged with any good.

Usually, the value of the goods-currency is more or less equal to the one of the contained material.

The main materials used for this type of currency were gold, silver and branch.

Coins, coined in a natural alloy of gold and silver, appeared approximately 3,700 years ago in the region of Lydia, in Asia Minor.

According to the legend it was Cresol, king of Lydia (region of nowadays Turkey), the first one to adopt the coinage technique.

The coins were gold or silver "staters" (twenty silver pieces corresponded to one gold one).

It was a kind of good-currency with a value determined by its metallic content.

The coins spread quickly in all the most developed economies of the world.

Monarchs, nobles, cities and institutions began to coin coins marked just by the brand symbol attesting the metallic value of the currency.

Some ancient coins had a very stable composition.

The dracma issued at Athens beyond 3,600 years ago has maintained a relatively constant content of 65-67 silver fine grains; the Chinese copper quian (cash) introduced 3,400 years ago remained as base currency for two thousand years.

The mints where metal used to be coined were of property of metal owners or powerful figures (emperors, kings, feudatories but and also commons and republics).

The owners often sheared (rasped) their coins and gave them in payment as coins that seemed of a certain value but that had a lower metal content than the one coined by the mints and indicated on them.

On their side, the issuing authorities were inclined to reduce the metallic content of the greater coins in order to earn more.

Since their value was essentially correlated to the number of silver and gold coins with which they could be exchanged, the small denomination coins of bronze or copper were, in fact, fiduciary currency.

Silver and gold coins often circulated also outside the issue country because of their intrinsic value: that's why beginning from the XVI century the Spanish silver Peso became legal currency in China.

Once created, coins originated the monetary system, whose characteristics have remained constant for millenniums; one of the most long-lasting innovations was the introduction of the edge knurled in the European coins during XVII century, in order to discourage shearing.

After the collapse of the West Roman Empire the circulation of coins was reduced and gold started being short.

In VIII century Carl The Great established that the official currency of the Sacred Roman Empire was silver money.

After year 1000 gold began to circulate again and with the discovery of America (1492) a new amount of precious metals arrived in Europe.

While in Holland the first national bank was born and the mechanization of mintage introduced, Spain made huge amounts of gold flow from the colonies, causing an increase of the prices and a reduction of gold's value.

It was the first kind of inflation.

DEPOSIT RECEIPT

Deposit receipt already existed before goods-currency.

Beyond 4,500 years ago, in the cities of the valley of Tigris and the Euphrates and in those of the Indo and the Nile there was a very special type of currency.

The people, carried what exceeded of their own products to the temple of the fortified city, there, bookkeeping priests opened a checking account with delivery of mud tablets to the bearer.

The goods were stored in appropriate rooms of the temple and an abstract amount of money was established based on the delivered goods.

Subsequently, if the same people wanted another type of product of the temple, the inverse procedure was followed.

For every exchange operation a document was drafted made of terracotta and carrying the name of the purchaser, of the vendor, the exchanged goods and the amount of monetary units used.

This document is called invoice-check.

For exchanges of great importance and between various cities, there was a guaranteed transport system based on the «bullae».

In the wagon of the carrier there was a ball of terracotta containing tablets representing the various products transported.

The tablets were also recorded on the surface of the ball.

Once arrived on destination, the receivers would open the ball to check that its content was correctly related to the goods on the wagon.

At the time predominated pacific relationships among the various cities, partly because of the impregnable walls that protected them and partly thanks to the prosperity that this system of exchange assured.

Currency was an abstract instrument, a document whose value was only accorded to really existing goods.

Every commercial exchange left a legal trace under shape of mud tablets.

All this vanished as the gold, silver, copper and bronze anonymous currency appeared.

This new type of currency, anonymous, concrete and independent from the goods, makes corruption very easy.

Along with the anonymous currency also the private bank appeared, a real shadow power.

The temple officials changed their vocation in to the invention of religions.

Therefore imperialism came up again.

The impregnable walls collapsed. Not under the blows of nonexistent catapults or crossbows, but because of the corruption of some guard by the besiegers.

The traitor corrupts could discreetly then be eliminated and the occupants invented myths like the one of «the Horse of Troy» or «the Bugles of Gerico.»

The anonymous money kept transforming itself until becoming the modern banknotes and anonymous bearer payable checks.

The several political institutions, created to make the citizens think they were protected, undergo the attack of the «real powers» that corrupt politicians, technicians and judges.  

BASE COINS AND WEAK COINS

Metallic coins can be either base coins or weak coins.

Base coins have a nominal value equal to the one of the metal they contain.

Weak coins have a metallic nominal value much higher than the intrinsic one; on this side they are very similar to paper money.

Mints of many countries have coined coins of both types during XIX the century, but with the general abandonment of the gold base during the two world wars, the base coins have been removed from circulation in nearly all the world.  

PAPERMONEY

Paper money was introduced in China in IX century, in the shape of convertible certificates issued by private bankers on the Tang dynasty government's behalf.

Supported by the power of the Chinese state, this currency could maintain its value in all the empire, eliminating the requirement of silver transport.

Transformed in state monopoly with the Song dynasty, paper money remained in force during all the Chinese history, in spite of the up settings caused by the political changes and the absence of covering in silver or other metals.

Paper money appeared for the first time in the West in XVI century, under shape of titles of credit issued by the banks to against money deposits.

These titles of credit spread: since the arrival of the money from France delayed, from 1685 the French colonial authorities in Canada used playing cards signed by the governor as payment promises.

Paper money became more and more diffused beginning from the XVIII century on, but it conserved the nature of credit currency, issued against deposits in gold and silver.

In 1700 banknotes, more practical and transportable, diffused in France and England.

In currency's history there are two very important dates: in 1794 the United states adopted their own currency, the Dollar, while in 1870 Japan put in circulation the Yen.

However, the strongest currency of XIX century remained the English Pound.

England in fact, in 1816, introduced the Gold Standard, a monetary system based on paper currency convertible in gold.

Because the value of the gold assured the common base in the foreign exchange between the various coins, this system was later adopted also by the other industrialized countries.

How did it go? England did not have enough resources to finance her own war enterprises.

A banker proposed to the Queen to be authorized to print currency in order to lend it to the English state.

The Queen accepted and established that the banknotes issued by the banker had releasing value.

Naturally the banker (that then became the Bank of England) did not print only coins for the state but also to lend them to private individuals.

This way he began the multiplication process of the monetary amount guaranteed just by the credits of who received money through loan.

After the Second World War, economic supremacy passed on to the United States: the era of the convertibility in gold ended and the Dollar became the reference currency. The Bretton Woods agreements (New Hampshire, United States 1944), established that the Dollar was the only currency convertible in gold and that all the others were convertible in Dollars.

This agreement ratified the monetary hegemony of the Dollar and the United States took advantage from this power to issue Dollar quantities much higher than their gold reserve.

This situation ends in 1971 when, due to the impossibility of converting the Dollars that some Countries asked to exchange in gold, United States' president Nixon abolished (15 August 1971) Dollar's convertibility in gold. From then, issued quantities of Dollars were detached from gold reservoirs and paper currency became goods that value is determined exclusively by the politic, military and economic hegemony of the United States.

In the meantime the European Economic Community was already moving the first steps in order to catch up a monetary system to join the countries of Europe.

TYPES OF PAPERMONEY

Paper money is therefore divided in credit currency and fiduciary currency.

Credit currency is a document with which the issuing subject promises to a government or a bank to pay the equivalent value in monetary metal standard.

Fiduciary currency is papermoney; its value is fixed by law and is not convertible in any type of monetary metal standard.

Also, many coin currencies are fiduciary currencies, because the value of the material with which they are made of is generally lower than their monetary value.

Usually the creditors are legally obliged to accept in payment fiduciary and credit currency, therefore defined as legal tender currencies.

If the outstanding papermoney doesn’t exceed the commerce and industry needs, it’s accepted from everyone and acquires a relatively stable value.

If instead papermoney is issued in an exaggerated amount, a distrust climate is diffused and the currency loses quickly its value.

Such decrease is often followed by the formal devaluation (reduction of the official value of the currency).

The fiduciary currency usually constituted an emergency measure adopted in time of war, like the paper made American Dollar.

The faculty to emit paper money passed from the private banks to the national ones.

In late XIX century, the falls in the value of gold caused the adoption of an international gold monetary regime, in which all the currencies were exchangeable in gold.

Many governments suspended the convertibility of the own currency during the First World War, while attempts to introduce the international gold regime failed after the Great Depression.

The transformation of worldwide currencies in fiduciary ones, with values fixed exclusively by the market demand, was completed with the release of the American Dollar from gold, in 1971.

BANKNOTE

The banknote is papermoney issued by a bank. It’s a non-convertible, forced circulation fiduciary currency.  

CURRENCY AND ECONOMY

The functions of the currency, as medium of exchange and standard of value, helped enormously the exchange of products and services and the specialization of production.

Without currency, the commerce would be reduced to barter, which is the direct exchange of a good with another one; this was the system used in the primitive communities and still practiced in some areas of the world.

In barter, an individual that detains something to trade must find someone that wants it and that has something acceptable to offer in exchange.

In a monetary economy, the owner of a good can sell it, gaining money he will then be able to use to acquire a wished good, without having to find someone to exchange with.

Currency therefore has to be considered a milestone of modern economic life.

Unfortunately, as in many other cases, what had been introduced as an exchange mean for someone has later become a life aim.

MONETARY REGIMES

A country’s fundamental currency in which other shapes of money can be converted and that determines the value of other types of currency is called base currency.

The monetary regime of a nation refers to the type of base currency used in the monetary system.

The main modern monetary regimes are: gold (gold standard), silver and forced circulation.

In the gold monetary regime paper money circulates together with gold and the two coins are freely convertible one in the other; a variation of it is the gold exchange standard in which the paper currency of one Country is convertible in the one of another Country, in its turn convertible in gold. As an example, Diners in Dollars and Dollars in gold.

In the compulsory monetary regime banknotes must be accepted in payment but they are not convertible in precious metals.

Some countries have used for some time the bimetallic system, in which two base coins circulate, a gold one and a silver one.

The bimetallic regime has had insufficient succeeding above all because of the Gresham law, which says that, "the bad" currency (with the lower value) tends to send away the "good one" (appreciated) from the circulation.

Nearly all the current monetary systems are fiduciary; they do not admit the free convertibility of the currency and they confer it a legal value, rather than by its nominal content of gold or silver.

The modern systems are also defined "managed currencies", since the value of the monetary units mainly depends by the governmental management and the economic policy.

PAYMENT PROMISE

Today the credit, thus the use of a payment promise, constitutes a precious instrument that currency places by its side.

Many enterprises use credit instruments rather than legal tender currency.

The bank's deposits commonly come included in the monetary structure of a country; the term "offer of currency" means the currency in circulation, plus the bank's deposits.

The real value of money is determined by its purchasing power that depends on the prices of the products.

According to the quantitative theory, the prices are in part or entirely determined by the amount of outstanding currency.

Experience has demonstrated, however, that equally important for the determination of the level of the prices are the speed of circulation of the currency and the volume of the production of goods and services.

FORCED CIRCULATION

All the current forced circulation currencies issued by the central banks aren't convertible in the metal that guarantees them.

Convertibility ended when the issued amount of paper money exceeded the value of the precious metal that it represents.

From that moment the value of the currency is established by the market, independently on the real value placed as guarantee of the currency.

The more the country's economy appears strong the more the currency issued by its Bank will be strong.

Unfortunately, the appearing force of an economic system does not correspond to its real force but it is determined by other factors: the war power of the country, its ability to manage means of investigation, its presence (hegemony) in the exchange relationships.

These factors often determine an appearing monetary value different from the real value.

As an example, the appearing value of the Dollar of the United States (whose real issue value is equal to three single cent of Dollar) is much higher than its real value.

If all those people who detain American Dollars exchanged them with goods all at the same time, we would realise that the amount of outstanding Dollars is beyond one thousand times the United States' annual Gross Domestic Product and is also higher than the value of all the personal properties and real estates existing on the planet.

In such case, one would notice that the real value of the Dollar is equal to the 3% of its appearing value. It would be a disaster: the monetary catastrophe.

Also the real value of the Euro is lower than the nominal one but surely the difference is much smaller than the one of the American Dollar.

However, paradoxically, due to the effect of the other factors that determine the value of the currency (war power, hegemony of the exchanges) while the Euro has an equal real value up to seven or eight times the one of the Dollar, its fair market value (exchange rate) has been even lower and, in some occasions, one Euro wasn't enough to have one Dollar.

CURRENCY AND BANK

As effect of what is called a credit multiplier, for each 100 units of currency received as deposit, the bank system can lend up to 5.000 currency units.

That's because of the relation between legal bank reserves and deposits. For the majority of the banks the legal reserve is 2% the deposits.

When Bank A receives a deposit of 100, takes off 2 as legal reserve and can lend up to 98.

Who receives the loan of 98 can deposit it in Bank B or use it as payment; who receives it as payment will deposit it in Bank C.

When Bank C receives a deposit of 98, takes off 1.96 as legal reserve and can lend up to 96.04.

Who receives the loan of 96.04 can deposit it on Bank D or use it as payment, who receives it will deposit it in Bank E.

When Bank E receives a deposit of 96.04, takes off 1.92 and can lend up to 94.12.

And so on. Thus, with a reserve of 2 per cent on deposits, the bank system can allow loans up to 50 times the deposit value, that's 5,000 units in loans each 100 units of deposits.

So the bank system creates currency par to 49 times the value of the currency issued by the central bank.

This way the bank, not only fixes the development level of an economy but also the destination of resources and wealth, because it decides to whom, why and in exchange of what loan money.

And because in free market the profit is normally proportioned to the employed means and resources, it's not who wants to produce, it's the bank who decides who has to earn the most and who less.

Whichever government a country has, or whichever economic politics it wants to promote does not make the difference.

The bank is capable, on its own, to determine the economic relationships of whichever country independently on who governs it. What is important is that it can emit currency and lend it to the states as to private subjects.

DHANA

Dhana has been issued in order to realise one of the fundamental objectives of the Republic of the Earth: the redistribution of wealth.

Dhana is the currency of the Republic of the Earth.

The monetary base of Dhana is not constituted by precious metals, other currencies, credits or public titles but only by capitals of enterprises that produce goods or services.

Adam Smith, that firmly refused the protectionist conclusions of the mercantilist thought, emphasized that wealth was not constituted by precious metals, but by the materials that could be bought with them.

Dhana is what the other coins would like to be: an exchange mean that represents real existing economic values.

Dhana is a universal currency that can be used as exchange correspondent all over the world.

The first six billions of Dhana were guaranteed by a capital of 150 billions of Euro, one Dhana for 25 Euro.

Each inhabitant of the planet that takes part to the Republic of the Earth is assigned 100 Dhana.

The total issue previewed is of approximately 450 billions of Dhana: 100 Dhana for each of the 4.5 billions of inhabitants of the Earth that participate to the exchanges.

Because of the population's increase other Dhana will be issued so that each inhabitant of the planet is always assured 100 Dhana. 

DHANA CHARACTERISTICS

Dhana is issued in physical, electromagnetic and data transmission currency.

Dhana in physical currency is paper money provided of all the currently known safety devices that make it difficult to counterfeit.

Dhana in electromagnetic currency is recorded in a small electromagnetic case called Gandhana with which payments and collections can be carried out at a distance of a few meters from who has another Gandhana.

Dhana in data transmission currency is managed through a check account recorded on Internet (www.dhana.org).

Dhana is divided in thousands Kana-Dhana and is issued in the denominations of 1, 5, 10, 50, 100 Dhana and of 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 and 500 Khana-Dhana.

Dhana is a monetary revolution. It renews the currency to its original function of exchange mean.

Instead of having a metallic monetary base, Dhana's monetary base is production.

Three reasons have advised us against guarantying Dhana with precious metals.

In first place the difficulty and the useless of converting it in precious metals, because the currency's function must be the one of exchange mean and value measure unit and not of wealth hoarding.

In second place, the amount of precious metal that would be necessary in order to guarantee the issue of 450 billions of Dhana (11,250 billions of Euro, approximately 9,900 billions of American Dollars) is not available on the planet and anyway it would be so much that it would provoke the reduction of the price of the metals, therefore the collapse of all the other currencies.

The third reason is that, if it’s true that a currency is worth for what it represents, we believed that the most suitable goods in order to guarantee the value of Dhana and its revaluation in time are the shares of capitals of productive enterprises.

Every issued Dhana is, in fact, totally guaranteed by the capital of productive enterprise and is convertible in shares of the capital that guarantees it.

Set apart its fair market value (exchange rate), every Dhana has an equal real value to its nominal value since it represents material existing values.

The issue value of Dhana is equal to the one of 1 gram of platinum.

In truth, we consider the real value (the effectively guaranteed one) of these two coins; the value of Dhana is much higher.

The real value of a Dhana is equal to the real value of more than 100 Euro (guaranteed by 25%) and even more than 800 American Dollars (guaranteed by 3%).

Therefore the fair market value of a Dhana will tend to increase with the increasing of its circulation.

Obviously nobody will want to exchange Dhana with other coins but just with goods or services, knowing that the relationship of foreign exchange between Dhana and all the other coins is destined to increase.

By keeping the scheduled issue quantities fixed Dhana will be revalued following the same proportion of the devaluation of the other coins. 

WHY DHANA?

We could ask our selves why haven't we thought of distributing to each inhabitant of the planet a proportional value in other coins, Dollars, Euro or Yen, instead of issuing a new currency.

The answer is simple.

First: to distribute in equal parts current currencies would mean to induce the central banks to emit further currency provoking a colossal devaluation without alternatives.

Second: to use current currencies would mean to perpetuate the current monetary systems founded on apparent values.

Third: little countries hegemonise the current international monetary system, especially the United States, which make the other people pay their supremacy and their well being.

How do they do it? Issuing Dollars in order to acquire goods in foreign countries (in the United States what is consumed is much more than what is produced) and in order to support public expenses (the American public debit is nearly entirely owned by foreign subjects).

It's in order to interrupt this process that Dhana has been issued, and must become everyone's currency, the one of who works, produces and consumes and also of who can’t, and not of who issues it.

Dhana must generate a new universal monetary system that assures a fair distribution of resources and wealth, wiping out the prerogatives and hegemonies originally acquired with force.

MONETARY POLICY

The monetary policy consists in controlling the amount of currency in circulation, in order to avoid that an exceeding amount provokes a monetary devaluation, an increase of the prices and an amount in defect; also prevents the purchase of the consumer goods and therefore the satisfaction of the needs.

With Dhana any kind of monetary policy would be useless. To give 100 Dhana to each inhabitant of the Earth means to put in circulation approximately 450 billions of Dhana, par to the necessary value not only for current but also for future exchanges.

In fact, when the effect of Dhana on the economies of all the world will be completed, with increasing of production and wealth Dhana's value will increase, with the consequence that if today you need five Dhana to buy something, tomorrow you will need four, then three and so on until the standard of value will be the submultiple of Dhana, the Kana-Dhana equal to a thousandth of Dhana. 

DHANA AND THE OTHER COINS

Dhana is the instrument in order to redistribute the wealth.

Dhana brings back the currency to its original functions of medium of exchange and of barter just as useful goods with a title representing the equivalent in other useful goods.

Dhana does not affect property. The assignment of the 100 Dhana does not request any compensation. The owners of real estates, personal properties and of whichever other value don't have to worry.

Dhana represents the beginning and not the conclusion of a new process of economic relationships, the trigger of a new concatenation that doesn't affect the well off but reduces the poor’s poverty.

The resources for the following issues will be made available by enterprises that have been constituted and managed to the only purpose to produce wealth in order to guarantee this new currency.

The enterprises that guarantee Dhana are of property of privates and of foundations that have understood the necessity of who works, produces and consumes to dispose of a new standard of value and exchange.

These subjects have accepted to renounce to the possession of huge values.

They have been able to recognize the difference between property and possession. They are remained owners of their values but they have renounced to their possession.

To exchange assets with the other coins, above all with Dollars, means to receive a piece of paper with a much lower real value than what it seems. To exchange assets with Dhana means to receive a means of payment representing a higher value than the price of the exchanged good.

SIMPLICITY

Someone could consider Dhana and the new monetary system it creates as simplistic hypothesis.

It is not. We shouldn't confuse simplistic with simplicity.

The simplest things are always the truest.

By reading the paragraphs of the agreement that bounds the international monetary system (Articles of Agreement of the International Monetary Fund) of all the countries that join the IMF (International Monetary Fund) you realise how difficult, complex, complicated, arduous, abstruse, enigmatic, intricate, sometimes incomprehensible and dark the provided regulations and clauses are.

Why have they been made this way? First, in order to guarantee the hegemony of who has proposed the IMF, second for being able to be always right, third, in order to prevent the spread of the acquaintance of the monetary mechanisms.

Dhana is a simple instrument, elementary, lacking in complications or difficulty, easy to understand and to use.

That does not mean that who proposes it is inexpert, that he still doesn't know humanity and the difficulties of the world and neither that he is ingenuous, foolish, credulous and non-sensed. Maximum simplicity and purity of language are the result of a great complexity.

In order to elaborate elementary, easy, nearly obvious, evident, clear, flat, manifest and easy proposals; and to be able to introduce them in a sober, essential, measured, unwrapped, melted and natural way; years of studies have occurred and a great engagement has been necessary in order to demonstrate to many people the necessity to adopt this instrument.

Simplicity means a too simple and superficial way of thinking, vagueness, outward appearance, and facade.

With Dhana instead we have attended to essence, substance, even knowing that it’s almost impossible to reinvent reality, but it can be possible if is not for our selves.

OBSTACLES

Naturally there will be wariness and above all indifference.

Wariness of ignorance and fear. Indifference and unconsciousness of satisfaction. Wariness and indifference of who is pretending thinking he's doing his own interest.

Logics say that from a true premise derives a true conclusion.

Sometimes the true premises are not valid and the conclusion is anyway true but not valid.

Cogito ergo sum. I think therefore I am, I exists. The premise and the conclusion are true.

But are they also valid? Is the conclusion always valid?

It is, for who is lucky to be born where the resources and the instruments for nutrition, care, knowledge, receiving information, working, producing and to developing exist, where at least an appearance of democracy and freedom exists.

It is not for who is born in order to suffer without the possibility of being able to fight in order to solve not just his own desires but even his own essential needs. For these, “to be” isn’t more valid than it is for whichever other animal from a slaughterhouse, destined to be instrument of the satisfaction of needs and desires of other animals.

The validity of an argument must therefore be distinguished from the truth of the conclusion.

Naturally if one or more premises were false, the conclusion of a valid argument would have to be false. As an example the locution "All mammals are quadruped" (is false), "all men are mammalian, consequently, all men are quadruped " is a valid argument with a false conclusion (because the premise is false).

In spite, as we have seen, a not valid reasoning could have, accidentally, a true conclusion, like in this case: "Some animals are bipeds; all men are animals; consequently, all the men are bipeds", which is a true conclusion with a not valid reasoning.

The logical validity therefore depends exclusively from the kind of reasoning and not only from its content.

ISSUE

All the other currencies are currently issued by central banks authorized by the national states. The amount of issued currency depends on the requirements of the consumptions.

Dhana is issued directly by the Republic of the Earth, therefore by a government and not by a bank.

It has been considered that 450 billions of Dhana, par to an issuing value of 11,250 billions of Euro and to approximately 9,900 billions of American Dollars (at the current exchange rate) fulfil sufficiently the currency requirements for all worldwide level exchanges.

Considering that all in all the exchanges involve approximately 4.5 billions of inhabitants of the planet, it has been decided to assign 100 Dhana to each of them.

With the adoption of the new European currency have been issued approximately 650 billions of Euro for approximately 250 million adult persons who live in the countries of the European Monetary Union.

Every person will have at her disposal an average of approximately 2,500 Euro.

The equivalent issuing value of 100 Dhana is of 100 grams of platinum.

Further issues among the inhabitants of the Earth are not provided, a part from the necessary ones due to eventual population increases.

Further issues will only be carried out aiming particular humanitarian initiatives.

The adoption of Dhana will provoke an increase of production.

The increase of production will provoke the increase of the value of Dhana and the contextual cut in prices following consumption.

Therefore the increase of Dhana's value will allow facing the consumptions increase without issuing new currency.

We could ask ourselves: “If Dhana is guaranteed with a value represented by an other currency (the Euro), and having the Euro a real value lower than the nominal one, also Dhana has a lower real value than its nominal one.

No. Dhana is guaranteed by a capital expressed in Euro as a value standard unit and not as a medium of exchange.

We will make the example of the hen and the eggs.

The price of an egg is determined by the relation between the demand and offer of eggs, the price of the hen is determined by the quantity of eggs she produces and how much it costs to make her produce.

Lets suppose the price of a hen for eggs is 25 Euros and the one of an egg is 25 Eurocent.

25 Euros correspond to one Dhana and 25 Eurocent to 10 Kana-Dhana (if one Dhana is 25 Euro, i.e. 2,500 Eurocent, and Dhana is divided in one thousand Kana-Dhana, one Kana-Dhana is worth 2.5 Eurocent then 25 Eurocent are equal to 10 Kana-Dhana).

Dividing the price of the hen (25 Euro) for the price of the egg (25 Eurocent), we obtain 100. Practically the price of a hen is equal to 100 times the price of the egg.

A hen could then be swapped for 25 Euro or 100 eggs. The price of the hen and of the egg is expressed in Euro, therefore their value standard is the Euro but the exchange mean are the eggs. The eggs' real value is equal to the price determined by the value standard unit in Euro; instead the real value of the Euro is lower than its nominal value. This also happens with all the other currencies.

The example will explain the difference between value standard and medium of exchange.

Now will talk about the differences between Dhana and the other currencies in the world.

What would happen if, due to a better rearing, that hen would double the number of produced eggs without spending more to make her produce? The quantity of money to be put towards the purchase of more eggs at the same price as before would be increased, whereas the price of the hen would be doubled from 25 to 50 Euro. Consequently that hen could be swapped with 200 eggs.

With Dhana we would have the opposite. Because the quantity of outstanding money is fixed, if the eggs are doubled their price gets halved: from 10 to 5 Dhana. If earlier with one Dhana you could buy 100 eggs (100 eggs, each one for 10 Kana-Dhana), now with one Dhana you can buy 200 eggs. The price of the hen doesn't change: one hen for one Dhana, 200 eggs for one Dhana, one hen for 200 eggs. As consequence the purchase power of Dhana towards the eggs is double because the price of the eggs is halved.

Dhana corresponds to the eggs. Its value measure is calculated in Euro (it could be calculated in Dollars, Yen or other currencies) but its real value is higher than the real value of the currencies used as measure unit of its value.

GUARANTEE

All the other coins are (partially) guaranteed by gold, (other) currencies, credits and (government) stocks.

To finance them selves, states issue stocks and give them to their central banks from which they receive, through loan, currencies issued from the same central banks.

The gold reservoirs cover less than 15 per cent the value of the issued coins.

For two reasons it’s not possible to guarantee Dhana with gold.

In first place because the necessary amount of gold does not exist.

In 6,000 years approximately 135,000 tons of fine gold (24 carats) have been extracted. Gold price is about 400 Dollars each ounce. A Troy ounce is equal to 31.1034807 grams. Therefore gold price is approximately 13 Dollars each gram, 13.000 Dollars per kilogram, 13 million Dollars each ton. The 135.000 tons of gold extracted are totally worth approximately 1,755 billions of American Dollars.

The price in Euro is of approximately 12 Euro per gram, 12.000 Euro the kilogram, 12 million Euro for a ton, 1,620 billions of Euro for 135.000 tons.

By the way, we remember that the gold reserves of the central banks are approximately 21,000 tons of fine gold. At the end of the 2000 the tons of fine gold to guarantee the main currencies were: United States 8,137 tons, Germany 3,469, Switzerland 2,419, France 3,025, Italy 2,452, Holland 912, Belgium 258, Japan 764, Sweden 185, Canada 37.

The value of all the auriferous reservoirs of the central banks is of approximately 273 billions of American Dollars, par to approximately 252 billions of Euro.

Just the first six billions of issued Dhana have been guaranteed by a capital of 150 billions of Euro.

If the first six billions of Dhana had been entirely guaranteed in gold, the 59.5 per cent of the total auriferous reservoirs used to guarantee the other currencies would have been necessary.

In order to guarantee entirely in gold the provided 450 billions of Dhana (equal to 11,250 billions of Euro, 9,900 billions of American Dollars) 937.500 tons of fine gold would be needed, more than six times the quantitative of gold extracted in six thousand years.

The second reason that stops us from guarantying Dhana with gold is due to the fact that such an amount, even if available, would cause the decrease of gold's price.

To a greater available amount would in fact correspond a proportional reduction of the gold price and therefore of the guaranteed value.

The same reasoning is valid for guarantees in other currencies or government stocks.

Being all the currencies guaranteed more or less in the same way, the money reserve addressed to guarantee a currency has much lower real value than its nominal one.

The (government) stocks addressed to currencies' guarantee, are issued by states with budgets deficiency that produce losses every year and, being public stocks represented in the received currency by loan, the same real value of the stocks turns out always lower of the nominal one.

After all, the other currencies are guaranteed (with gold, other currencies, titles and credits) for a maximum of 25 per cent of their nominal value down to a minimum of 3 per cent, while the issuing value of Dhana is 100 per cent guaranteed, not by gold quantities or other precious metals but by capitals of enterprises.

This is what would happen in future because, while other Dhana beyond the 100 for each inhabitant of the Earth can't be issued, the value increase of Dhana will be the effect of the proportional increase of the capital of the enterprises that guarantee it.

 CONVERTIBILITY

Today no currency is convertible in its own monetary base, because the value of the issued amount of currency is higher than the one of its monetary base.

Dhana is convertible in shares of the capitals that guarantee it anytime; therefore the same shares are convertible in Dhana anytime.

 AUTONOMY

Currently currencies are monetary policy instruments.

The authorities issuing them decide the amount by following the economic conditions of the countries in which they are issued.

Dhana does not need any control authority.

As Dhana's value will depend on the production development and not on the amount of issued Dhana, the consumptions will be proportional to its value and to consumption.

 VALUE

The other coins all have a real value lower than their nominal one (value measure unit) and than their appearing market one.

Dhana is issued with a real value exactly the same as the nominal one and in future real value and market value will be higher than the nominal one, just because the issuing value of Dhana is equal to a value measure unit (of Euro), which represents a higher value than the real one of the same measure unit.

YIELD

All the other currencies are given through interest bearing loans.

That's the origin of the speculative character of all the currencies.

The interest is risk compensation and also a system to control the currency's value loss deriving from its devaluation.

This is why the interest that the banks acknowledge to the savers is proportioned to the inflation rate.

Dhana doesn't produce interests because it's not made for speculation.

Who saves has no need to worry about devaluation but can rely indeed on a constant revaluation.

Who lends it doesn’t run any risk because credits in Dhana are transformable in with shares of capitals that guarantee it.

Obviously a loan authorization would be necessary, in order to avoid lending Dhana to who would never be able to return them.

 PRESENT AND FUTURE

All the current monetary systems have the same origin and are the result of a concatenation based on the rule of the strongest.

The strongest has taken possession of the resources and has imposed his own ideologies, generally all oriented towards economic relationships and exchange proceedings: monetization is one of them.

As everything else, also monetary systems have had a beginning and will have an end.

It’s now some time the free economists of the entire world have foreseen the end of the current monetary systems and in that moment we will not only have a monetary catastrophe but also an economic catastrophe.

The same thing has happened to the atmosphere. From decades scientists inform us of the effects of human activities on climate and atmosphere.

They said logical things and however they remained unheeded.

Today the hole in the ozone is a dramatic truth, also the pollution of pure water and air are.

The governors’ insensitivity and their impotence regarding these problems represent the recklessness of power, more oriented to maintain and to consolidate the power of who has wanted the current human relationships system of which they are the product and the instrument, rather than towards the real and concrete problems of the whole humanity.

Normally a shape of appearing renewal follows every crisis.

If the primary causes that origin crisis aren't eliminated or overcome, these will repeat. The world will keep going anyway but who is going to support the costs? Always the weakest people, obviously.

In this "chronic" situation, Dhana represents a breach action, altruism and courage, restarting from the beginning.

Not by means of a theory that ended with apparent changes, but through a choice that breaks off with the past and introduces changes immediately.

Someone could object that, because we aren't all the same, by sharing a certain amount of currency in equal parts we run the risk that in little time just some individuals will invest and produce new wealth while all the others could consume it.

It is true. This risk exists. Some will be captured by the instinct of satisfying their needs and desires without producing. There will be individuals that will consume the received wealth without working.

But Dhana's issue proposal isn't to eliminate the differences or to compress the freedom of the inhabitants of the Earth.

Dhana's proposal is to assure to everyone the same starting conditions or at least sufficient conditions in order to carry out their own function of citizens of the world.

We make this choice, which nobody has ever made from the last ten thousand years.

Then we’ll see. We’ll see if who receives 100 Dhana will spend them without working and without producing even knowing he won't receive anymore. We will see if Dhana will be used in order to acquire weapons and drugs or production means, information, culture, acquaintance and all those material and immaterial goods that help each human being towards the solution of one owns problems of life and development.

And, even if this monetary and economic revolution will not be followed by a revolution of consciences, in any case we will have put everyone in the conditions of being able to live and to fight for one's own happiness.

A suicide cannot be prevented. But suicide is a desperate action provoked by irreversible and serious uneasiness and considered incurable.

To remove desperation means to take intervene on suicide causes.

To hide behind considerations as the one that says that you shouldn't give fish to who is hungry because once he has eaten it he will ask for more, or the one that says that the dog bites always the hand of who has given him to eat, means to give up in a bit cowardly way to a history that has never done anything in order to teach to fish and to make the dog understand that a hand is not to eat.

On the other side, Dhana is not charity but a new monetary system that can affect radically the economic relationships.

For once, we are doing something really new. Not in our house garden, not in one city or a country, but on the entire planet.

We will see if people of many countries and entire continents will still need the protection of the banks, the great financial power, the states that assure their power and their weapons, or if they will manage it on their own.

 REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

Dhana is the new currency of the Republic of the Earth.

What are the objectives of this republic that proposes itself as worldwide government of all the inhabitants of the planet?

Here they are.

Free and Pacific democratic development. Freedom and peace are the two sides of the same medal. Thought and action freedom constitute the elements from which peace draws origin, considered as a harmonic equilibrium between subjects in a constant comparison lacking of conflicts.

To start again from the beginning in human relationships (with new rules from which new behaviours rise). Rules and behaviours today are due to original processes that will keep causing the effects we are used to, until when they will not be removed.

Freedom guaranteed by precise rules, according to ethic positions (Kant) based on the fundamental aspiration of the human being: freedom of the individual. The legitimacy of this principle hasn't been proved in the scientific field, but is reliable by a moral point of view. Freedom essentially considered as autonomy, i.e. as our will ability to legislate rationally and solo in moral field.

Effective democracy and democratic decisions, without using the well-known obscure manipulations of the electoral system.

Long-lasting peace on the entire planet, also by a demilitarisation of all the states.

Development and redistribution of wealth on the planet. Dhana and a complex of relative plans towards feeding, health, development of new enterprises, emergency and today's greatest problems, as water resources and climate, will allow the construction of a better and just future together with the maximum possible solidarity.

Defuse religious or other nature fundamentalism excesses, freeing feelings from dogmas, false myths and doctrines that don't practice what they preach.

They are cosmopolite proposals. What does it mean? Cosmopolitism is a culture that supports the belonging of man to the world, in a vision that overcomes race, ethnic groups or nation distinctions. In Hellenistic age it was the distinctive element of the cynical and stoic philosophical schools. The concept was resumed by the Enlightenment, which cherished the foundation of a universal order based on nature law and not on the historical differentiations. And nature laws demonstrate the co-existence of equalities of objective conditions and subjective differences.

In devising the Republic of the Earth and its currency, we started from the truth of the last ten thousand years we know, from history and not from myths, fantasies or legends. We've started from concrete, real facts.

The hinge around which the world turns cannot be one state, a group of states and not even an organization formed by all the states but a democratic government elected by all the inhabitants of the planet.

Who has spoken about republic and worldwide government?

The merit of having clearly defined the concept of republic, considered as "not like a any other men aggregation, but as a totality of people joined by the consent given to the laws and by a common interest " goes to Cicero.

In his republic civic virtues acquired a primary role, which were expressed during the participation to public life, and moral virtues.

According to Plato the instruments that would have to form the philosopher governors are a regime of communistic properties and a specific education system. It's a holistic vision (from the Greek holos: an hole entirety) of history and of the subjects that have constructed it.

Einstein asserted, "The only salvation for civilization and human species resides in the institution of a world-wide government, so that the nations safety is founded on law”.

Plato, Cicero, Einstein, de Béthene, Penn, Abbot  Saint Pierre, Montesquieu,  Rousseau, Kant, Singer, Niels, Tamames, Berlinguer, Gorbaciov, Palms, Luther King, Norberto Bobbio and many other illustrious personages have indicated in the worldwide government the solution to injustice and conflicts.

Nowadays states have to face a situation that brings up for discussion their own legitimacy and existence.

The globalisation of economy, migratory flows, information diffusion concurs to circumscribe the states action.

To this evolution of the international panorama corresponds the birth of institutions that take some of the states own functions, where in other areas integration plans are developed, like in the case of the European Union, some people think about it as an alternative to the national state and others as evolution towards new and greater state entities.

The personages who have spoken about worldwide government until now have gathered that the states would unify in one great planetary federation.

Unfortunately, a similar initiative, even if intentional, could not affect the processes of the human relationships, because it would be expression of the same political systems that have produced the current situation, systems that tend to consolidate and to perpetuate them selves.

Lets go to see what international institutions like the United Nations, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the FAO, and the World-wide Organization of Commerce have produced.

Less poverty on the planet? More justice? No wars? The safeguard of atmosphere?

Wasn't it possible to do more than that? Surely it has not been done. The three richest men of the Earth have more wealth of the 46 poorest countries of the world.

Ten million people, many children (the weakest) keep dieing of hunger and curable diseases but aren’t treated because the resources in order to acquire the necessary drugs are lacking.

Hunger, weapons, drugs, wars, money laundering are antique but unsolved evils. Not because they are not curable but because someone wants things to be this way.

What's new must start from the bottom, the people, and the citizens of the world.

Till now, they have spoken about worldwide government as an entity founded by the states. But a worldwide effectively democratic government cannot be founded by the states; it must start from the bottom, from the people.

To do it, we need ideas, resources and organization.

The ideas introduced by the Republic of the Earth in its Constitution correspond to the expectations of all the inhabitants and people of the Earth.

The resources are made available by who has been lucky enough to able to produce wealth and are managed by who has had the assignment to address them towards the historical change of the current systems.

The organization will have to rise spontaneously from the participants to this instrument (because that’s what we're talking about) according to how much they will take conscience of the truth and they will have confidence in their own strength.

Would publicity be useful? Propaganda? It mustn’t be useful. If an idea is good and the instruments to carry it out exist who's interested receives it.

Political problems and economic problems exist. We want to face them with the Republic of the Earth and Dhana. But also a moral limit exists that must always guide us, even when we think that our solution is the best. Various times in history it has gone other ways and we have seen the results.

Solutions mustn’t be imposed. By using people like the ones who support the current systems we could obtain the fast adhesion of billions of persons to these two instruments.

With a common marketing operation like the ones are used nowadays in order obtaining consent it would be possible to make a sort of “lightning attack” to the existing to transform it in something else. The resources aren't lacking. The use of a very small part of what has been addressed to productive scopes would be enough.

But a different choice has been taken; the choice to make what we think is right by both ethical and moral point of view. And we think that it's right that people are free to choose. This is the only way to form self-control, the acquaintance of reality.

We will have to inform, yes. We will give all the necessary information in all the languages and with all the communication means.

We always remember a phrase of the Danish philosopher Soren Aabye Kierkergaard (Copenaghen 1813-1855) that said more or less this: “If something can be carried out and it is useful and just to do so and even so it’s not carried out, it’s because it hasn't been understood enough.”

Indeed we hope we won't need to defend our selves from thoughtless actions.

The Republic of the Earth and its currency have been thought and introduced in absolute good faith, with sincerity, adopting the rules of international law and the regulations of the countries in which the operations necessary to promote these instruments have been completed.

Concepts, methods and techniques have been conjugated with operating instruments.

Nobody, not even who has devised these proposals would be in a position to interrupt them or stop them. Very aware of this fact, who has devised them has also thought of his own safety. Having done nothing that could be considered bad he does not fear Echelons; indeed he doesn't even know fear.

However, following Christ's advice “Be pure as doves and prudent as snakes” (Thomas, line 39), he has learned the methods and the means of who is “capable of anything”.

Pacifically, without violence and sudden decisions, the ideas could be appraisal and comparison objects and nobody will have to be worse than before. Irrational deeds, dictated by hindrance, fear or anxiety, would only cause anything more than an acceleration of the processes of Dhana's diffusion and the effects of such a speed increase would reflect in first place on who would like to use violence. Both on actors and mentors.

It would be the price of the last injustice.

10 January 2002, reviewed on the 22nd of September 2003.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

RELIGIONS

(2001)

I cannot join the frantic and psychotic chorus of those who, stimulated by the apparent aim of governors to assure freedom, democracy and development to all people, considering war to terrorism as a fight of civilization against evil.

 First because such a war would involve the action of good against evil. What is good? It’s easy to answer. Good is what has a moral value, that is what is desired and craved for by man. And what is evil? It is easy to answer again. Evil is what is bad or wrong from a moral point of view, that is what damages causing pain and suffer. 

And who are their representatives? Let’s start with evil, it's easier. Those who provoke the damage, pain, suffering, fear, hatred, and death represent evil. And who represents the good? We should say those living honestly, telling the truth, loving, engaged for justice, freedom, equality, well-being and safety for everybody against injustice, inequality, poorness, and violence.

 It seems all clear. But let’s see the subjects, the actors acting for good and evil. There is no doubt that the murder is evil and those carrying out and organizing a murder make something bad. Anybody is the victim. It is evil to deprive peoples of basic individual freedom, to abuse of power, to address wealth towards manufacturing weapons depriving health, houses, production means and culture of the necessary funds. It’s evil to concentrate wealth in very little hands.

 And who’s acting for good? Without going much back in time it’s sufficient to remember that today who declares to love is the minority of humanity consuming three fourths the whole wealth of the planet, sustaining authoritative political systems, exploiting the natural resources of the poorest peoples, which are given alms subsequently counted in dictating functional developments conditions to their supremacy.

 If we consider the conflict as one of the main methods of social interactions and as a situation of fight between two single or collective subjects in front of different aims and the impossibility to realize them at the same time. Such a situation depends on several factors such as poorness and unequal social distribution and it is then difficult to recognize good from evil between the fighting parties.

Just so, because it’s real armed war. A situation of serious contrast between states, peoples and religions, trying to solve it employing weapons. A fight made of battles, warfare and terrorism.

And terrorism, as war and warfare is a kind of armed fight using strength and violence. To be against terrorism means to be against war and to be against war means to be against terrorism.

It does not matter if the fighting parties are armies or irregular organizations, military of civil. What is important is the means they employ. If the employed means are power and violence, then is armed fight.

What are today those differences of aims between states and peoples that can't be realized at the same time? The conflict is between political, economic, cultural and religious aims.

The political aim regards the planet’s supremacy, which has to be the dominating state, the pivot owing most powerful weapons, around which must move as satellites all other states.

The economic aim regards the control of natural resources, finance, currencies and markets. The cultural aim regards mainly the consent method. The religious aim regards the primacy of churches, doctrines and dogma.

If we consider all these aims, the current conflict doesn’t seem like the first world war, that did not have as aims all political, economic, cultural and religious contrasts that today are at the base of a fight which more or less openly involves all Countries and Nations.

We have to go back of nine centuries to find, even if in a smaller geographical context, a condition as the present one. We have to return to the first crusade to find a series of contrast reasons so complete and explosive to provoke such cruel human acts.

At that time it was the Pope, Urbano II, pushing for action with the following words: «… I induce you, or better it’s God himself to do it, to persuade you with incitements as preachers of Christ, all, of any order, horsemen and foot soldiers, rich and poor, so that you run to come to Christians to chase from our territories that evil race». And he added: «… I tell to the presents and I order it to the absents, but it’s God who wants it. For all who should leave, if they died along the road or during the journey, in battle against infidels, There will be an automatic remission of sins: and this I allow to those who will leave, for the authority God gives me. It would be such a shame if such perfidious, degenerate, demoniac people would win men strongly believing in God and made bright by the name of Christ! Thus all of you hurry to battle against unbelievers: a battle that should have been already started and win from those who before, against any right, were used to fight against other Christians and their personal wars! Thus those those who yesterday were brigands become knights of Christ! Fight for good right against barbarians those who before fought against brothers of blood! That they have in change a never-ending present those who were mercenaries for little money! Those who tired themselves corrupting their soul and body, fight finally for both. As all those who seem sad and poor, there will be glad and wealthy. Those who here are enemies of Christ, there will be his friends; do they not delay to depart: but once the winter has passed, rent proprieties to get money for the journey and start walking».

 An example of ferociousness shown in the first crusade was the murder crusaders carried out during the conquest of Jerusalem, when once entered into the city, they massacred the whole population, composed by 40.000 to 70.000 peoples. A Christian chronicler of the time describes with these words what happened in Jerusalem in July 1099: «Our soldiers chased them closely, killing with cutting blows, till the temple of Salomon, where they did such a massacre to walk into blood up to ankles … Streets were covered with lots o cut heads, hands and feet and everywhere you had to open a space between dead horses and human corpses. Only (also then) the Governor of Jerusalem, Iftiqar ad-Daura was saved from the fury of crusaders».

This repeating situation, enlarged by instruments much more powerful than at that time, must induce the human conscience to reflect on possible consequences. Not only because every armed battle has its victims but also because that one we are fighting could be the last one.

We are facing a new suicide method overpassing the egoistic one, the altruistic and anomic. The religious suicide of those believing in life after death and the present for having used his own death as killing instrument. This type of suicide makes completely different the situation we have experienced during the “cold war”, when each of the two fighters feared that from one of its own action would have been brought about an immediate reaction having same intensity.

The kamikaze does not fear his own death, or at least he wins fear believing he will go to a paradise where just for his sacrifice he will be awarded. The idea of annihilating all the others through personal suicide entering the mind of someone owing nuclear weapons would be sufficient to eliminate the whole human species from the Earth.

This is the situation we have to recognize. Without fear but with as much as possible reasonability and intelligence.

In making the effort to understand reality we are facing, we could also try to find inside ourselves another truth. Everyone may believe in what he wants unless he does not damage other people. All of us have the right to profess a faith and communicate it but the right to believe does not imply the right to make it believe and impose it.

Anyhow, in my opinion, we deceived ourselves. All the Homo sapiens species has deceived itself. We deceived ourselves when we made the illusion of a creating power, ordering and preserving reality; grow from the roots of the fear fed by the impotence against death and the will of love.

There is no divinity, independently from the name it was given. There is no Brahma, Jehovah, Uranus, Gee, God or Allah. The absolute principle pervading universe is not a supreme creator, ordering and preserving reality but energy without space or time composed by elementary particles with a constantly changing organization.

Religions are dangers, deceptions, traps and false motivations that rise in the limbic system of our brain from the process of reactions to stimulus and environmental signs or as consequence of external stimulus, of inner processes started by memory, by an association of sense perception or by introspection.

The so-called «motivations» are processes making the activities of an organism functional to the reach a goal. The main goal of human being is happiness, intended as never-ending satisfaction of primary needs. Death represents the extreme renunciation to the main goal. Instincts are the reactions to environmental stimuli though a systems of innate behavioral answers. The emotions are reactions of the organism due to inner processes. The main emotions are anger, pleasure, fear, love and hate.

The origin of each religion, the original cause, is the reaction to death. The aversion to death causes the instinctive idea to react to the environmental stimulus composed by the perception of others’ death. But rising the need to find a solution isn’t enough. The solution comes from love. And here are the emotions, as reactions to an interior process.

The religious idea comes from death and is expressed through love. Love transforms the aversion to death in the idea of resurrection. Historical studies prove that, after having collected and hunted food, after living into caves, after discovering fire to heat himself and cook food, after covering himself to protect himself from cold, human kind reacted to death conceiving positive powers (mana) to refer to in order to live longer and negative powers (taboo) to chase.

In pre-animistic cults the «mana» represented the primordial positive religious behavior while the «taboo» was the negative side. Such cultural system is indicated as the foundation from which all religions have developed and develop.

From 30.000 to 40.000 years ago, human kind started to bury dead people with the first funeral rites. There was already the idea to react to death but not yet the overcoming of death. The practice to bury corpses and the concerned rite are known since most ancient times. Also the simple act of abandon of the corps to animals, in caves, towers, in water, on soil but even more the practice to bury which was affirmed by the more complex companies and especially in the sedentary ones and the practice to cremate had an hygienic function and a religious function. The removal from city or the destruction of the corps aimed at preventing the transmission of diseases but they were also dictated by the fear of man towards death and by the will to prevent the return of the dead among living people.

Almost 25.000 years ago love was born. A lightning transcending and overcoming sexual attraction was born between the two human sexes, which start to feel part of a same organism. When one of the two parties dies, the other one feels to have lost a part of itself. It does not accept it. It remembers the lost part, it dreams of it, it imagines it in front of itself, it makes it live again, it resuscitates it in its mind.

Just after the birth of love, starts the attention to old people, until that time considered only a burden. The hierarchic structures is formed, focused on the knowledge of old people. Who survives to the loved person tells to old people his sensations, memories, dreams, imagines of the loved person they have lost. To feel the presence of the loved dead means to feel the sensation that life continues after death. From this sensation the idea of eternity was born.

As man could only imagine eternity, he needed to conceive the eternal subject that could represent it. From this evidence the idea of a subject able to govern life and death was born. This entity should pre-exist to life and live after death, an entity that must exist independently from the thinking subject. A transcendent entity. An act of faith.

Faith is an attitude involving human will and intelligence and is addressed to a person, an idea or a divine being. The divinity represents the protection of what man would like to be and could become if, instead of accepting the solution of a life after death, would engage himself with all his strength against death, feeding himself from the feeling of fault towards fathers, renouncing to the idea of a protecting entity from natural powers and difficulties of life, replacing faith in the transcending entity with faith in himself.

But the personal idea of the transcending entity is not yet religion. Religion comes when a certain number of subjects recognize themselves in common practices and beliefs based on the relation of man with the divine. Religions were born in cultures where was affirmed a strong differentiation between human mind and natural environment, between subjective conscience and objective fact, between spirit and matter. This differentiation stands in sedentary agricultural companies where the division of work implies that the people carry out different tasks in the community.

According to the cultures of hunters, each male member of the community knows all necessary techniques to survive, but in agricultural communities, where a higher cooperation is required, between subjects having different tasks and skills, are necessary symbolic communication methods more precise thus conventional, especially concerning language and roles.

In the history of human civilizations the religious phenomenon is universal but not primordial. It was not born together with man but from a particular state of development, when, after perceiving death, man wanted to make love eternal with the idea of overcoming death in another life.

At the basis of religious conceptions and behavior seems to be present one or more superior beings which man perceives as belonging to a transcendent world compared to the human one. Towards these superior beings the human being feels dependent and at the same time wishes to have a relation with them.

Human intelligence, with its own capacity to process experiences and external stimuli, may try to find a better solution to the simple illusion of life after death.

There is no revelation. Nor a freeing being. Everyone of us may say «I am the one who is». The mystical assumptions of all revelations are false.

Who wrote the Veda has never seen nor heard Brahma, the personification of the supreme Brahman, considered as creator of the universe and member, together with Shiva and Vishnu, of Trimurti Indy, divine triad if post-vedic origin.

Who wrote the Bible has never seen nor heard Jehovah, considered as the creator of the universe and of man to his image and similarity. An omniscient being would never dictate the first statements of the Genesis: «First God created the sky and the earth. Now the Earth was shapeless and deserted and darkness covered the abyss and the spirit of God fluttered upon water. God said: Be the light! And there was light.” What is true in this story? If it was true, all science would be a huge lie, unreal.

Who wrote the Gospels had never seen nor heard God but only a man, that Christ who should change history if its teaching was not mystified. A suggestive definition of faith in the New Testament considers it «certainty of things we hope and demonstration of the thing we do not see». In this passage the word «faith» translates the Greek term pístis, indicating the act of giving its own faith. According to this concept people have faith when they believe and hope in something that doesn’t exist. It’s the highest illusion and mortification. Dialectics a part, having such a faith means believing in death rather than in life.

According to Agostino, men can free themselves from the power of sin only receiving the mystery of the Church. The elected of God, then, reach finally the salvation not for their merits or their good actions but for the winning divine grace. This means considering ourselves as puppets, the movements of who moves the threads. It is the negation of intelligence.

 The fifth gospel says: «The disciples said to Jesus, "Tell us, what will be our end?" Jesus said, "You have thus found the principle, the end will be where is the principle. Blissful the one who starts from the principle: because he will know the end and he will not experience death." Jesus said, "If a blind leads a blind, both will fall in a hole.” Jesus said: “Any one who has something in hand will receive more, and anyone who has nothing will be taken also the little he has”. Jesus said: “If someone asks you“ where do you come from?” tell him “We come from light, from the place where the light has appeared by itself, and it has remained, and it has appeared in their image. Its disciples asked him: “When will the reign come?” “It will not come searching it. You will not say, “Look at it, it’s here!” But, the reign of the Father is on earth and nobody sees it».§i

These phrases represent a more human dimension, more real. This is why, perhaps, they were not canonized.

Who wrote the Koran has never seen nor heard any angel. He has only studied the Bible texts calling the Jewish God and Christian God with the name of his father Abd Allah (a ashimit of the tribe of Quraysh, which dominated the Mecca, being a consistent part of it and keepers of Kaaba), reaffirming the origins of universe and human species reported in those ancient texts and that lately proved to be absolutely false.

Emulating Jesus, Maometto wanted to be king and priest, with the difference that while disciples of Christ preached with a civil ancient (centuries) right in Arabic countries there were no other rules besides the ones he wrote. It is the history of peoples and not the power of the idea that has allowed affirming the Islamic theocracy. It is unconsidered that an economic system based on shariah would have needed a redistribution of wealth and soil in order to create a more right and equal society.

Anyhow, any omniscient being would dictate, on behalf of Allah, the Pitiful, the Merciful, the XXXV Sura: «Allah be praised! Creator of the skies and the earth, who made of messengers angels endowed with two, three or four wings. He adds to creation what he wishes. In reality, Allah is almighty, No one can detain what Allah gives to men with pity and no one can give what He detains. He is the Highest, the Wise. O men, remember the favor Allah has made you. §i

 Besides Him there is maybe a creator who feeds you from sky and earth? He is the only God. How can you leave it? And if you are treated as liar, you must know that the previous messengers were treated like that. All comes from Allah. O men, the promise of Allah is truth. Do not be deceived by the earthly life and the Deceiver does not move you away from Allah. The Evil is your enemy and you have to treat it as such. He invites his disciples to be close to the Flame. The unbelievers will have a hard punishment while those who believe and do good actions will be forgiven and will be well rewarded. What will be done of the one whose bad action was sweetened so to make him consider it good? But Allah diverts and leads who he wants. Thus do not grieve for them: Allah knows well what they have done. Allah is the One who sends the winds: they move clouds we push towards a dead place. Thus give life again to earth after it was dead. In the same way, will come Resurrection! And who desires power must know that all power is in Allah: the good word goes to Him and He praises the faithful action. Those who instead weave bad actions will be punished hardly. Their weave is destined to failure. Allah has created you from earth and then from a drop of sperm thus He has divided you in couples.”§i

The primitive cultures haven’t conceived a religious doctrine or a system of notions in order to define the nature of a god but they have conceived the spirit as a perception rather that an idea in which the language is not made of concepts but of images. From this perception were born the myths, based on dreams and fancy that express practically unconscious psychological processes.

The myths are a group of oral narration, free from coordinated material elements in a ordered systems subject to rules, passed by generation to generation, that offer an important representation of the universe, as naive explanation of natural events.

Each religion is formed due to the conceit of having discovered the original principle, the utmost truth. And it's all false, Eternity has not a name. There are no messengers. There are no revelations. The mysticism is only boasting of the closeness to God. Esotericism are just doctrines to name others. Mysticism is subjective fictions or convictions. The miracle is just a phenomenon not yet explained. There is no reincarnation. The only basic principle is energy without space and time. Good and Evil aren’t subjects and not even powers acting against them but moral assessments of the effects of human behaviors and of other natural agents processed by conscience.

Fear is the ancestral root of our evolution process. From fear comes hate. Thus our evolution process is accompanied by hate, prevalence spirit, affirmation will and ego. The object of hate is not the completely different, which may be avoided, used, loved, in some cases also destructed if we see it as a danger, without hating it. We have lived together with a collection of minerals, vegetables and animals very different from us, that we accept and use just thanks to their difference. If animals have been object of hate, it is only as far as we have humanized them.

For the paranoiac ego of human being what awakens terror, reject and intolerability is to be «similar but different», someone could be at our place but it is not assimilable to our clan, tribe, nation, race, faith.

The new world order must be based on freedom, justice, equality, and possibility of happiness of every human being. These must be principles ordering the Earth. In order to conquest the balance.

As everything exists and is always existed, also ourselves are composed by pure energy without space and time. The elementary particles are the agents producing gravity force and that have produced the first inflation from which the universe was born.

The banality of all religions is that they want to explain what has not been proved yet, almost to delay as long as possible their demonstration. In order to support this “not-proved” explanation every means is used: miracles, sacrifices, physical and psychological violence. Miracles are such until we discover their cause. They are only events exploiting ignorance. No god exists, no freeing being.

Every thing was obtained always and only with human blood. The martyrdom for a religious faith is stupidity and desire to be the center of attention. No religious martyr has ever given anything to another human being. Cultural mystification is not only the assertion of divinity of Jesus Christ and virginity of his mother but also the imposition of the word of a man who has consider himself the only prophet.

Religion gives preference to love for the divinity of love for nature. Each religious faith has caused victims, has had its own murders, human sacrifices. There is no Christ at all. There is no anti-Christ. Maieutics is used to generate transcendent myths rather than to promote research for truth. And stupid kill in order to affirm something they do not know with the only aim to convince themselves and impose to others that it exists. Hypocritical. All religions are false because they are constructed on false axioms at first. From the division of spirits at the talk with the divinity.

Unfortunately, the conscience of the divine overlaps to and absorbs the moral conscience. The faith is eagerness for power claiming to explain what is still unexplainable. We do not perceive any transcendent being but only immanent pulsions. Freedom of faith means freedom to imagine and profess what we want without trying to convince the others that we are right.

We will say: «How critical is him with everybody! Why doesn’t he turn to himself? I answer immediately. I have done it, I have done that. And I have discovered that my ego is not the only existing one, my Super-ego, my thought, my ideas, my fears, my labor, my illusions. There is a system consisting in several organized parts in different subsets, one of which is the human systems. And I belong to it too. There is no need of any revelation to understand it. Nor of any faith in eternity.»

In the name of the human being, of intelligence, of life and love, I speak to You; I speak to the peoples of every race, every age and every religion, in order to invite to reflect on our existence and that of our sons. I do not do it in the name of any family, any government, any law, any economic interest, any absolute truth, and any god. I do it because I feel it, for what I believe and because I think you feel the same inside of you.

All reality is perceptible. There are no non-perceptible realities. There are no transcendent realities. Reality is only immanent. There is not any non-knowable reality. There are only known and still unknown realities. The ignored reality is only unknown. There is not any transcendent being. All revelations are false.

It is not true that is absolutely impossible to understand the essence of pure energy without space and time. Certainly, to prove it, we mustn’t support it’s the stone that doesn’t know human being but that human being doesn’t yet know the stone well enough. Nothing belongs to us forever. We have only the use of instruments to live and develop ourselves. No one may sacrifice others but only himself.

There is a paradoxical contradiction between the interdependence relationship of the parts composing ourselves and the reject of interdependency between us. The union of the parts of a set wins the end (dead) of every part because in the time the power of the union overcomes that of the sum of all obstacles. Immortality is the result of the fight against ignorance in order to conquest the necessary knowledge to make death useless. What remains of dead people is only remembrance and the things they have done during life. There isn’t any being out of existing reality. What was before the start of reality is still in the reality and has become existing reality.

Before the start existed pure energy. The pure energy is composed by independent particles without space and time and at the state of maximum simplicity. The energy formed by independent particles was in unstable balance. The balance of particles was due to their absolute independence. The instability came from their potential charge. The potential charge has divided one particle in interdependent parts. The power of the set of new particles was superior to the power of the original particle and has provoked an unbalance in the state of pure energy.

First the being was without space and time. The being is power in itself. The act is manifestation of the power of the being. The power depends on the form of being. The aim of the act is a higher power. The act in itself frees power. Each act provokes as reaction other acts. Also each reaction act frees power. The act may be addressed to the outside or the inside the being. The act addressed to the inside divides the being carrying it out. The act addressed to the outside provokes a break-up or an aggregation.

If the being is unique, and thus there is anything out of it, its first act is certainly addressed to itself. The first act that the unique being addresses to itself can only give origin to its own break-up; otherwise there would not be manifestation of any power. At least two parts originate from the break-up of the only being. Even if every act frees power, the subsequent acts increase the power of the set of all parts of being. This apparent paradox can be explained with the fact that the act, that is the manifestation of freed power, modifies the shape of the set. It is the new shape of the set which increases its power, according to the following chain: starting shape of the only being = minimum power; starting act ® before break-up = temporary shape = increase in power; subsequent act ® new break-up = temporary shape = increase in power; final act ® last break-up = final shape = maximum power.

In this way, in the process of temporary phases, the act is means to show power and increase it modifying the shape, while the highest power becomes means of the subsequent act, until it reaches the maximum power, corresponding to the final shape, when no other acts are needed to show power.

Unfortunately, this process may happen both in function of the strengthening of the set and in function of the strengthening of the part carrying out the act. So, the acts addressed outside may cause the decay of the parts carrying out reaction acts, while acts addressed inside may only strengthen acting people.

In order to avoid that an average power, becoming instrument to produce the act, provokes its own or someone else’s decay, we should have the possibility to show power without carrying out the act or to carry out the act without modifying its shape, so to leave unchanged the power. The first solution is impossible, as it would have been impossible for the only being to show power without carrying out the first act. Also the second solution is impossible because until the set has not reached the maximum power, each act will be means to show power and every power will be means to produce the act. The only solution seems to be to address the act towards its actor, so to provoke a strengthening of its own, without any decay of itself or others.

The power of the set of all parts is always higher than the sum of the powers of each of its parts and to the power of the only original being. Thus the maximum power takes place with the set of the maximum number of parts and not with the fusion of different parts. To the maximum power of the set of all parts corresponds the maximum power of each part respect to the whole set. If since the first act have originated two parts having the same power, it is identical also the maximum power of each part of a set.

Each part tends to its own maximum power respect to the set until it hasn’t reached it. Each part then carries out the necessary acts to reach its maximum power compared to the set. In this way the power difference is reduced for each part compared to the set of all parts and of each part compared to every other and compared to the set of all other parts, until every part has reached an identical maximum power, corresponding to the maximum power of the set of all parts.

Before the beginning it was only energy. There is power without strength. Then, the energy breaks up into different parts. It is the first act. Breaking up, the different parts of energy produce waves. Waves form the space. In the space the matter is formed. The matter changes. The change of matter causes the break-up and the subsequent re-composition of particles of energy. It’s the evolution process.

With the evolution, the particles get higher power, which show itself with further acts. If there is manifestation of power, that is action, the energy undergoes a decay thus tends to develop itself. If the energy is so powerful to be able to inhibit every act to manifest power outside, there is a heap of power. The heap of power of an organism does not produce any benefit compared to the whole. Instead, if the heap of power is addressed towards the space, leaving out of consideration the energy producing it, there is a modification of waves produced by energy, thus a modification of the effect without modifying its original cause.

The perception is the act though which we take conscience of reality through a sensation. It is a psychic function, which processes what senses – that is external and internal receptors – transmit to conscience. The character of the sensation comes from the way is perceived, that is the process starting with the transmission of data by the senses to recent memory through the cerebellum and by their comparison with those in the three levels of memory: recent, remote and genetic.

Genetic memory is the base of the cerebral system where the hereditary traits are recorded. It characterizes the evolution of a certain species. It is located in the brain and contains the data provoking stimuli and instincts. The remote memory is a superstructure of the cerebral basis containing the formerly processed data. It is located in the two lobes, under the cortex, and it is the most complex and important part of the cerebral capacity.

In the remote memory are recorded the schemes of experimented behaviors and are developed the deductive strategies and the inductive inputs. The deductive strategies analyze logically what results from its own processing system. The inductive inputs imagine – perceive – what might be: we could say that they create reality.

The recent memory stays in the cerebral cortex and contains the perceived data from the sensor organs and also the decisions transmitted after the process of the data themselves. The perception doesn’t derive from a complex of sensations produced by several stimuli but from facts, objects and shapes. Our psychic activity, due to the nature and the structure of sensorial organs, mainly registers effects, overlapping and dominating the causes that produced them.

This depends also on the limited speed of transmission of data thus on the necessity to use the time in a certain way. From perception you rapidly pass to reaction, instead of adapting itself to look for causes responsible for the way we perceive and to logically foreseen the effects of solutions with which we react. Consequently, the perception of what is really fades away together with its explanation, while it is affirmed the perception of what appears, what is seen and heard.

The way of perception is thus more closely linked to the relationship between present and past rather than to that between present and future. In this way, the future is effect of stimuli – reactions- already adopted and considered efficient by experience and not by the removal of present causes, just because it would need too long time to adopt the strategy of their research and analysis.

In order to modify this state, this process, it would be necessary to give a longer time for processing but, to have longer time, it is necessary to have more power and to have more power is necessary to inhibit at least partially the stimulus through which the power manifest itself through the act.

How can we inhibit such a stimulus? Only with the awareness that we can allow that, otherwise the effect would be a kind of repression that would then tend to explode. The awareness to be able to allow the partial inhibition of a stimulus derives from the knowledge of the cause of it.

Let’s consider the stimulus of fear. It originates from genetic memory and its cause is uncertainty dictated by the information recorded in the remote memory and in the recent memory. Modifying the cause, overcoming uncertainty, the stimulus is gradually modified, until it is inhibited in the genetic memory and reconsidered in the recent memory that in its turn records a different deduction and communicates it to the remote memory, in a constant circular process from which a new path originates. Although, if the uncertainty is overcome due to higher power, the cause results definitely modified, while if it’s overcome through the action of other subjects, the cause is generally destined to re-present itself when this action – unless the action itself is repeated for the necessary time to “reaccustom” the process it influences.

The organism always suffers from influencing actions coming from outside but the effects of such a result are different also compared to the aim of the subject carrying them out and to the duration of the actions themselves. As a consequence, the removal of the original cause of a process is carried out in a certain way is effect of the increase in power and in a different way if it’s effect of external actions.

In a certain way, this removal process takes place proportionally to the strength used on the cause. At equal importance and acceleration conditions, we feel stronger the action on ourselves compared to that suffered from outside.

As a consequence, in order to overcome the valence of endogenous forces of another organism strength is required – a power manifestation – more important and accelerated than the one generally expressed towards itself by the organism from which we want to remove the cause. In any case, to provoke a radical change of the process we have to know the original cause, although the actions result only tries almost irrelevant.

Once perceived and recognized the cause a complex organism perceives in a certain way, we have to make the effort to emulate the features, imagining - or realizing – the same sensations that such organism feels. In practice, we have to double the process we want to modify, in order to feel the same stimuli, paying much attention to distinguish his proper natural sensations from the intuitions deriving from wearing someone else’s cloths.

Although having an experimental character and not pathological, there is always a difference between being someone else and looking like him, also because our own organism is compelled to manage two different states in the same time. This double management composes the so-called fourth level of perception. The first level is reached with the starting perception of the evident. The second with its memorization. The third with the sensation is felt. The set of the three levels determines the way of perception. The fourth level – obtained with the repetition – is in short a comparison between our own and another person’s way of perception.

It is a difficult exercise. Let’s suppose that a person denies the evident. What can be the origin and the cause of it? What has happened in a hypothetical initial moment? And what has happened before the denial? Answering to the second question – what is the cause – is quite easy, if you know the state of the subject at present time. But the same cause of denial is effect of an original cause, and it’s that of the origin of denial.

What can we do? We have to trace back to the data regarding that subject and memorized in his remote memory, repeat them as the same data would refer to himself and not to another subject, thus deduce the original cause and realize the way to modify it, wondering: «How would I do?»

We will discover that the cause is a mistake, a false thing, bad and unjust: a fact, a thought, or a belief. Anything it is, it is rooted, it has developed effects and processes which, although the trials to modify them, they are not under self-control of those experiencing them.

Once it is identified the other person’s original cause, we have to compare with our own similar original causes, to personal similar mistakes that have provoked a determinate way of perception, isolating those which had been modified. We remember then what we did to modify our own way of perception and we will use the same way to remove the original cause of the reiterated organism.

At that point, if I were the other, I would be already different. But I am not the other one, thus we have to find the way to communicate him the way and to make him adopt it. To do so, we can use the analogical method or the dissociated method. Let’s suppose that a subject denies evidence because he doesn’t want to take responsibility and compare himself with another subject and that this cause originates from the fact the first reason why the relationship with the other is born, was declared differently from the real one and he is sure the other subject has believed to the given version. And let’s suppose that if I had done something similar, I would try to remove that original fact admitting and declaring the process of effects risen from that fact, stating finally that the admission does not imply that I still have that original reason.

With the analogical method we communicate the messages having as object similar processes to the one to adopt in order to overcome the negation of evidence. An analogical message could be the following one. A man is thirsty and sees the sun reflected by the water. The man has especially thirst. Anyhow, to a friend handling him a perfectly clean glass, says that he wants to try to fill it up in order to see the reflection of the sun in the glass. Who gives the glass insists to see the sun reflected in the water of the glass. At a certain time the man who’s thirsty drinks and the other asks him how he can do now that the glass is empty to see the sun reflection. The man who has drunk will thus say that the glass was not so clean and the water had become cloudy. The other will react asking why if the glass was dirty and the water cloudy, that same water was drunk. Then the man who has drunk fills up the glass again and tries to show that now the water is clean because the formerly collected water has cleaned the glass. Although, he will not succeed in explaining because he has drunk the cloudy water, unless he confesses that he especially was thirsty and he admits that the glass was clean from the start, pointing out that now he is not thirsty any more thus he wants just to see the sun reflected in the glass.

With the dissociated method we communicate messages that have nothing to do with the necessary process to overcome the evidence denial, underlying the increase in power of the subject in order to induce him to adopt spontaneously that process. A dissociated message could be the following one. A man is thirsty and asks for a glass of water to another person. The other gives it to him and asks: «What do you think I would have done if you asked me to drink from this glass for another person and then I would have discovered that you were thirsty?” The thirsty man answers: «You would have told me I am hypocritical and false.” And the other adds: «No, I would have wondered why you did not tell me to be thirsty and I would have maybe thought the water disgusted you so to deny to yourself that you would drink it. I know the reason why could be completely different, but as I know it, I am compelled to give me a possible explanation. Unless you pretend I ask you why you did not tell me the truth, with the risk to hear a version that would be false. Between the risk to hear a false thing and to think if it was it for real, or to give an explanation even if I did not asked for it, I have preferred the second choice. So, at least, I have certainly avoided the weight of telling another lie».

The match between wealth, brotherhood and democracy was rightly compared to the squaring of the circle. In fact, not only it doesn’t exist a context in which economic success, social state and popular sovereignty are together. Unfortunately, neither the theoretical solution to realize it exists. The reason of this lack is not due to a sort of impossible solution, but rather to a precise limit: the sectionalism. The solution is no more inside us. The solution is in the set.

The economist who knows each feature of production relationships has not the time to think of moral and political processes. The philosopher follows a logical process that deduces partial information and uncompleted information compared to production relationships and participation relationships. The politician, in his turn, also when he knows the economical processes and feels the moral side of what he thinks is right, can only adjust his action to the research of consent, just because this is one of the peculiar features of democracy.

Nowadays, the only entity able to include in itself enough knowledge to modify processes is the scientific-technologic complex as a whole, whose target is however its own development rather then the matching of richness, solidarity and democracy. Also it’s unthinkable the solution could be pointed out by an artificial intelligence to provided with the information and criteria necessary to make deductions. In fact, the artificial intelligence would be the result of that same scientific-technologic complex that would affect its perceptions and therefore deductions according to its own criteria. The solution lays in the whole; all together. Together you can.

However, this whole must be able to emulate those knowing the production processes, it has to know what is right, being aware that everyone’s participation is necessary to make, to create what’s right. And what is emulated must be an organized part of the whole, without appearing as a subject, so as to avoid being regarded as a myth and, therefore, being basically admired, envied and imitated. Not only has the example to be repeatable. It must also feature enough potential to appropriate the knowledge of the prevailing parts and to carry out actions proving to be effective on the whole. Just like energy produces waves without being a wave itself, the emulated thing must be able to produce effects without being mixed up with the effects produced.

Nowadays, the scientific-technologic complex enables an individual to act in a certain way on his/her own, without appearing and without participants. The incident actions may regard procreation, production, information and other still relatively unknown sciences, by affecting respectively the genetic mechanisms, the monetary system, the communication process, and the brain hyper-energies. Nevertheless, it could do so only for creating unbalance and not for restoring balance too.

This is the current state of affairs, the reality. An individual alone could only prove his/her power, without developing that of other people. Perhaps, the reaction towards one showing his/her own power could modify the perception way, thus leading to the creation of the means required for such development. However, we should not forget the risk of a different reaction that may annihilate even those souls aiming already at an overall improvement of the whole.

Furthermore, some would react by aggressively showing their power, without worrying about the possible impact of such actions on the whole. Therefore, acting alone is possible but not recommended. We should resort to others to do things, by sharing the emulative references among a considerable number of individuals, so that the observer understands the new processes without thinking that he/she won’t be able to adopt them. By using effective examples and encouraging the participants to think and be involved, we can prove that one can be and should be the way he/she wants, nothing else.

No armed revolt, civil disobedience, popular election, secession or scission, unification or merger, federation or confederation will ever equal the emulation power of those proving to be able to implement - not only in the internal relationships – an actual social refunding, intended as contextual change in the relations and behaviors.

Predicting the future consists in the logical deduction originating from the actual reality – not from the historical one – of the facts we know. The future will be the way we all can rationally imagine it. Truly said that it is always indeterminate, as it always reveals itself in a different way than we expected and we tried to shape it; but it is also true that some fundamental elements have always revealed themselves on a regular basis, except for those cases in which relations and rules among the system’s parts were not willing or could not adapt to the increase in the complexity level.

In such cases, when the relations among the parts did not adapt to the complexity level, the system, basing on the old rules, was not able to keep all its parts together, the relations among the latter rapidly changed, by undergoing some sort of acceleration. These fast changes led to the introduction of new rules and, therefore, to the creation of new relations among the parts. In those cases, the behavior of some parts changed, in spite of the existing relations. What does behavior consist in? What is it caused by?

The behavior is the action and its cause is the relation between the individual’s power level and the maximum reachable power. Until a part is endowed with a power level that does not coincide with its maximum power, it makes endogenous actions designed to modify its structure, regardless from the exogenous links. Now, we find ourselves in such a complex situation that the rules as well as the relations among the parts need to be changed, renewed. The assumption according to which all human beings can be ensured need freedom since several years – this not having been achieved yet – proves that the system’s rules are no longer fit for its development level and, therefore, for its complexity level. Thus, it is obvious, historically logical, repetitive and likely that some parts avoid the rules, by adopting behaviors that are in contrast with such rules; the latter will then evolve as a consequence of such atypical behaviors.

Let’s go back to the future. We could have an increase in richness, solidarity and democracy, either as a whole or just for one part of humanity, but we are not going to have these conditions enjoyed by all the parts. On the contrary, the reality proves that, over the last one hundred years, the number of poor, emarginated and powerless people has increased. And this trend will not change until we keep assuming that at least one, or maybe two, of these conditions can be turned into reality, and not the three of them together.

The problem is approached in a twisted, unreal way. But things are actually different. The problem does not lay in the fact that these three conditions can not be combined with one another, but rather in the fact that none of these conditions is and will ever be referred to a group if they are not achieved all three together. Neither solidarity nor democracy exist without richness. Without solidarity, neither richness nor democracy exist. Without democracy, neither richness nor solidarity exist. Just like you cannot have something true, beautiful and right if you don’t have these three conditions all together.

Therefore, the problem cannot be solved because … this is not the problem. And you cannot find any solution for a non-existing problem. The real problem is how to achieve the three conditions all together. And the key is the will to achieve them together. To do so, we must understand that the maximum individual development is obtained within the maximum overall development. But how should we let people understand that? Through what means? Basing ourselves on what strategy?

Means, in terms of knowledge and action ability, are available and consist in the scientific-technological complex. In order to arrange them considering the target we are aiming at (i.e.: changing the perception way), a proto-strategy can be adopted, to be regarded as emulation of the original unique individual: energy scission first, creation of waves and space, creation and transformation of matter, with the following re-composition of energy, of all the energy, in a far more complex state. In this way, man is split and everything is newly created.

Here we are, I have come to the end of my ideas. I have nothing to add at the moment. Now, what I need is you. Everyone is necessary. Everyone’s culture, work, thought and will are necessary. What I think may even be wrong. Certainly, while reflecting on ones’ selves, over six billion human beings could find truer, better and even righter truths. In any case, stop letting your freedom and your own dignity depend on other people. The solutions against fear do not lay in war, drug, hatred, revenge, chips, speeches that are pre-formulated by some unknown people, who perhaps trigger evil just to preserve and increase their power on you. Thank you.

October, 16th 2001.

THEY WILL SAY

They will say that I’m a lord. I have never wanted any domain. I’m not rich. I feel in control of nothing, only of myself. I wish I could be more just and less kind. I wish I were not ashamed of not having done enough to improve things. I wish I could be kinder also when I have to be determined and decisive.

They will say that I’m a delinquent. Guilty only of rebelling against an unjust system, where the strongest are always right. I have never committed illicit or evil deeds. I’m not capable of dishonesty or degradation. Those who accuse others in bad faith and those who sentence without understanding without even simple presumptions, just their common ignorance just following the cliché.

They will say that I’m a leader. I direct, orient and guide the others towards their self-control until they no longer need a leader.

They will say that I’m a cheater. I have never used artifices or deceived to make unfair gains for myself or for others causing damage to other people. I have never swindled, tricked or obtained anything by fraud. I have always stated before what I would have done later.

They will say that I’m a politician. I have never dedicated myself professionally to political activity. I do not believe in a social organization expression of a system constituted by a hierarchical structure. Selection is not the only strategy of evolution as it has been so far, for ten thousand years. Today evolution can be the effect of general involvement.

They will say that I’m a statesman. I do not believe in the states that have leaded us to this point and I do not want to govern a state. I believe in the human being and his or her ability to understand reality and change it.

They will say that I’m eclectic. Yes, I’m inspired by various cultural sources and I try to understand each culture’s truth, justice and beauty.

They will say that I seek attention. If I had wanted to draw attention to myself I would have used all the means that the system offers. And instead I have always thought that others must be helped to exist.

They will say that they I’m an instrument for others. It is true; I’m an instrument for others but for everyone and not just one of them.

They will say that I’m a saint. Sanctity doesn’t exist. It’s somebody’s invention or imagination set towards us and others to raise veneration. The devout, the good, the just, the righteous and the virtuous man aren't saints but only an expression of the best of reality.

They will say that I’m a deceiver. I have never acted erroneously, never swindled, never cheated. I have caused disappointment when I have not been understood or when I had not been able to explain my self in a sufficiently clear way and when I have made a mistake.

They will say that I’m apparent. I’m, I exist. What I do is real. What I have is concrete. What I want is clear. What I use is lawful. We should not confuse appearance with moderation or lack of abuse.

They will say that I’m a messiah. I’m not a person they have been waiting for. I’m not and nor do I want to be a king or a saviour but only a man who does his duty of being intelligent and thinking as anyone can do.

They will say that I am a violator. I do not exceed the limits imposed by regulations and I follow law, without ever violating it. I imagine new rules generated by behaviour and necessities that are not provided by the old rules.

They will say that I’m a tax-evader. I have never evaded fiscal obligations and I have never run away from them.

They will say that I’m a man of the Mafia. Mafia means secrecy, conspiracy of silence, intimidation, racketeering, kidnapping and homicide all in the name of private economic interests. Mafia means a group of people united to achieve or to maintain their own particular interests by any means, even at the expense of public interests. I have always fought against all of this and a few times I even risked avoiding it happening.

They will say that I’m bankrupt. I have always paid my debts and I have never hidden or distorted anything that I have been in charge of.

They will say that I’m a slanderer. I have never slandered others, I have never smeared other people’s names, I have never blamed innocents, I have never invented accusations in order to slander or discredit, I have never run people down. Instead I have often been a victim of slander, denigration, defamation, false charges and condemnation. I do not hate those who have. Firstly because I believe that they did nor realise their mistake and, secondly because I’m not able to hate.

They will say that I’m over-ambitious. In all truth, there is no disproportion between the importance of my aims and the concrete possibility of fulfilling them.

They will say that I’m egocentric. I have put myself in centre stage of every situation only if others have not been able to resolve them. This is not self-centredness but a sense of responsibility.

They will say that I’m a megalomaniac. I do not have exaggerated presumptions of my capabilities but I believe in the abilities of others who, as I do, want to fight for their happiness.

They will say that I’m a daydreamer. Do I suffer from hallucinations seeing those who suffer from hunger and thirst? Am I daydreaming if I say I perceive the injustices, the deceitfulness, the violence, and the ignorance that we have created? Do I have imaginative visions because I think of how to face the real problems and how to act to resolve them? Is it a false vision to have an idea to change the world in order to help life win and help human beings evolve respecting the environment of which we are part?

They will say that I’m a mythomaniacal. I have never counterfeited the truth. Neither with fantastical stories neither to attract the attention on me. I have only imagined the one that it has been before the truth and because has had origin and I believe that it’s possible to improve it.

They will say that I’m a utopian. The word «utopia» derives from the two Greek words «ou» (not) and «tòpos» (place). The utopia is an imaginary conception of a government or an ideal society. Is utopian who thinks that things can and must change or who believes that things can keep as are? On the other side, every ideal is utopian until it doesn’t become truth. To change the world, improve it for all, is possible, logical, necessary, useful, just and beautiful. It just requires understanding.

They will say that I’m a terrorist. I have spoken with declared terrorists and respectable people who have used terrorists in order to reaffirm their power. I have invited the terrorists to adopt non-violent forms of rebellion. I’ve asked respectable people to favour change for themselves and all people suffering bad conditions. I have risked and put others at risk. A religious man that meets a representative of another religion does not change religion. He tries to understand and make himself understood. He fights but without violence, without hurting others.

They will say that I’m presumptuous. Do I have an exaggerated opinion of my own worth and own importance? Am I guilty of immodesty? Perhaps. Everyone thinks they can control parts of reality which escape us and then think we are just not capable to face what we could really be able to change of reality. I’m a man, with defects, weaknesses and imperfections of a limited and imperfect nature. If instead of criticising those who try to improve, we all did our part we could all improve.

They will say that I’m a cheater. Who have I tricked? Who have I loved? Who have I helped? Who have I begged to make peace? Who has helped me to change things? Who have I convinced to participate in a plan to resolve real and common problems? Who has believed in me? Who has not bear the costs with me? Who has interest in leaving things as they are? Who uses the rules in order to maintain their power? Who have I tricked?

They will say that I’m dead. It is not true. I’m not a dead man I've only disappeared.

They will say that I’m poor. I do not have assets. I do not have money. I organise and manage resources. These have been entrusted to me in order to complete a mission, not to be used for my own ends. However, the poor are those who suffer poverty and misery. I eat, drink, look after myself, move, dress myself, I’m informed, I have knowledge, I speak, write, suggest and discuss. I’m not poor.

They will say that I’m rich. I could not be even if I wanted to. I’ve always produced wealth to be addressed to produce other wealth or promote and support initiatives devoid of any economic return for me. My wealth is knowledge, will and strength to change.

They will say that I’m untouchable. Nobody has given me immunity. Many have done anything to gain information but have not understood anything of what they have seen or received.

They will say that I’m invincible. Nobody is invincible. Anyone can only become irrepressible by believing in what he does without acting for himself. Insurmountable obstacles do not exist unless they are inside of us.

They will say that I’m invisible. Ask the people that are ill. Ask those who have accompanied me. Ask those who have offered water and food to me. They will say what they have seen. My eyes, nose, mouth, hands, legs, heart and brain. I was there.

They will say that I’m unapproachable. Yet, to make contact with me is very easy. There are no dangers. I have no secrets. I have no weapons. I have no bodyguards, nor have I ever needed them. What is impossible is that there are no traces.

They will say that I’m pretentious. My demands are energetic but legitimate. I do not make excessive or unjustified requests. I have the right and the duty to ask, to inform and to suggest and the receivers of my messages have the duty to answer.

They will say that I’m ill. All my organs are healthy. I sleep peacefully. I eat correctly. I have a selective memory. I remember the essential of everything. I can appear frenetic and impatient. Thinking that every hour that passes thousands of children die of hunger, thirst and diseases. Others suffer from injustices and inequality. Therefore I try to accelerate the events in order to face the problems as quickly as possible.

They will say that I’m an idealist. The ideal is what should exist. There is nothing wrong in acting to transform present reality into a real ideal.

They will say that I’m a fideist. I use the mind of the heart and reason. Instinct makes me perceive pain and suffering. Logic suggests what to do in order to face evil. I do not know supreme truth. I know the energy I have inside and that merges together with the energy in which we are submerged and which we are made of.

They will say that I’m an opportunist. I have principles and ideals shared by many people, the majority of the inhabitants of the Earth. They are speculative, not opportunist. I believe that nothing is repeated twice and therefore one should not waste any occasion that might serve to improve things.

They will say that I’m cynical. I accept every tradition or custom even if I do not share them all. I discuss with the believer and the atheist, the rich and the poor, the strong and the weak, the just and the desperate, the doctor and the sick. Nothing slips my notice. I analyse all that that I perceive.

They will say that I’m sceptical. I’m always trustful until contrary evidence. Trust until contrary evidence does not mean not to preview the contrary evidence. I abstain from negative judgement when I’m not sure of the truth.

They will say that I’m uncontrollable. It is very easy to control what I think, I say and I do. It is impossible to prevent me from thinking and acting and even so, others would think and act in my place.

They will say that I’m a non-believer. I’m faithful to promises unless doing would mean imposing my will, because I believe that my freedom ends where the freedom of others begin. I do not believe in transcendence but only in our ignorance and the possibility of overcoming it.

They will say that I’m a dictator. Neither I’m authoritarian or despotic. I believe that in certain crucial moments someone must assume responsibility to decide quickly. The first republic was founded in Rome. The Roman Republic foresaw that in exceptional cases and for a limited time someone could be invested with full civil and military powers. Amongst the means that I use weapons are not contemplated. Military power is no longer needed. Energy, knowledge, will power and determination are all necessary.

They will say that I’m an imperialist. Imperialism is the tendency of a state to expand its own dominions and to exercise its own strength over other nations. I believe that imperialism will fall when all people will have full sovereignty over their states. The Republic of the Earth is the instrument to obtain this result.

They will say that I’m a rebel. I rebel non-violently and without acting in bad- faith against the constituted authority and if manipulated from power also against law.

They will say that I’m subversive. I try to modify the system and its structures without turning upside down any institution but asking that the institutions behave according to the law.

They will say that I’m a revolutionary. No revolution has ever changed the world but it has always allowed someone to replace someone else. Only evolution modifies relationships and behaviour. Therefore evolution can only be accelerated. With energy, knowledge and action. We dare not to adapt to the level of development of the human being. It means defeat from the start.

They will say that I’m a monster. I do not have a strange form. I’m not an imaginary creature. I have no deformities. I do not possess advanced characteristics. I’m not blotted by crime or cruelty. I’m honest, normal person.

They will say that I’m a hero. Heroes fear and have courage. I do not fear. Therefore I’m not a hero.

They will say that I’m a genius. I do not have any particular inventive or creative talent. I perceive necessity, I recognize, I look for the origins and the cause of the problems and then I decide to face them. I establish the priorities, I find the solutions, I get hold of the instruments, I organise them in function of the objectives that I propose myself and I act, even alone.

They will say that I’m a counterfeiter. I have counterfeited nothing. The currency that I propose is not the imitation of another currency but of a new currency.

They will say that I have been sentenced. It’s true. How much time it has made me waste and how much time has been wasted. But it was necessary to face the law and those who should apply it. To condemn an innocent man doesn’t prevent the bringing about of a real renewal.

They will say that I’m guilty. Nobody has ever indicated what I’m guilty of and for what reasons. It seems almost that I’m guilty of existing.

They will say that I’m a criminal. Yes, I have been unjustly implicated, damaged. Others have endured the same fate. Then they have been considered heroes.

They will say that I’m an impostor. An impostor is someone who in bad faith or interest tells lies or falsifies facts. I have never done so. I would not be able to.

They will say that I’m a money launderer. I have never had and nor do I provide money or assets of illicit origin.

They will say that I’m ingenuous. Those who say I’m ingenuous hope to convince the others that I’m simplistic, inexpert. Of course I still have many things to learn.

They will say that I’m a thief. To steal means to embezzle something from another against his or her will. I have never done so. Sometimes I have convinced others to give me part of what they had to pass it on to who had nothing. This is not stealing.

They will say that I’m a liar. I have never asserted anything that does not reflect the truth. Not even white lies.

They will say that I’m an improviser. Sometimes I have had to react quickly to the unexpected but more things you think about quicker you will know how to find the solution to an unexpected obstacle.

They will say that I’m overbearing. Only when I have to run risks alone I have wanted things to go my way.

They will say that I’m ambitious. I have a burning desire to fulfil and obtain results, not for the uncontrollable yearning of success but because I think it‘s of use for everyone.

They will say that I’m shameless. I have never said or committed shameful things.

They will say that I’m uncorrectable. Someone who is not guilty cannot repent. If he did so he would be making a mockery of himself and he would be false and hypocritical.

They will say that I’m dangerous. Those who want things to remain as they are think I’m dangerous. Wrong. Change is necessary to everyone. If things remain as they are it will worse for all.

They will say that I’m a mad man. There haven’t been changes in my mental faculties and I do not behave foolishly. As everyone else I perceive a reality that is going the wrong way. The difference is I don’t pretend there is nothing wrong, I try to change things with people who feel the same necessity. A madman is someone who reads reality in a different way, superficially, in order to escape from responsibilities and conscience, therefore hurting himself or herself and everyone else.

They will say that I’m strange. I’m not a conformist. Of course I don’t adhere to common behaviour, customs and opinions, especially political, prevailing in a determined group or period, passively adapting my self as many do.

They will say that I’m a hermit. I’m neither a hermit nor an ascetic and even less so a humbug or a bigot.

They will say that I’m a moralist. All of us know what is right but we do not it. I try to do what I think is necessary and useful for everybody.

They will say that I’m immoral. I never do never offended moral norms and I have never opposed any of them. I’m not always in agreement with some of them, in the same way, as others do not always agree with me.

They will say that I politicise. Perhaps I do not have the necessary qualification to dedicate myself to a political activity but I certainly do not do it to satisfy my personal ambitions. Living and working, we all learn.

They will say that I’m a rogue. I’m not a vile or gross person who carries out dishonest acts.

They will say that I’m an idiot. I do not think that I have retarded mental development.

They will say that I’m a masochist. I have no tendency to suffer but I accept the costs necessary to promote change.

They will say that I’m unpleasant. If someone has an instinctive aversion towards me with no apparent reason it must be only for some personal reason that doesn’t concern me but that he or she should admit honestly.

They will say that I’m courageous. Certainly, at times it‘s necessary to have the courage to say and to do what the others would like to but do not. That does not mean being hostile or indignant but simply having the courage to believe in one and in the others.

They will say that I’m irreverent. I have the maximum respect for all life and forms of energy. That does not mean enduring arrogance and haughtiness.

They will say that I’m a psychopath. I believe that the majority of alterations in the character have to do with weakness, cowardliness, fear, opportunism, interested respectability and conformity.

They will say that I’m excessive. I expect nothing from the others; therefore I’m neither excessive nor immoderate. I propose, I discuss, I work and I accept the price of delays caused by my ignorance and other people's slothfulness.

They will say that I’m mysterious. There is nothing strange or inexplicable in what I do and I have always said before what I would have done later.

They will say that I’m mystic. Having deep spirituality does not mean exalting things that objectively appear foolish, illogical and however never demonstrated. I use intelligence in order to understand and in order to believe.

They will say that I’m a phenomenon. I’m neither extraordinary, nor incredible, neither amazing, nor extraordinary but only a human being like many.

They will say that I’m unreal. I’m made of skin and bone, with eyes, a nose, a mouth, ears, hands, feet, heart, lungs and all the rest, including a brain that works. I do not know how to fly and I do not know how to pretend, I cannot remain silent.

They will say that I’m dramatic. I have never assumed ostentatious or simulated behaviour.

They will say that I’m pathetic. I would be if I assumed affected and sentimental attitudes. I’m only sorry that I have not done enough in order to avoid the pain of others.

They will say everything but the truth. They do not know the truth, and have no intention to find out the truth, because to know the truth hurts, it has a cost, and we aren’t intelligent enough to understand that it’s best to bear the costs today rather than an incurable evil tomorrow.

Never mind, if I wasn’t like this, it would have been pointless to be born.

November 2002.

HOLOS GLOBAL SYSTEM

The first part of this text carries some concepts already described in Religions. I apologise to those believing the repetition is unnecessary.

BEING

Being in itself is the force.

The action of being is the manifestation of its force.

The force depends on the form while the aim of the action is an even greater force.

Action in itself liberates the force.

Every reactive action provokes other actions.

What’s more every reactive action in itself liberates force.

The action can be directed externally or internally of the being.

The action that is directed internally causes a decomposition of the being that carries it out.

The action directed externally results in disintegration or aggregation.

Disintegration occurs when the action provokes contrast between the behaviour of the parts and the rules that hold them together.

Aggregation occurs when the act proposes a new rule that encourages the parts to adopt suitable behaviour to improve relationships.

If the being is alone, and therefore there is no external subject to the being, its first action can only be directed towards itself.

The first action directed towards the self of the single being can only give origin to its own decomposition; otherwise there would be no manifestation of power.

The decomposition of the single being results in two or more parts.

The successive actions of the first increase the force of all the parts, although every action in itself liberates force.

This apparent paradox is explained by the fact that the action, that is the manifestation of freed force, modifies the form of the whole.

It is the new shape of the whole that increases the force, according to the following chain: initial shape ® minimal power ® action ® transitory form® average force ® action ® transitory form ® average force ... action ® final form ® maximum force.

In such a way, the process constituted by every transitory phase, as in the case of the action, is a means of manifesting and increasing force by modifying the shape, therefore the greater force becomes a means for the action, until the attainment of the maximum force, which corresponds to the final form, when other actions are no longer needed to manifest force.

Unfortunately, this process happens both regarding the strengthening of the whole and in the strengthening of the part that completes the action.

Therefore, if directed to the outside, the actions that aim to strengthen provoke the decay of those who carry them out or of those who react; if directed to the inside, they provoke the strengthening of those who complete them.

To avoid an average force becoming an instrument to produce the action, provoking other people's or own self decay, it is necessary to have the opportunity to manifest force without completing the action or completing the action without modifying the shape, so as not to increase the force.

The first solution is impossible, as it would be impossible for the only being to manifest force without first completing the action.

Also the second solution is impossible, because until the whole has reached the maximum force, every action will be a way of manifesting force and every force will be a way of producing the action.

The only solution seems to be that of turning the action towards the doer, thus provoking a strengthening of self, without the decay of itself or others.

FORCE

The force of the whole of all the parts is superior to the sum of the force of each of the parts of the whole and also greater than the force of the single original being.

Therefore the maximum force is only achieved with the maximum number of parts and not with the merging of various parts.

The maximum force of all the parts corresponds to the maximum force of each part in respect to the whole.

If two parts with equal power have originated from the first action, then also the maximum force of each part of the whole is identical.

Each part therefore tends towards its maximum force in relation to its whole until achieving this.

Every part therefore completes the actions necessary to reach its maximum force in relation to its whole.

In this way the disparity of force between each part is reduced in relation to the whole of all the parts and each part in relation to all other parts and in relation to all the others, until every part has not reached the same maximal force corresponding to the maximum power of the whole of all the parts.

ACTION

Prior to activation it’s just energy.

Force exists without strength.

Then, the energy is decomposed into various parts.

It is the first action.

On decomposition the various parts of energy produce waves.

The waves constitute space.

In space matter is formed.

The matter becomes transformed.

The transformation of the matter provokes decomposition and the successive composition of energy particles.

It is the process of evolution.

With evolution, the particles increase in power, manifested by further actions.

If power is manifested (action), the energy endures decomposition and therefore tends to re-strengthen itself.

If the energy is so forceful that it succeeds in inhibiting every firm action from manifesting force to the outside, it is able to accumulate force.

But the accumulation of force at the head of an organism does not in itself produce benefits in relation to the whole.

If instead such an accumulation is projected into space, independently from the energy that produces it, it results in the modification of the waves produced from the energy, thus modifying the effect without modifying the original cause.

PERCEPTION AND MEMORY

Perception is the act of becoming aware of the truth through a feeling or sensation. It is a psychic function, elaborating what the senses, being both internal and external receivers, transmit to the conscience.

The nature of a sensation originates from the way of perception, a process that begins with the transmission – through the cerebellum – of the data from the senses to the short-term memory and continues with a comparison between the data already present in the short-term memory, long-term and genetic memory.

The genetic memory is the bases of the cerebral system in which hereditary characteristics are recorded. It characterizes the evolution of a determined species. It is found in the brain stem and contains the data that trigger stimuli and instincts.

The long-term memory is a superstructure of the cerebral base in which data previously elaborated are contained. Its centre is in the two lobes, under the cortex, and is the most complex and substantial part of cerebral ability. In the remote memory the traditional modes of behaviour are recorded and deductive strategies and inductive stimuli elaborated. The former logically analyse what there is according to the actual system of elaboration; the latter imagine – what it could be: it could be said that they develop the reality.

The short-term memory resides in the cortex cerebral cortex and contains the data received from the organ sensors and also the decisions transmitted after the elaboration of the same data.

 Perception does not derive from intricate feelings originating from many stimuli, but from facts, objects and shapes. Our psychic activity, due to the nature and conformation of the sensorial organs, above all records effects, coinciding and dominant on the processes that have produced them.

This also depends on the limited speed of data transmission in the nervous system and therefore on the necessity to employ the time factor in a specific way. Perception passes quickly to reaction, without dedicating time necessary to understand the reason behind perceiving something in a certain way and to logically preview the effects of the reactions.

Consequently, the perception of what it really is disappears and the perception of what it seems and what is seen and heard is confirmed.

The way of perceiving is therefore more closely linked to the relationship between past and present than the one between present and future. Thus, the future will be the effect of stimuli (reactions) already adopted and considered effective and not the effect of the eradication of present processes, just because it would demand too much time to find the causes.

In order to modify this state (this process), it would be necessary to give a greater elaboration time but in order to give more time it would be necessary to have greater force and to have greater force it would be necessary to at least partially inhibit the stimulus that induces force to manifest itself in the action.

How can this stimulus be inhibited? Only with the awareness of being able to do so, otherwise the effect would be a kind of repression that would then need to explode. The conscience of being able to allow the partial inhibition of a stimulus derives from the understanding of the stimulus.

 Consider the stimulus of fear. It has its origin in the genetic memory and its cause in the insecurity dictated by the information recorded in the long-term and short-term memory. Modifying the cause, in other words overcoming the insecurity, progressively modifies the stimulus, until it becomes inhibited in the genetic memory and reconsidered in the recent memory, which in its turn records a different deduction and communicates it to the remote memory, in a constant circular process from which a new process draws origin.

However, only if insecurity is overcome by force of a greater power, will the process change indefinitely, while if it is only overcome through the actions of other subjects, the cause will normally be destined to emerge again when the act of the others comes to an ends, unless the same act is repeated for the necessary time to «recondition »the process (one should say the state) which is influenced.

The organism always feels the effect of the event of external actions, but the effects of such result are varied also in relationship to the objective proposed by the subject that carries them out and the duration of the same actions. As a result the elimination of the original process is completed in one way if it is the effect of an increase in power and in a different way if it is the effect of external acts.

In a certain sense, this process of elimination happens proportionally to the force exercised on the cause. Equal to speed and importance the action effectuated on oneself is stronger than the one endured from the outside. Consequently, strength is necessary in order to overcome the valence of the forces of another organism - a manifestation of force that is more accelerated and more significant than that normally expressed by the organism self, wishing to remove the cause.

However, in order to provoke a radical change in the process the original cause must be known otherwise the actions end up as almost insignificant attempts.

Once the reason behind a complex organism perceiving in a particular way is recognised and understood, it is necessary to make an effort reproduce the characteristics, imagining or guessing – the same feelings as the organism. In other words it is necessary to complete a replication of the process to be modified, in order to feel the same stimuli, taking care to distinguish between one’s own natural feelings and those sensed by putting yourself in the shoes of another.

Being of an of experimental rather than pathological nature, there is always a margin of difference between being a person and trying to be someone, also because the organism finds itself forced to manage two different states at the same time.

This is the so-called fourth level of perception. The first level, with its fear, has taken act of the obvious, the second with its memorization, and the third with the feelings experienced. The three levels together determine the way of perception. The fourth level, obtained through replication, is in short a comparison between your own and other people's ways of perceiving.

It is difficult. Suppose that a person denies the obvious. What might be the origin and the cause? Which happened in a hypothetical initial moment and what happened before the negation? If the state of the subject in the present is known, to answer the second question–the cause – is fairly straightforward. But the same cause of the negation is the effect of an original cause, and that cause is the origin of the negation.

What can be done? It is necessary to go back to the relative information about that subject, memorised in the long-term memory, replicate the same data as if referred to oneself and not the other, thus deducing the original cause and sense the way towards change, asking oneself: «What should I do». It will be discovered that it is a mistake, something false, awful and unjust: a fact, a thought or a conviction. Whatever it is, it has taken root, developed effects and processes that, despite attempts to change, have escaped the self-control of the individual.

Once the original cause of the other person has been identified, one cannot avoid comparing one’s own analogous original causes and similar errors, which have induced a particular way of perception, isolating those possible to modify. It will then be remembered how the modification of one’s own way of perception came about and the same techniques will then be used to remove the original cause of the replicated organism.

At that point, the analogical method or the dissociated method can be resorted to. With the analogical method messages are communicated which have processes analogous to those needed to be adopted in order to overcome refusal of the obvious. An analogical message could be as follows. With the dissociated method messages are communicated which have nothing to do with the process necessary to overcome refusal of the obvious, putting pressure on increasing the power of the subject in order to induce spontaneous adoption of that process.

TRUTH

Need is the original cause of the transformation of energy in space and in time, it is the stimulus that transforms force into strength and pushes energy towards greater complexity, in search of the conquest of maximum perfection.

Need is the force that determines the actions of every part of the whole.

Action is the manifestation of the physical force or spiritual energy; it's intelligence and movement.

Intelligence is conscience and elaboration of experience; it is the idea, the power.

Movement is moving something from the calm, it is action, and it is force.

What is necessary is what cannot be done without, what is needed or useful.

Complexity is the result of the union of several parts and it shows itself in various contrasting aspects, often difficult to comprehend.

Reality is the entirety of all that exists and is born from necessity.

Need creates the problem, a condition to overcome or resolve.

The problem is overcome or resolved by adopting rules and behaviour fitting to the aim.

The effect of overcoming or resolving the problem is of greater complexity.

Greater complexity stimulates new necessities.

New necessities create new problems.

The state of reality is the situation and condition of the reality in time and space.

The human being is part of a complex reality.

He is a manifestation of the complexity of the reality.

The human being perceives the part of reality he can become aware of by means of the senses and intuition.

Like all that that exists, the human being perceives necessity, as a superior strength to the will.

The necessities of the human being are needs, desires and emulations.

The need is the necessity to obtain something that is missing in order to overcome an unpleasant situation or achieve greater well-being.

Air, water, food, rest, light, heat, space, company, clothes, housing are vital needs.

Desire is the necessity that pushes towards someone or something that presents some form of pleasure.

Sex, self-esteem, security, affection, achievement and physical comfort are all mental desires.

Emulation is the necessity to be the same or exceed someone or something.

Judging and comparing oneself in life, work and play, and making decisions are the things forms of emulations.

Perceiving necessity, the human being poses problems.

The solution of the human problems originates from the deductive idea and is achieved with the finalized action.

The idea is the intellectual representation that in itself represents an entity of possible knowledge.

Deduction is the ability to elaborate ideas and to reach a particular solution from a general principle.

The deductive idea is representation and elaboration of experience and knowledge.

The act is the action of producing specific effects, the individual acts that imply a moral appraisal.

To finalize means to attribute an end, an objective for someone or something.

The finalized act is the action that is carried out with the objective in mind.

The action demands decision and determination.

The decision is a choice, determination of the will.

Determination is an attitude of resolution, emergency and conviction to act in a specific way.

The human problems are processes of needs, ideas and set in action.

The human being perceives needs, desires and emulations.

It recognises existence when it considers them resolvable.

Urgency establishes the order of priority.

It strives to find the origin and the causes.

The aim to resolve or overcome them is proposed.

It thinks of solutions.

It imagines and previews the effects of the solutions.

It tries to achieve and, like all the others parts, it uses its environmental and own resources as a way of satisfying its own necessities.

It organizes available means in the light of the objectives and sets up a plan.

It overcomes the obstacles.

It obtains result.

The process of the human reality begins with the stimulus of necessity, its need, desire or emulation continues with the perception of the problems, it passes through the solutions and it concludes with the solution to the problem and the satisfaction of the need.

There are those who ask why, what, how, when and who to act with.

Why act? Because a need is felt and the problem of how to satisfy the need is posed.

What can be done? That is the solution to be found.

How to do it? It is the way to achieve the pronounced solution.

When to do it? It depends on the urgency of the need to be satisfied, on its degree of priority, and on the immediate or future possibility of resolving the problem.

Who to do it with? It regards the relationships by means of which the solution is found.

The reality is in constant transformation.

The two fundamental moments of the reality of human beings are the beginning and the end, life and death.

This is the reality of the reality that it perceives and often neglects the human being.

One is born and one dies because it is still necessary.

Also death is a necessity, the necessity for life to come to an end so that the reality is renewed and transformed.

In spite of the completed efforts, the reality of the human being is still and always conditioned by need.

The strength of need prevails together on the will of every human being and its whole.

Until the existence of a single human being that cannot satisfy his own vital necessities all human beings will die.

The human being is a complex organism that is part of a whole.

It is energy to the most complex state.

Death is the irreversible cessation of the vital functions involving a total change in the condition of the living being and the loss of its essential characteristics.

It is an event that for now unites all living beings, including the human being.

But can death be defeated?

Science has demonstrated that the cells of the organism are potentially immortal.

In 1910 in order to demonstrate the validity of this affirmation, the French scientist Alexis Carrel, took some cells from animal embryos and developed them in the laboratory.

Today, after infinite reproductive cycles, the cells conserved at the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research of New York continue to live.

This demonstrates cellular immortality.

Now it is time to demonstrate immortality of a group of cells, of a living organism, the human being.

TOGETHER

The combination of wealth, solidarity and democracy has been justly compared to the squaring of the circle.

In fact, not only is there no example of economic success, a social state and popular sovereignty existing together or the same time, but also there is not even the theoretical solution to achieve it.

The reason for this lacuna cannot lead back to an impossible solution but to a very precise limit: sectorialisation.

Yet, the solution is no longer within us, the solution is in the whole.

The economist who knows every implication of the production relationships does not have time to dedicate to the moral and political processes.

The philosopher follows a logical process that he deduces from totally partial investigations regarding the relationships of production and the relationships of investment.

The politician, in turn, also when he knows the economic process and he feels the moral reflex of what he thinks just, cannot do other than adapt his or her own action to the search for consent, just because this is the method of democracy.

The only element, today with sufficient knowledge to modify the processes is the entire scientific technological mechanism, which, however, has power as its objective rather than the union of wealth, solidarity and democracy.

Nor is it imaginable that the solution may be found through artificial intelligence, which is given the necessary information and logic in order to permit deduction. It would be the fruit of that same scientific-technological mechanism, which would orient the way to perceive and therefore deduce its own likeness.

The solution is in the whole. Together it is possible. But the entirety needs to emulate who is familiar with the production processes and is aware of what is right but believes that the participation of all is fundamental in order to act, in order to create the right one. And it is essential that the emulated one is an organized part of the whole, without appearing as a subject, in order to avoid being considered a myth and, therefore, basically being admired, being envied and imitated.

There is not only the need for a recurring example but the example must have sufficient strength to take over the knowledge of the prevailing parts and to produce precise actions on the whole. As energy produces waves without being waves in itself, the model must know how to produce effects without being confused with the produced effect.

Nowadays scientific-technological mechanism allows an individual to act alone, without appearing and without participants. The actions might well include procreation, production, information and other less known sciences, respectively working on genetic mechanisms, the monetary system, the process of communication, and cerebral hyper energy.

But in doing so creating imbalance rather than restoring equilibrium.

This is the current state of the things, the reality of the facts. A single individual may only demonstrate his own force but cannot succeed alone in strengthening that of the others.

Perhaps the reaction towards the action manifesting force could help modify the way of perception and as a result provoke the creation of the means for a such an enforcement, but there would undoubtedly be the risk of a different reaction, which could even distance those who have already proposed the total improvement of the whole.

Above all, there would be those who would react by showing the strength of their force just to be able, without worrying about the effect that such actions might have on the whole.

Therefore it is possible but must not be carried out alone.

There is the need to make it happen, limiting model references to a consistent number of persons, so that the observer grasps the new processes without even doubting whether to take them up or not.

With a set of examples of a productive nature encouraging the participants to reason and participate, the basis is created in order to demonstrate that it is not only possible but worth being as one wants to be rather than in another way.

No armed uprising, civil disobedience, popular elections, successions or divisions, unifications or alliances, federation or confederation will be able to equal the emulation force of those who know how to establish, not only in dealing with internal relationships, a real social basis, understood as contextual modification of relationships and behaviour.

FUTURE

The forecast of the future consists in the logical deduction deriving from the effective truth - not from the historical truth - of the facts that we know.

The future will be as each of us can rationally imagine. It is true that it is always undetermined and undeterminable - as it always occurs differently to what was expected and differently to how it was constructed - but it’s also true that some fundamental elements have always manifested themselves in recurrent ways, with exception for the cases in which the relationships and the rules between the parts of the system t have not been adapted to the increase in the level of complexity.

In those cases, when the level of complexity of the relationships between the parts was not adapted, the system was no longer in a position to hold all the parts together with the old rules and the parts endured rapid mutations, a form of acceleration. It is actually these mutations that have provoked new rules and, therefore, new relationships. They are the existing situations where behaviour of some parts have changed, despite existing relationships.

But what does this behaviour involve? Which is the cause? The behaviour is the action. Its cause is the relationship between the level of power and the attainment of the maximum force of the being.

Until it’s equipped with a level of power that does not coincide with its maximum power, the part carries out internal actions aimed at modifying its own structure, despite is external ties.

Now, we find ourselves in a situation of such complexity that modification is required, the renewal of the rules and the relationships between the parts. The only observation is that for the last fifteen years it has been possible to assure to all the human beings the freedom from necessity, since this result has not been achieved, it demonstrates that the rules of the system are no longer adequate for its level of development and, consequently, for its level of complexity. It is therefore natural, historically logical and probable that someone avoids the rules, adopting estranged behaviour from the same rules, which will evolve on account of such atypical behaviour.

Let us return to the future. We will be able to have an increase in wealth, solidarity and democracy, both in its entirety, and for a part of humanity, but we will not be able to have these conditions for all the parts. Indeed, the reality demonstrates to us that in one hundred years’ time the number of poor, weak and emarginated groups will have increased. And it will be so until we continue to even presuppose that it is possible to fulfil at least one, or two, of these conditions, without the third. The problem is placed in an unreal distorted light. In fact things stand differently. The problem is not in the fact that is impossible to unite these three conditions, but in the fact that these three conditions are referred to as a group that is inexistent, nor will ever exist, if all three are not achieved together.

Without wealth there is no solidarity and no democracy. Without solidarity there is no wealth and no democracy. Without democracy there is no wealth and no solidarity. Just as it’s impossible to have truth, beauty and justice if these three elements do not exist together.

Therefore the problem is irresolvable really because this is not the problem. And thus impossible to find a solution to a non-existent problem. The real problem is how to achieve the three conditions all together. And the solution is the will to achieve together. To do so, it’s necessary to perceive that the maximum individual potentiality is reached in achieving the maximum total potentiality.

But how to make this understood? What are the means? Which strategy is needed to promote understanding? The means in terms of knowledge and ability to act are available, and come from the scientific-technological mechanism. To organize the desired objectives (a change in the way of thinking), requires a process that can be defined as protostrategy, conceived as the emulation of the original only being: division of energy with the first action, formation of waves, creation of space, creation and transformation of matter, with the consequent resetting of the energy, of all the energy, to a more complex state. Therefore, one division and all is recreated.

A PROGRAM OF THIRTY PLANS

Holos Global System is a set of plans to help overcome and fulfil all the human needs in their entirety. It is a complex plan, a whole of ideas, initiatives and actions all leading to the same objective to allow every Human Being to fulfil his or her needs to achieve immortality. It’s an ambitious but essential plan.

The objective of the Holos Global System is to change the way of perceiving, the strategy of the whole, and the expectable future. The effects will be at first the changing of the behaviours of some parts, then the strengthening of a group of parts, therefore the creation of new relationships, and finally the emulation of the whole. The means are knowledge, ideas, resources, organization, and communication. The strategy is the transfer of knowledge, induction and strengthening of ideas, the acquisition of resources, a new structural destination of resources, an organizational centralization, structural decentralization, interactive information, acceleration of processes (disintegration and participation). The result (final functional aim) will be greater knowledge, improvement of behaviours, new way of seeing problems, new solutions to the problems, emulation, strengthening of role models, absorption of the antagonists, exceeding old rules, creation of new rules, beginning of the new process.

Holos Global System is made

up of thirty plans in part already activated:

1) Tejas – Development of production and use of energy on the planet;

2) Udaka – Increase in the amount of available water and its redistribution;

3) Asana – Solution to the problem of the hunger in the world;

4) Ayus – Improvement of health through research, therapy and prevention;

5) Jnana – Improvement of information to every Human Being;

6) Vadana – Spread of centres of social communication;

7) Karoti – Sector and regional plans of production;

8) Tetrakos – National economic plans of development;

9) Nava – Promotion and implementation of new enterprises in every field;

10) Varga – Universal enterprise based on regional groups of enterprises;

11) Karana – Worldwide development of production facilities;

12) Bhaks – Production of durable goods of consumption for non - stop use;

13) Seva – Development of services for businesses and private individuals;

14) Ecology – program for an environmental clean up;

15) Kosa - New global system of financial relationships;

16) Cinoti – Returns of economisation to be assigned to productive goals;

17) Parasparam – Productive reinvestment of produced wealth;

18) Synergy – Social and commercial relationships system between businesses;

19) Vencap – Schemes to develop existing businesses;

20) Vikraya – International compensation for commercial payments;

21) Stellar - Interactive computer science system via ether;

22) Eka - plan for personal emergency on a worldwide scale of circulation;

23) Pat-Patati - New system of circulation with vertical takeoff vehicles;

24) Cyber Bank – Bank accessible by all means of communication;

25) Santi – War industry conversion plan;

26) Avatar – Worldwide centre for applied research;

27) Renewal – Contextual and programmed reform of the human systems;

28) Republic of the Earth – Worldwide Government;

29) Dhana – New monetary unit and mean of payment;

30) Kayamara – plan to discover the cause of mortality of the living cells.

Symbol of Holos Global System plan is a triangle within to a hexagon from which thirty segments enclosed in a circle start.

Every project is independent to the others, yet part of the same strategy.

In order to achieve each plan ideas, resources and organization are required. By ideas, solutions to existing material problems are meant. The resources are human and material. The human resources are those who can and want to participate in a plan and carry out a particular function. The material resources are natural resources and the money needed to acquire them. The organization is the system of relationships and behaviours to adopt as a means to an end.

The ideas, in other words the solutions, on which the plans and programs of Holos Global System are founded, constitute answers to face the prevailing needs of every Human Being.

They can be modernized and implemented in the course of their realization.

The human and material resources necessary in order to achieve the 30 plans are many.

In general, every participant of the plan will have to produce the wealth necessary to support his own economic requirements, not because           this affects the financial requirements of the plan, but because everyone must take his own economic requirements into consideration and know how to fulfil them.

The material resources can be typical and innovative.

Typical material resources are money and credits.

Sales, services or bonds can represent the credits.

The innovative resources are founded on Dhana, the new currency.

The organization will be of the circular type of concentric circles: a central nucleus for the coordination of the 30 plans and one structure for every plan.

The essential functions of the central coordination nucleus and the coordination nucleus of every plan will always be ideas, resources, and organization.

The creator and proponent of the plan should not participate in the structure, which should be constituted exclusively by technicians with various roles.

For each of the thirty plans of Holos Global System the proposed solutions and the resources and the organization for their achievement are specified.

1) Tejas (Energy)

The level of well - being is directly proportional to the amount of employed energy. The yearly worldwide increase of energy production is inferior to one per cent. Less in the last two years. Tejas is a program of worldwide development for the increase of energy. The program proposes the use of all energy sources (methane, biomasses, rivers, cascades, deserts, marine forests, tides, currents, wind, sun, space, bacteria, nuclear) as well as research into new solutions (motors, systems, apparatuses) in order to accelerate an increase in the development of energy resources.

The increase of energy production is obtained by means of a greater exploitation of the natural resources.

For the optimal spread of energy production it is necessary to set up regional and local plans to use the natural resources. The only present natural resource in every Inhabited angle of the planet is solar energy.

The development systems demand methane systems, apparatuses for production of energy from biomasses, dams, hydroelectric centres, converters of heat into electric power, transformation systems of carbon monoxide into oxygen, systems to utilize tides and marine currents, wind centres, solar panels, transformation of gamma beams in electric power, nuclear cold fusion nuclear centres.

Once again: the level of well-being is proportional to the amount of energy employed. The yearly worldwide growth in energy production is lower than one per cent. In the last years it has increased by two per thousand. Tejas is a worldwide development plan for energy utilization. The plan proposes the use of all energy sources (methane, biomasses, rivers, falls, deserts, forests, tides, riptides, wind, sun, space, bacteria, nuclear) and to search for new solutions (engines, facilities, apparatuses) to accelerate the increase of energetic sources utilization.

The resources necessary to accelerate the production of clean energy can be estimated to about 85/100 billion of EUR/USD, equal to 3.4/4 billions Dhana, less than 1 per cent the total amount of Dhana that is provided to be issued (490 billions).

In order to promote the plan, an organisational structure is required; a central group of 81 workers and 233 national groups made of 36 members, totalling of 8,469 workers assigned to the plan.

Experiments can be carried out through this structure, to find functional models, to promote business investment, States and individuals.

2) Udaka (Water)

In the last fifty years the amount of fresh water available for every Inhabitant of the Earth has been reduced by more than half. The root of the causes is the total increase in the population, pollution and climatic changes. The scarcity of the total water available and its irregular distribution over the planet risks provoking conflicts and wars in various regions. Just the water of the rivers and lakes alone is three to a thousand of the present fresh water on the planet, for the seventy per cent trapped in icebergs and permanent snow and for the thirty per cent confined below the Earth. The Udaka program proposes to increase the water amount available and to improve its distribution.

The increase of fresh water availability on the planet is obtained by means of purifying the existing resources and the building of suitable structures to avoid losses and wastage. To supply water to those without it is necessary to transfer the water from the river basins in which it is found and to find new ways of using resources present in the currently lacking areas.

The resources necessary to achieve this twofold solution are of approximately 340 billion EUR/USD, equal to 13.6 billion Dhana, 2.8% the total Dhana to be issued.

The promotion and implementation of the plan require 233 national groups made of 108 members, totalling 25,308 workers.

3) Asana (food)

The Asana program previews the free shipment and the distribution of food to those who risk dying of hunger. In the last the ten years the number of people who suffer from hunger has been reduced by less than 5% and in the next thirty years an ulterior reduction of little more than 40% is previewed. Today 777 million people suffer from hunger. It is ridiculous to think that in order to resolve this problem a dollar a day for every hungry person is enough, 284 billion Dollars a year, 6.5 per thousand of the worldwide wealth produced every year.

In order to resolve the food problem those suffering from hunger must be given food for three years.

In three years the conditions must be created so that everyone is in a position to produce enough for their own survival and development.

To give food to approximately 777 million people suffering from hunger, a complete meal a day must be donated for three years at the cost of one EUR/USD for every starved person, equal to approximately 285 billion EUR/USD a year for three years, for a total of 855 billions of EUR/USD, equal to 34.2 billion Dhana, 7% of the total Dhana to be issued.

The structure required for carrying out the program provides 25,900 centres for the meal production made of 6 members of staff (155,400), 77,700 distribution groups of 6 workers and one central coordination structure with 288 members, totalling 621,888 workers.

4) Ayus (Health)

Health is one of the essential conditions to be able live well. Over half of the world population does not have access to sufficient health care. The Ayus program provides participation in research, therapy and prevention fields.

Physical health demands research, prevention and cure of the diseases.

It is necessary to use modern instruments for fast diagnosis and to adopt the discoveries that science offers us.

This program can be achieved by means of investment in the existing organizations, ensuring resources in order to upgrade their structures and to face the problem in its entirety.

In order to ensure fast, thorough and organised participation, approximately 450 billion EUR/USD are necessary, equal to 18 billion Dhana, 3.7% of the total Dhana issue.

A central organizational structure is required, with 72 people in charge and 28 regional groups of 144 members totalling 4,104 workers.

5) Jnana (Knowledge)

Illiteracy and lack of information are among the roots of causes of poverty and malaise. Hundreds of millions of Human Beings do not know how to read or write and billions of people are not reached by adequate information. The Jnana program proposes to increase the total amount of accessible information and to make it available to all Human Beings.

According to the most recent data, 1.3 billion people over the age of six years are illiterate. For their schooling they need at least 7.7 million scholastic structures (30 students for 3 hours in 6 turns a day), with at least 20 million teachers (70 students per teacher). This is the size of the problem.

Considering an average cost of 10,000 EUR/USD per structure and of 7,500 EUR/USD per teacher, we reach a cost of 77 billion EUR/USD for structures and 150 billion EUR/USD a year for three years for the teachers, for a total of 527 billion EUR/USD, equal to 21 billion Dhana, 4.25% the Dhana to be issued.

6) Vadana-Karna (Social Communication Centres)

To be successful, they need ideas, resources, organization and, above all communication instruments. The current mass communication technology –newspapers, radio, and television – induces in the audience a process of aggregation that is of imitation and not in striving for improvement. The difference between imitation and emulation is enormous. Imitation takes place to feel like another person to develop identical behaviour, pretending to be something you are not. Emulation takes place in order to understand how to think and act in order to fulfil oneself, to be as one really wants to be. The imitator does not have the objective of being, nor the will to be, but rather to appear. The emulator «wants »to be and in order to become what he wants to be he tries to comprise the logical processes that others have adopted and adapted to their own qualities, to their own attributes. He may or may not have been able to recognise his being, but if he wishes to be and emulate enough to be, he will feel like being as he really is.

The recognised being is the power of being in the face of others, to exist in the face of others but it does certainly not exist. The prevailing parts –which are and have the power to exist –of the structure of our system exercise their force so that we think we can do without being. In such a way, those you leave will continue to be and have the power to be and we will continue to think we are able without being, being insignificant and being able to do very little. To exist, therefore, one must want to do so and want to evolve. To be able one must exist and grow, through a dialectic process, of the Socratic type, by means of which the requirements and the ideas for fulfilment are compared, and received sharing information on the best way or the least harmful way of acting. In order to realize this dialectic process liberation needs space where more people can meet together and compare ideas. These are the aims of a net of communication centres constantly in contact with each other.

The Vadana program previews interactive meetings all over the planet, depending on equivalent demographic parameters on the territory. Every meeting will be able to accommodate approximately 250 people who will be able to communicate and to compare with the hosts of all the others meeting points. Such a structure can be run from the same participants, by means of the modest contribution of approximately 500 Euro a year, enough also to cover those people –approximately a third –who cannot afford some cost but are willing and interested in participating, perhaps lending their services instead of paying the contribution.

The social communication centres are interactive dialectic instruments that work together with groups of people in every part of the world keeping in touch, speaking and discussing amongst themselves.

Provides 252,000 centres, with an investment of approximately 50,000 EUR/USD each, for a total of approximately 12.6 billion EUR/USD, equal to 504 million Dhana, one per thousand the total Dhana issue.

Every centre will have two people who are responsible for its running, at a cost of 15,000 EUR/USD a the year, for a total of 3.8 billion EUR/USD, 152 million Dhana a year.

7) Karoti (Piani di produzione)

For about ten thousand years the Human Being has been producing in order to survive. First food, then the production means, thus, finished products. Production is the means of satisfying material needs and desires, often vital. The Karoti program previews a mapping of the requirements and productive possibilities of the various regions of the planet and a total plan of investments in order to adapt their productive ability, holding account of the historical and social characteristics of the populations.

The regional and sector plans of production serve to characterize the plans of development that must be set up for groups of countries and in which fields.

The regions are: 1) North America, 2) Northern Central America, 3) Central America, 4) South Central America, 5) South America, 6) Northern Europe, 7) Central Europe, 8) South Europe, 9) Middle East 10) North-western Asia, 11) North-eastern Asia, 12) Central Asia, 13) South-western Asia, 14) South-eastern Asia, 15) South Asia, 16) Australia, 17) North-western Africa, 18) North-eastern Africa, 19) Central Africa, 20) South-western Africa, 21) South-eastern Africa, 22) South Africa.

A group of 36 workers is required for every country, co-ordinated by a centre with 144 members, totalling 936 people.

The average cost for every regional plan could be of approximately 25 million EUR/USD, adding the cost of the co-ordination centre of approximately 200 million EUR/USD, for a total of 750 million EUR/USD, 30 million Dhana.

8) Tetrakos (National economic plans)

Every country has its characteristics and every population has its requirements. The Tetrakos program proposes the promotion of national economic plans in every country.

The national economic plans are programs of development of production and services. They preview the institution of new businesses in order to increase production and create jobs.

They serve to achieve development plans, taking into consideration the region in which every country is situated and of the programs already set up by its national institutions.

A structure with groups of people is required each of the 233 countries, co-ordinated by a central group of 700 members, totalling 11,884 workers.

The estimated expenditure is approximately 2.5 million EUR/USD per country, plus 35 million EUR/USD for the coordination centre, totalling 617.5 million EUR/USD, equal to 24.7 million Dhana.

9) Nava (Promotion new enterprises)

Economy is founded on business. No plan could ever be implemented without the bases on which the activities are carried out. The Nava program proposes the promotion and establishment of new enterprises in every country, with the workers taking part in its management. A part of the capital of every enterprise will be retained by an agency whose associates will be the workers of the same business for the entire time they work for it.

In order to develop production and the economy businesses are necessary.

More then 342,000 new enterprises will be constituted by more one million workers, for 83 million workers over three years and other 64 million workers in the successive two years.

The constitution of 342,000 new enterprises requires 342 million EUR/USD, equal to 13.7 million Dhana.

10) Varga (Universal enterprise)

Development, recession and recovery are the fundamental economic cycles of the economy. The cycles are due to multiple factors, including the relationship between the market soluble offer and demand. The Varga program previews for every country a group of operating enterprises in various fields coordinated by a single centre.

The plan of the universal enterprise is a solution to avoid and in the end overcome the cyclical crises of the economic systems.

Provides the constitution of one million new enterprises all over the planet, with a cost of approximately 5,000 billion EUR/USD, equal to 200 billion Dhana, 40.8 per cent of the entire issue.

In the universal enterprise initially approximately a total of 50 million workers will be employed with at least 100 million staff in the related enterprises. Over the successive three years from the beginning of the activities, after the consolidation of the initiative, the doubling of the number of workers is expected as well as the value of production.

11) Karana (Production means)

Over four billion Human Beings, approximately three quarters of the population of the planet, do not have sufficient ability to transform resources into products. They need machinery, systems and equipment for agriculture and industry. Karana is a program of worldwide development of means of production. The program previews synergies with the Karoti program (plans of production), Tetrakos program (national economic plans) and Nava program (promotion of new enterprises).

Each of the 342,000 new enterprises of the Nava plan will need means of production at an average cost of approximately 11.3 million EUR/USD, amounting to 3,885 billion EUR/USD, par to 155.4 billion Dhana, the 31.7 per cent of the total to be issued.

12) Bhaks (Durable goods)

Durable goods are non-productive assets for continual use. The Bhaks program has characterized by hundreds of products of common use that render the social and civil life more enjoyable. A part of the machinery, systems and equipments provided by the Karana program will be addressed to the production of durable products.

The estimated expenditure for the development of the production of durable consumption goods for continual use is 115 billion EUR/USD, equal to 4.6 billion Dhana, the 0.9 per cent the issued Dhana.

13) Seva (Services)

Services are today an essential part of production and the market and generally speaking also a part of social and economic relationships. The Seva program proposes to increase the spread of services on the planet and considerably to reduce their cost by means of an accessible system to all.

For the development of services for enterprises and individuals, the expected cost amounts to approximately 195 billion o EUR/USD, 7.8 billion Dhana, the 1.6% per cent the total issue.

14) Ecology (Environment)

The pollution of air, water and soil has already caused consistent modifications in the climate and the natural atmosphere of the planet.

The Ecology program proposes to produce without polluting, to encourage consumerism without destroying the atmosphere and to accelerate, with the necessary technology, the process of restoring the existing conditions to that of fifty years ago.

A cost of 45 billion EUR/USD, equal to 1.8 billion Dhana, 0.36 per cent the provided total issue.

15) Kosa (Financing real economy)

Over 90 per cent of the current financial transactions take place outside the real economy and don’t regard goods. The Kosa program proposes the transfer of part of the currently employed monetary mass, used for other objectives in the present economy, to the enterprises that produce goods and services.

16) Cinoti (Collecting savings)

The Cinoti plan has the aim to encourage savings in production objectives, enabling savers to take part in the system of the enterprises that produce and distribute goods and services with the guarantee of a total reimbursement of the invested capital.

17) Parasparam (Wealth reinvestment)

The Parasparam program (in Sanskrit, parasparam means reciprocity) proposes the destination of the maximum possible wealth produced by the company for productive purposes, by means of a system that offers distinct advantages to those who investing and to those limiting the enterprises’ risks deriving from the new investments.

18) Synergy (Social an commercial relationships)

Synergy plan is a system of mutual relationships between enterprises that produce and sell goods that through the acceleration of information, working to reduce selling times and productive and financial costs.

19) Vencap (Venture capital)

Usually enterprises manage to produce and sell less than their full potential. The difference between potential production and effective production is a wasted and non-expressed potential. The Vencap program is proposes to offer the existing enterprises the possibility to cover the non-expressed potential productive.

20) Vikraya (International clearing)

Vikraya previews a system of regulations of international commercial transactions by means of a process of various applied trading procedures by means of a worldwide centre of consortia compensation.

21) Stellar (Ether informative system)

The Stellar plan previews an informative system via ether that by means of geo - stationary satellites will permit every Human Being human the chance to obtain in real time a reply to any question for which an answer already exists. At the same time the system will be able to enrich current knowledge with the information coming directly from the users.

The estimated expenditure for the Stellar plan is 5 billions EUR/USD, equal to 200 million Dhana.

22) Eka (Personal emergency)

Eka provides a personal security system by means of which every person will be able to connect to a net of intervention units diffused all over the planet and be helped quickly in case of urgent need.

315,000 provided emergency centres, for a cost of approximately 395 billion EUR/USD, equal to 15.8 billions Dhana, 3.2 per cent the total Dhana issued.

23) Pat-Patati (Aerial Circulation)

The Pat-Patati plan provides a mass aerial circulation system with a vertical takeoff vehicle (Air-X) connected to a traffic control network guaranteeing flight safety and an apparatus allowing anyone to fly.

Estimated expenditure par to 5 billion EUR/USD, equal to 200 million Dhana.

24) Cyberbank (Telematic Bank)

Cyber Bank provides a teleinformatic system by means of which it will be possible to carry out payments and withdrawals near any normal bank by means of a simple cellular phone. The hardware has already been produced and initial contacts with the banking system have been taken.

25) Santi (War industry conversion)

The program Saint previews the conversion of the war industry in other productive assets including the artificial production of mechanisms and Electro - medical apparatuses and organs. The outcome of the research of MIT is being studied – Massachusetts Institute of Technology of Boston and subsequently the reconversion processes will be defined.

26) Avatar (Worldwide research centre)

The Avatar plan previews the spread of a worldwide centre of research that will be used by private and public agencies in order to complete economic and productive choices.

The expected cost is 750 million EUR/USD, equal to 30 million Dhana.

27) Renewal (Human system reform plan)

The Renewal plan provides the contextual and programmed reform of relationships and behaviours through the modification of the structure of the hierarchical system by means of a dialectic process between all people.

28) Republic of the Earth (Worldwide government)

The Republic of the Earth is a democratic Government system all the Inhabitants of the planet can take part in.

It was founded on the first of January 2001. The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth affirms the principles of a system of human relationships founded on peace, well-being, freedom, democracy and solidarity. The Dispositions of performance of the Constitution preview the rules to be applied until the election of an International Assembly and the Worldwide Government.

The institution of the Republic of the Earth, as a planetary Government, with the task of unifying the development processes, should not be confused with the rise of a new empire, but as an alternative mechanism regarding such perspectives.

The Republic of the Earth does not reaffirm the supremacy of a new State but its confirmation and above all achieves the sovereignty of the people in all the States. The idea that Human Beings can reach the time of sufficient self - control without the need for intervention on behalf of an authority goes back to the time of the origin of the State, considered as a means to promote the development of maximum individual responsibility. But, as usual, when the instrument – the State – has been asserted, and it too becomes an end, with the usual point, that every part of the system strives towards its maximum potential, until it’s achieved.

Conceptually and historically, this strategy does not exceed the State, since the substitution of a dominant class with another cannot reach its maximum potentiality and, therefore, cannot succeed in modifying the vision of the State as an end.

Only with its maximum potentiality can the State be brought back to its original function of promoter of the maximum responsibility of every individual, because only the maximum potentiality of the State – meant as a democratic State - may coincide with the maximum responsibility of every individual, therefore rendering useless the same existence of the State.

The idea of the Republic of the Earth therefore considers that the cessation of the State can be obtained through the maximum expression of democracy, with the task of taking part where States have not succeeded, and therefore overcome their limits in exercising the function of contributing to the development of the maximum responsibility of the Inhabitants of the planet, in order to establish a situation where cohabitation it is founded alone on rules spontaneously accepted and adopted, without ever again needing intervention from any pre - constituted authority as in the case of the States.

The Republic of the Earth must be understood, therefore, as a new institution and not as one superimposition/overlapping regarding the States. And it must start from the basis, from the Inhabitants of the Earth, certainly not from the existing States; otherwise it would be a matter of an organization of States and not an organisation of citizens.

In this vision, the Republic of the Earth is an expression of the people of the Earth, in fact «of the population of the Earth», identifying guideline/reference values, aiming to transform these values in pragmatic features: first induced, through the process of emulation, from the actions of the new institution; then, spontaneously adopted by every part (by every individual), at the moment in which every part achieves maximum individual potentiality.

As every reality has a beginning and an end, it is also true for the State, it was established out of necessity, and will cease to exist only when there is no longer the necessity.

In order to affirm such an institution it must demonstrate the advantages that derive from its foundation and use adequate strength to make it start from the from the bottom and make known its mechanism and aim.

It is not be possible that the Republic of the Earth will change at the end, because its nature tends towards maximum potentiality and, consequently, its own final dissolution. And it is exactly this aim - of final auto - dissolution that in the end prevents the transformation of its nature.

The objective of the final dissolution through maximum potentiality constitutes in itself the guarantee that the Republic of the Earth will not be able to act in order to consolidate its potentiality, but as a way of strengthening the participants to their aim, in other words achieve its own dissolution.

29) Dhana (Worldwide currency)

Value is the ability of things to satisfy needs. The value standard is the relationship between things and necessity. The value standard unit is the dimension on which basis the relationship between something and the needs that it satisfies is estimated/valued.

Currency is a value standard unit. Dhana is the monetary standard unit of the real value of material and immaterial goods. Its economic base is made up of capitals from enterprises therefore from production means.

Every resource has a value because it’s useful to satisfy necessity. While some natural resources have a sufficient ability to satisfy necessity without any human activity, others require to be transformed in order to be able to satisfy needs, desires and emulation.

Instinct, memory and physical strength are human resources able to satisfy the need to preserve, remember and move. Air and water, if they are pure, the different fruits of nature and its caverns are environmental resources able to satisfy the need to breath, drink, eat and find shelter.

Various mental faculties must be developed so that they assume the ability to understand, think, judge and to deduce. Many fruits are not usable in their natural State unless they are cultivated or transformed. The green grass is not edible unless it is transformed. Lime cannot be used as a form of shelter unless it is no transformed into houses.

And so it is for many other natural resources that alone they are not able to satisfy needs, unless transformed into products. To do so, human activity is required, i.e. work is necessary. Human labour is the way in which physical energy and human intellect is employed.

Nearly all the natural resources would have no value and could not satisfy needs unless transformed into products through work. Therefore it is work that produces value because it is work that renders things able to satisfy needs.

In defining a value measure unit, not only can the value be separated from work, being intrinsic to the things (products) but also it assumes in nearly all things the essential nature because these same ones have value.

The value is not therefore a relationship between two or more things but between things and needs. The measure of the value of one depends on the workload of a certain type, employed in the unit of time required to transform it into the State in which it can satisfy a need.

Currency is a value standard unit. What can this standard unit be represented by other than the unit of work? We can then define currency, as it’s value standard unit, as the work standard unit. For a currency that has work as its monetary base, the monetary standard unit would be a certain amount of work of a certain quality.

While it is possible to establish the exact time employed in work, it is not possible to define precise parameters for the amount and the quality of work in the time unit. Therefore “normal work quantity” and “average work quality” are the terms to use. We then define the standard unit measuring value as a normal amount of work of average quality for a certain time. The size of such a monetary unit is directly proportional to the result that is obtained. Greater the productivity, greater the value of the job, greater the size of the monetary unit.

Dhana is the monetary unit that measures the work unit, understood as normal work amount of an average quality/type for a certain time.

Increasing productivity will increase the value of Dhana.

Dhana was introduced on the 14 June 2001, with the emission of the first 6 billion Dhana, guaranteed by a capital of 150 billion Euros. Subsequently a further 34 billion Dhana was issued, guaranteed by a capital of 850 billion Euros.

The issue provided is nearly 500 billion Dhana, equal to 12,500 billion EUR/USD issue value.

30) Kayamara (Immortality)

Kayamara means immortality. People die of hunger, silks, hardships, disease, and old age. People died from accidents, war and violent actions. People die. Whatever the cause, people die. Man and the woman, the young p and the old, the poor and the rich the educated and the ignorant, the beautiful and the ugly, the good and the bad, the peaceful and the violent, the clever and the stupid. All Human Beings die. Forever. You can live a single moment over a hundred but then you die. We are accustomed to the death. We consider unavoidable. We think it is impossible not to die. Also for this reason we die.

Instead of rebelling to this defeat of life, we imagine life after death It is a mystical vision one. It is the negation of reason. The Kayamara program proposes to defeat physical death. Is it madness? What is madder who rebels against death and tries to defeat it or who accepts it unconditionally and surrenders to it? Is it impossible to beat death? Must we live in order to die?

No, we can live in order not to die. In order to beat death we must in the first place believe that it's possible and then we must try to make it possible. Every Human Being can participate in this program. For love towards himself and those he loves. Letting oneself and his loved ones die is madness .It is a responsibility that nobody should have to face. In order to defeat the death it must no longer be necessary to die.

The expected expenditure for this plan is 1.2 billion EUR/USD, equal to 48 million Dhana.

CONCLUSIONS

Now, to sum up, Holos Global System. We have started from the real problems, from needs: energy, water, food, health, knowledge, communication, production, the environment, resources, emergencies, circulation, research, injustice, poverty, mortality. We have found and indicated solutions, instruments and methods in order to improve things. We have put the solutions together in thirty plans and we have joined them in a single program. We have found the resources in order to promote and to fulfil the entire program that we have introduced above all to the different States and nations. Now it’s the time to introduce directly the program to the people, using all the pacific actions and the mass media available.

We have always worked driven by the duty to act and by the responsibility that comes from the fact that we are lucky to have been born and living where, in spite of the endured injustices, it has been possible to think, create and produce. Now is the moment to allow those who have not had the same opportunities to participate. And that is what we will do.

October 2002.

The President

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

QUESTIONS ABOUT HOLOS GLOBAL SYSTEM

After two years from the presentation of the Holos Global System program, we publish the most interesting questions received from private and public interlocutors, with the relative explanations. 

Questions on the single initiatives

1) Tejas (Energy) –Development of the production and of I use of the energy. 

How can the energy production be developed without getting worse the environment’s situation?

The amount of pollution is not proportional to the energy increase but it depends on which sources are used. Nowadays we are able to support the production cost of all the energy we need using clean sources. The problem is not amount or difficulty but choice.  To use the air, the sun, the tides means to limit or to exclude the oil.   Naturally, who produces and distributes oil opposes and thwarts choices that do not provide the use of it.

The increase of the energy production will require a lot of time. 

In the current world-wide economic situation, it would be enough that 5/6.000 enterprises were dedicated to the production of apparatuses for the production of clean energy in order to obtain the first results in one year time and a definite result in three years.  It is only a question of choice, that naturally must be proposed by means of an organic plan and with the consent of people.

2) Udaka (Water) –Increase and redistribution of the water.   

Who will be prepared to give up his own water resources and leave them to other’s use?

Nobody must renounce their requirements, the use of a minimal part of the unemployed available water resources will be sufficient. 

How can water be carried where there isn’t any?

Modifying the hydrogeological situation of the planet’s surface.  We have invented a completely artificial human system in order to survive to the natural resource’s limits and have learned to cultivate and to transform the resources in products.  We can do the same with water.

3) Asana (Food) –Overcoming of the hunger in the world. 

Instead of giving food wouldn’t it be better to help to produce?

Who is dying of hunger needs fish to be able to use the hook.  The Asana program wants to give the fish.  Then it will be possible to adopt the Karoti, Tetrakos, Nava, Karana, Bhaks plans in order to produce. 

Who distributes the food in the various Countries?

It would be better if the existing organisations took care themselves of the distribution and that the States would guarantee their safety but, if this is not possible, an organisation capable of distributing and of guaranteeing the delivery of the food will be constituded. 

How can you guarantee that the food goes where there’s hunger?

The food will arrive to who needs it if it will be distributed from organisations recognised as honest and efficient or from groups formed between the receivers.

4) Ayus (Health) –Improvement of the physical and mental health. 

How is the problem about therapy and medicine licences for the most serious and diffuse diseases solved?

It is solved buying the licences of the existing remedies and finding new remedies.

5) Jnana (Acquaintance) –Information strengthening and diffusion. 

With which structures is it possible to upgrade and to diffuse the culture and the information?

Also in this case, there are organisations that are already taking care of the problem, they just need strengthening.  If it will not be possible, we will have to recruit teachers directly and organise them. 

Who will be prepared to teach to the illiterates?

Education, like other jobs, is not only a mission but also a profession that can be carried out with an adapted compensation and in total safety.

6) VadanaKarna –(Parla-Ascolta) –Spread of centres of social communication. 

Are mass media and all the current systems of communication not sufficient?

Sonorous and visual media tend to convince ideologically.  The dialectic process and the maieutics demand necessarily a  communication from ear to mouth.  Technology will be employed in order to communicate among groups of participants of various Countries to create a kind of global agorà.

7) Karoti (Production) –sector and regional Plans of production. 

It seems an economic plan similar to those that have failed in the socialist economy systems.

A production plan is not a rigid diktat but a totality of information about real necessities, relative solutions and performing instruments.  The plan is just an indication based on each productive field reality of every area, not an imposition.

8) Tetrakos (Tetrahedron) – Economic development national Plans. 

How do we conjugate the new plans with the ones of the national States?

One by one, all the initiatives of the Holos Global System program are subsidiary, i.e. of aid regarding how much has been already made. Its there totality that is revolutionary, since it translates a group of known but never carried out ideas in concrete actions with synergy. 

Wouldn’t it be better to realise what has been already programmed?

In a holistic system (an all entirety) like the human one, a change strategy must be based on an organic complex of actions all oriented to the same aim.  Otherwise, we risked to give the fish but not the hook or the hook to who is dying because he hasn’t got the fish.  

Isn’t there the risk of a centralised planned economy?

The process of «organisational mimesis» emulation of the behaviours and the relationships, on which I found the new structure (helicoidal) proposed from Holos Global System, provides one centralisation of the propulsive moment (original nucleus) and a circular distance of the communication therefore the participation to choices.  The same in economic relationships, it will be a propulsive, strong, acute moment, to imprint a «modus»followed by an articulate and interactive structure.

9) Nava (New) –Promotion and carrying out of new productive enterprises. 

Why shall we make new enterprises if we already produce more than what we consume?

Tendentially everyone of us must know what, work in order to produce goods and services useful to satisfy needs and desires, means. The structure is objectively anachronistic regarding the level of development of the productive forces, i.e. the potential ability to produce. Even so because of the wrong distribution of the resources and of the obstacles the productive ability finds, the hierarchical structure of the human system resists. 

The more we produce the more the atmosphere gets ruined. 

It’s not true.  It would be like saying that the more you communicate the more one gets confused. You have to look at the problem in a different way:  producing in the wrong way we have ruined and we will continue to ruin the atmosphere, therefore we must try to produce better.  It is possible, just, useful and also beautiful, we only have to understand it.

10) Varga (Group) – Universal enterprise constituted from regional groups of enterprises. 

It seems a «closed»  economic system.

Effectively from an organising point of view it is. It is an experiment that must set aside from the current economic relationships in order to try their innovation. In comparison with the typical economic systems The universal enterprise will be opened to mount (resources) and valley (products and services):  it will be a kind of «laboratory»in which natural resources enter, they come elaborated and transformed without the typical «conditionings »of the normal relationships of production and exit produced and services for all.  It’s important is that the prevailing objective is to maintain the equilibrium and to avoid the cyclical crises. 

Really economic theories have  always been the report of the economic concrete results. How can it be possible to realise concretely a theory that disconnects from the past?

It is true that the economic theories have represented what happened more than how much they have determined it.  Often theories are just a  repetition of previous experiences.  Well, it’s time to imagine a strategy and a praxis that escape to this logic.  Like when we passed from swap to currency.  It’s time to return production as needs satisfying mean instead of continuing –it’s paradoxical –to press for consumption to be able to continue to produce. 

Which is the difference between the Varga enterprises and the others?

The fundamental difference is in the aim.  The enterprise must be function of the production requirements and not only a profit mean.

11) Karana (Average) –World-wide development of production means. 

How is the increase of means of production conjugated with the ability to use them?

This is why Holos Global System is constituted by thirty programs.  Karana is a plan for development of production means, Jnana is a schooling plan, Vadana-Karna is a comparison and communication plan  …

Who will control the greatest production means at disposition? 

Who uses them and who co-ordinates the activities of who uses them.  The co-ordinators will be chosen based on effective ability matured on the field from who has always worked with them.  From the bases.

12) Bhaks (Durable) –Production of consumer goods for continued use. 

Why should we need a particular program for durable goods?

Because it does not exist and never have existed a politic plan aiming the development of the products we use to wash, take care, to rest, etc.. it has all been led back to the free market, to that «invisible hand », we have later discovered needs «the invisible fist, » of the military hegemony to work properly.

13) Seva (Services) – Services development for enterprises and private individuals. 

The services already affect the 70/80 per cent of the distribution and production costs.

The development proposed by the Seva plan aims to lead back the cost of the services within sustainable limits and objectively adapted to the requirements, without excesses.  We will have to imagine common services and industrialise some «service idea, »in order to bring back the function of the service to its original cause as a support mean to other activities.

14) Ecology (Ambient) –Antipollution and environmental depollution. 

Scientists preview that it will take centuries to bring back the planet’s conditions of a few dozens of years. 

Meanwhile we are still polluting.  To depollute  the air and to close the hole in the ozonosphere we should complete an inverse process to the one that provoked them. Scientifically it is possible to do it in a few  years, with suitable and already known apparatuses.  The cost will be inferior to what we will have to support if we don’t act against it. 

To depollute we would have to change our habits.

Also, yes, however great part of the pollution is due to the use of oil.  Therefore we must stop. That’s the key to change things.

15) Kosa (Wealth) –New financial relationships global system. 

Who will control Kosa plan’s financial system  and how can we be sure that it will work better than the current one?

Premised that the financial system previewed from the Kosa plan excludes every speculative operation on money and any kind of interest on loans, it is natural and logical that addressing the monetary resources to the real economy will increase production and occupation.  Such financial system does not only need some control but technical verifications on its real application.  Who takes care of the verifications has the same functions as a judge with laws:  they do not have to check them but to apply them and make them apply. 

Who will be prepared to lend his own savings without receiving interests? 

We will have to replace  the interests on the loan with a participation to the result obtained from the productive employment of the savings. That will require a control of the economic activities from part of the investors.  In fact, it is not right that who lends the money has his gain assured set aside from the result obtained by the employment of that money. And it is not right that who receives money on loan can manage it without the control of who has lent it.

16) Cinoti (Saving) –Collection of the savings to assign to productive purposes. 

How can it be possible to give greater profits to who decides to invest in production than to who invests in financial speculation?

The real wealth is represented from the totality of natural resources, products and services.  The rest is just a numerary value and appearing wealth.  That means that also the profits rising from speculative operations are produced (or supported) by the real wealth, by the production.  Freeing the produced real wealth from the appearing one (rising from the unproductive employment of money), all the produced wealth will be shared among those who concur to the production of real wealth, i.e. between the investor who lends the money and the enterprise that receives it and it invests it, excluding who exchanges money with money without investing in productive activities.

17) Parasparam (Reciprocity) –Productive reinvestment of the wealth. 

Who must plough back, the enterprises or the private investors?

We all must reinvest a part of the wealth available.  The enterprises can do it directly, the private individuals can do it through the enterprises.

18) Synergy (Synergy) –System of social and commercial relationships among enterprises. 

Commercial rules and mechanisms adoptable by enterprises already exist.

Yes, rules proposed and wanted by all those who have the economic system’s hegemony exist and also the (legal) mechanisms in order to develop the relationships between enterprises exist. Unfortunately, the enterprises mass remains broke-up for the action of the same subjects that have wanted the current rules. Such break-up makes a series of intercompany relationships unreliable and useless.  Apparently we have competition and free competition, while really we have a monopolisation of the economic system through political and military power.  This is the current situation.  It is obvious and undeniable.   Synergy is proposed to free the market from the monopoly.

19) Vencap (venture capital) –Strengthen of the existing enterprises. 

How can someone who still hasn’t made enterprises succeed to upgrade the existing ones, if not even those who detain and direct enterprises haven’t?

Who detains and directs the greater part of the enterprises is conditioned from limited resources and a market that has become function of the greater enterprises.  Money lacks and real free competition is missing. This is why the enterprises are producing an average of 70% less of their productive capability.  Taking part with the right financial resources and freeing the market, all the enterprises can increase their productivity and their effective production.

20) Vikraya (Compensation) –International clearing of commercial payments. 

A clearing system among banks already exists.

Exactly, among banks it exists, it reduces costs and risks of the financial transfers, but it doesn’t among who exchanges goods and services.  Vikraya will be a big compensation basin among all those people who sell and acquire goods and services, they will not need intermediaries anymore (banks) that cost and condition the life and the development of who exchanges. 

How does the clearing work between various subjects and banks.

It is a centre of compensation in which every operator has its position (an account) on which the payments come debited and credited the collections.  Costs nothing and does not concur to manage billions of transactions of whichever amount in real time. 

Are talking of a kind of barter?

No, barter is not a monetary compensation, its between goods.  The barter could instead be transformed in numerical values that can be managed with the Vikraya system.

21) Stellar (Stellar) – Via ether interactive computer science System. 

Internet already exists.

Many functions provided by Stellar System have been adopted and are carried out by Internet, with some limits (transmission speed, information disjointing etc.). The Stellar System has been introduced in 1991, when Internet did not exist.  In a short time, Stellar will have immediacy and interactivity characters, therefore of communication’s acceleration that Internet will be only able to acquire in a few decades time. The standardisation of the sonorous communication will concur to use the system also to the illiterates (1.4 billions of persons) and with an appropriate simultaneous translator it will allow us to communicate in our own mother language.

22) Eka (Unit) – Total diffusion personal Security system. 

Will this system eliminate privacy?

No, because it provides devices that consent you to find the position of every single person in alarm case.

Will it  be an expensive system?

It will have a sustainable and tolerable cost for all and for the society in its totality.

23) Pat-Patati (Flight) –New air traffic system with vehicles using vertical takeoff. 

How will we be able to control the traffic of billions of vehicles in flight?

It will be easier than to control current urban and extra-urban traffic but also the current air traffic, that really depends on the attention and on the number of flight controllers, badly equipped and remunerated. 

Which effects will this system have on the atmosphere?

With the right engines, the vehicles will free steam. Perhaps we will have more humidity but certainly not carbon monoxide.

24) Cyberbank (cybernetic Bank) –Credit data transmission Management. 

Home-banks already exist.

Home-banks are superstructures (accessories) of the normal banks.  Cyberbank will be a full-service bank that will be able to manage whichever number of operations in real time, with the right devices in order to prevent the dispersion of the data.

25) Santi (Peace) –Program of conversion of the war industry. 

The war industries will never accept to produce other goods if they will have lower profits.

War industries will have power until when it will not be understood that the Peace is not the result of a process of the past but the supposition of a new process facing future.  In that moment, it would be wrong to waste advanced technology that can instead be employed in order to produce more and better, take care and …many other things.

26) Avatar (To come down) –world-wide Centre of applied searches.  

Wouldn’t it be sufficient to finance and to upgrade the existing centres?

Apparently, yes.  Really, nearly all the current centres of search are subjected to the great medicine industry that imposes the concrete choices of search and applications. In order to break this process. It is necessary to attract the researchers to an agency that guarantees the maximum freedom of initiative and the maximum rigour regarding the expectations that science has ingenerated.

27) Renewal –Plan of reform human relationships and behaviours. 

If we are like this it is because we have wanted to.

Perhaps we didn’t want to be like this but we could only be like this. Until man had to assert himself to survive it wasn’t possible to operate in another way.  Today, the development level of the productive forces, the information’s diffusion and the acquaintance allow the transformation of conflicts in comparisons and the adoption of rules to hold the system united (see, in documents, «a woman »and «the super relation of the human system. » 

Is this «change» going to be imposed?

Change and renewal are natural processes that happen uninterruptedly and spontaneously in every system, because a closed system can not exist, every system communicates with the others. The Renewal plan and the Holos Global System program in a generalised manner are the means in order «to accelerate »the change, to overcome as quickly as possible the gap between the human sort development level and the rules that hold it together, that have remained back because of a few subjects that do not want to accept the “new” which is needed.  If we don’t intervene accelerating the process of adaptation of rules and behaviours to the human development level, the system risks to explode (see, in documents, «holistic System and environmental base).  »

28) Republic of the Earth-World wide Government elect by the inhabitants of the planet. 

Every people has the government it deserves.

It isn’t fault of who doesn’t know if who knows prevents the others from knowledge.  This simple evidence is valid for the base of every organised structure and for every complex system, human one included. 

Who has the power today will do anything not to loose it.

For the first  time in known human history there’s the possibility to get the badly off get better without affecting the well off. Knowing that the Renewal’s process and the Holos program are objectively necessary, they can easily be acknowledged as unrestrainable.  Faced this condition, anyone has interest not to hinder but to participate.  And therefore, as justice can’t exist without forgiveness, future can’t exist without participation. 29) Dhana (Money) –Monetary Unit of value measurement and exchange mean. 

What is a currency without legal tender for?

Until the value of a currency is found on legal tender, who issues it will be able to condition the level of development of who adopts it.  The redeeming power of Dhana starts from 25 Euro for one Dhana and, being the emitted amount of Dhana limited, it will always increase in proportion to the speed and the number of transactions in the time unit, following Fisher’s Law. Who accepts Dhana is capable of making others accept it.  There’s just to understand, not to fight. 

Who controls the volume and the guarantees of the reserve?

Dhura is the agency for the emission of Dhana and the control of its monetary system.  The direction of Dhura is assigned by the international Assembly of the Republic of the Earth that in its turn is elect by the single inhabitants of the planet.  Therefore, the General Council of Dhura is expression of the will of who makes part of the Republic of the Earth, from the base. 

Which are the safety characteristics of Dhana tickets?

Dhana and Kana-Dhana tickets adopt modern anti-counterfeiting systems. Some are perceivable, others are kept secret and can only be recognized through special apparatuses. The material is special and obtained through an original and exclusive chemical process. Doesn’t bleach. Despite being thin, it doesn’t tear. It’s water-repellent. Resists high temperatures.

What’s the other currency’s destiny?

With the time they will disappear.  In a system of total relationships all the national coins do not have any sense.  The comparison is cosmopolitan, universal, among all.  And it demands an only unit of measure of the value. 

How can we be sure that the 100 Dhana assigned will not be entirely  addressed to personal consumption?

We must begin  by remembering that the number of Dhana issued will not be able to exceed the 100 Dhana for inhabitant of the Earth therefore more Dhana can’t be assigned.  There are people that are used to hold in reservoir a bread piece for months, why shouldn’t he understand that this is an unrepeatable occasion?  Who is less aware? Who is dying of hunger or who spends one hundred times what could overcome the hunger in the world for war? 

Isn’t the emission of coins different from the ones emitted by central banks and States prohibited?

No, it’s not prohibited, because a not national currency can be emitted from anyone as a representation of goods. 

All the enterprises could emit there own currency.

Yes, but Dhana is not emitted from an enterprise but from an institution (the Republic of the Earth, through Dhura) and guaranteed from enterprises that accept to distribute their capitals in equal parts among people.  If there are emulators, they are welcome. 

How is it possible to manage and to put Dhana in circulation outside the banking circuit?

Dhana in physical currency will be exchangeable against goods and services and also to a net of moneychangers organised from Dhura in every part of the world.  Dhana in electronic and data transmission currency does not need any.  

Doesn’t Dhana’s assignment constitute public saving collection?

No, the acquisition of funds with reimbursement obligation is saving collection in deposits as in any other shape. Dhana’s assignment against the emission cost reimbursement does not provide any reimbursement to the assignee. 

If I accept Dhana how do I spend them?

Explaining its duty, why it has been introduced and why who possesses has accepted it. 

Which is the real value of Dhana?

When emitted, every Dhana is guaranteed by a capital of the nominal value of 25 Euro. 

Who’s is the property of Dhana?

Dhana is of the bearers who detain it and that can transfer it by simple delivery and convert it in shares of the capitals that guarantee it.  Just like gold convertible coins, only that for Dhana in place of the gold  there are shares, participation to enterprises capital. 

Is Dhana also assigned to those who don’t work?

Yes, to everyone.  And it will have much more value for who has a minor yield.  This is the meaning of redistribution of the wealth. 

30) Kayamara (Immortality) – Cells mortality causes Searches. 

What does «die for necessity» mean?

It means that our DNA has been adapted to our behaviours and determines our ending as mean of renewal.  As an example, following the analysis of the levels of the of transcription/reparation factor TFIIH, the mutations of gene XPD (xeroderma pigmentosum group D) are associated to pathological phenotypes that characterize in the end of life the improvement possibility of the future life.  The end depends on us, on our behaviours, not on a irreversible cause. 

To think of immortality is a presumptuous act.

To fly, to assert that the Earth is a sphere that turns around to the Sun, to ride bicycle and many other things, have those all been presumptuous acts? 

Who says that human beings want to live forever? 

In fact, not all want it.  Probably for two thirds of us to exist is worse than not to exist.  That’s why things must change, to overcome death as a necessity. Thus until death, every concept or principle on the safeguard of the human life lacks of value:  because, at the end, you die.

It is a bizarre idea.

Bizarre means outlandish. Outlandish is what goes outside the limits.  Bizarre is what doesn’t follow those behaviours considered common and habitual.  But who has set the limits?  Where were they born?  And which results have we reached with those behaviours considered common and habitual?  Perhaps it’s best to rebel are selves against limits set up by such a discussed system and  go over behaviours that everyone considers mistaken.  Perhaps we should read once more the parable of the Good Samaritan …

Other questions  How much does Holos Global System cost?

The cost of the program is of approximately 12,500 billions of Euro to employ in three years, with an organisation constituted of 37,533,897 persons in 234 countries. 

Which relationship is there among Republic of the Earth, Dhana and the other initiatives provided by Holos Global System?

They are all part of one program and they are in synergy with each other. 

Knowing that neither of the national States or of the international organisations have, how is it possible that the solutions indicated from Holos Global System can be realised?

The original function of the national States has been exausted by «the data transmission revolution» and the globalisation that, in itself, is certainly not an evil, since it makes the atmosphere cosmopolitan, as in truth it has always been but never as it has never been possible to consider it.  The international organisations are only superstructures of the national States and, really, hegemony instruments. 

How can the redistribution of the wealth happen if who detains its curreny does not mean to renounce to the one he has?

This is why Dhana has been issued.  If who has more had accepted to redistribute what he has we wouldn’t have needed a new financial instrument. 

Who has lent and where are the capitals in order to realise Holos Global System?

who has understood that it is not possible to continue like this and that instead of waiting a probable implosion of the system, as is happened many times without that there were concrete alternatives, has accepted to renounce to a part of what he had not to lose all of it.  He’s done it for opportunism, as a reasoned, logical, objective, material, interested choice.  But he’s done it. 

How can a structure that previews 37.5 million persons all over the world be formed and managed?

There are nations with beyond a billion of inhabitants, everyone of them has or must have one own function.  That’s how it will be possible, with austerity, uprightness and responsibility.  With a new helicoidal structure in place of that hierarchical one constituted from a pyramid. 

How is it possible to introduce Holos Global System, the Republic of the Earth, Dhana and all the other initiatives if the information is controlled by who guides the current system?

The information is of who can employ resources in order to use it.  This is the rule of the technostructure. 

What does the «Without Title» named video mean?

It’s obvious.  It’s a script of the year 1992.  Things have gone as previewed. 

But how many are you?

You can investigate as much as you can but you won’t get to know it unless we will all decide together to say it.  And then it will be a surprise. It is not a rhetorical Answer but the truth.  

Where do you come from?

Surely from the Earth. 

What are you doing it for?

For everyone.  Surely not just for us. 

Holos Global System seems a «totalling» system if not «totalitarian.  »

No, it’s a holistic system.  It’s different.   Much different. 

They are not clear but they must be some hidden objectives.

This is  why we must accelerate.  Because nowadays nothing is believed.  Everyone reflects the others in him self.  And if I would or wouldn’t do something, one supposes that also all the others would or would not do it for the same reason. But sometimes singularities exist.  And they are different. Secrets Objectives do not exist. Instead means and instruments still not declared exist.  They will be useful in order to re-react against the reactions that will derive from our actions. These means make the initiative winning.  It is inconvenient to prevent it. It’s dangerous to assault who proposes it:  hell would burst. 

What’s Holos System? (http://www.holosbank.org/holos/KNOW.htm)

A totality of constantly updated information about all the most important themes of the planet, an instrument that allows us to face all the material problems in all the Countries, a recorder-analyst with infinite eyes and ears.  If the information is power, Holos System is a power instrument that it knows more than what lets to know. 

Nobody does anything for nothing.

In fact we don’t act for nothing but to change the world. 

Which risks runs who participates to the program?

None.  An amorphous mass can be put under control, dominated but a totality of parts that participate with conscience and will to a necessary «plan »is free, strong, winning and unrestrainable. 

Which benefits obtains who participates?

All of them, sooner or later, will have to participate.  This is future in which we should  believe and the concrete hope for which we should live and fight. 

How much does it costs to participate?

Absolutely nothing in terms of resources and the maximum engagement in order to study, to acknowledge, to understand, to know in order to be  in the position to decide freely. 

Will the current laws be observed?

All the laws that will be correctly adopted will be observed.  

Why does Holos Global System provide just thirty plans?

The number is accidental.  Perhaps this number will have to be increased in relation to the perception of new requirements and to the conceiving of new solutions. 

This program seems a beautiful dream.

It’s what it is that’s important and not what it seems .  It is a realisable plan, for us and who will come after us and will be able to live with us. 

On what does the order of the single plans depend?

From the priorities of the problems.  WE start from the water, the air and the energy in order to arrive to the infinite (Kayamara).  

It seems all an utopia.

Utopia is to think to go ahead without having to change, knowing that for the majority it will not be possible.  This is what philosophy, science, statistics and all the religions say. 

It is an unrealistic, unrealisable plan.

Unrealistic means to think of developing in a corrupted system in which the structure is distant light years from the possibilities we have. 

It is a hegemonic plan.

The opposite.  It is an anti-hegemonic plan.

Until a little time ago, «a social group can and must be leading  before conquering governative power (one of the most important conditions for the power conquest). Later on when he exercises power even if he keeps it in his fist, he becomes dominant but he will have to continue to be “manager”» (Antonio Gramsci, Notebooks of the jail, vol.  III, Einaudi, Turin 1975.)

In a class system, the ruling class is the dominant class that knows how to organise the economic system advantage at its one benefit, to occupy the main politically strong positions and to extend to all the layers of the society the norms and the values that constitute the cultural patrimony.

In the industrial society, the dominant class is the one that detains the production means (capitals and machinery), with which it can impose to the other classes, and especially to the working class, not only the relationships of production but the social organisation, the institutions and the ideology the most favourable for itself.

In more recent times, the power of the dominant class isn’t just carried out by controlling the means of production but also through the control of the models of consumption and through persons styles of life.  Such control is possible by monopolising the use of mass media, that allows the dominant class to extend there culture to the entire society.

In a holistic system, no group can be the dominant class because no group can draw advantage from the subordination of the other classes.  In a holistic system a managing social group can be formed without that he is also dominant. 

Which relationship is there between Holos Global System and «globalisation» ?

The globalisation regards nowadays various aspects as: economy, finance, politics, communication.  Holos Global System takes part to the process of globalisation of the economy and proposes plans in fields in which this process is in delay, as politics and currency are regarding commerce and finance.  The Republic of the Earth is an alternative to hegemony and to the empire.  Dhana is an alternative to the virtual currency and the appearing wealth.  Some programs are alternatives to the of economy in finance.  Holos Global System is a program that starts from the truth to transform it. 

Which relationship is there between Holos Global System and religion?

None. Not even the Kayamara has anything to do with religion:  the search of the causes of ageing and mortality of the cells does not disown spirit’s immortality.  Everyone has the right of having his own vision about the origin and the last aim. Nobody has the absolute truth.  Péntakos does not expect to be an other Gospel neither to assert questionable truths.  Some text (Religions) face the problem of mysticism in a historical, scientific way, surely not ideological. 

Holos Global System proposes the «the perception method» modification. Will it not be dehumanising?

The perception method determines the acquaintance of the truth through conscience.  All the successive phases in order to face material problems (objective, solutions, strategy, instruments) depend on the way of perception and the acknowledgement of the real problems.  To change the perception way means to restore what  has been already dehumanised.  This time «man» wins.

What do the expressions–indicated in the introduction of Holos Global System – mean? Mutation of the behaviours of some parts, strengthening of a group of parts, creation of new relationships, the entirety’s emulation, acquaintance transfer, idea’s induction and strengthening, resources acquisition, new structural destination of the resources, organisational centralisation, structural decentralisation, interactive information, acceleration of the processes (disintegration and participation), emulator strengthening, antagonists absorption.

Mutation of the behaviours of some parts means modification of the way to act of an initial group of subjects that have participated to the elaboration of the program.

Strengthening of a group of parts means to confer greater power (see the program of Holos Global System) to who participates to the promotion of the program.

Creation of new relationships means to adopt new (social, civil, economic and moral) human relationships between who participates to the promotion.

Entireties emulation means «organizational mimesis»that is when the system emulates relationships and behaviours of the group that promotes the program.

Acquaintance transfer means the conveyance of the experience of the original group to the other parts of the human system.

Induction of the ideas means to impart a more objective acquaintance of the truth through conscience than the current one and strengthening of the ideas means an increase of will and the engagement in the realisation of the devised solutions.

Resources acquisition means fair redistribution of the available resources between all the parts, that are all the individuals of the system.

New structural destination of the resources means a different uses of the human and material resources in order to modify the structure of the system from hierarchical of pyramidal shape in circular of helicoidally shape.

Organisational centralisation means to lead back every action to a common aim by means of a process that tends to maintain the equilibrium around a hinge.

Structural decentralisation means press on initiative autonomies and self-control.

Interactive information means dialectic process (one of the most serious problems that we have is that we are not capable of listening).

Acceleration of the participation and disintegration processes means to remove the old relationships, the old relations and to restore a participative mechanism without steps and hierarchical levels.

Emulator strengthening means to give more strength to who really wants to change.

Antagonist absorption means to convince who hinders to co-operate. 

Which plans are already activated?

Practically all the plans have been activated.  Now the necessary structure must be completed and this is the next stage to realise. 

Which obstacles could be meet by realising the plan?

Common ignorance, egoism, commonplaces, ideologies, reservoirs, prejudice, physical and mental laziness.  

 Italy, July the 8th 2003.

FURTHER QUESTIONS ABOUT DHANA

Holos Global System is a program of thirty initiatives to be carried out in every country in order to face the most felt and urgent problems of humanity.

Natural and juridical persons from different countries have assigned starting capitals worth 12,441 billion Dollars. After a sequence of monetary and financial operations, the value of those capitals on the 23rd of May 2003 was 16,165,468,420,746 US Dollars, par to 13,711,169,143,974 Euro, and on the 18th of December 2003 was 14,547,409,621,008 Euro, par to 18,056,244,821,595 US Dollars.

The increase in energy, water, food, health, culture, information, communication, production and development isn’t the only aim of the Holos Global System that introduces also social and politic initiatives.

The Republic of the Earth, a worldwide government system directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet with the aim to assure freedom, democracy and well being to all the peoples, was founded on the 1st of January 2001.

One of the fundamental aims of Holos Global System and of the Republic of the Earth is the equal distribution of wealth among all human beings, to improve the conditions of the badly off without affecting the well off.

In order to achieve this aim, it’s necessary to bring back money from personal enrichment means of a minority to its original function of exchange means.

Unfortunately, no actual currency owns the essential requirements in order to carry out money’s natural function, due to the enormous disproportion between the amount of outstanding currency and the goods it should represent and also due to the loss in value caused by the states’ national debt.

Therefore what’s needed is a new currency, entirely guaranteed, productive and convertible.

On the 14th of June 2003 the first 6 billion Dhana were issued, guaranteed by an enterprise capital worth 150 billion Euros, par to 25 Euros per Dhana. Subsequently, another 144 billion Dhana were issued, always guaranteed by a capital worth 25 Euro per each Dhana.

The relation between Dhana ed Euro was later abandoned, the new rate is now one gram of platinum per one Dhana.

Dhana will never be legal tender. Contrary to all other currencies, it will never be imposed and its acceptance will always be free and voluntary.

Each inhabitant of the planet that will take part in the Republic of the Earth and that will state, voluntarily, to accept this currency as payment, will be assigned one hundred Dhana.

Because the people living on the planet are 6 billions and 300 millions, of which almost 5 billions are least sixteen years old, the total amount previewed to be issued in order to assign one hundred Dhana to each of them is about 500 billion Dhana.

Apart from an extra five per cent to be addressed exclusively towards humanitarian initiatives, the amount of Dhana to be assigned won’t be able to be increased for any reason.

Such amount coincides with trade requirements and the limit will prevent any devaluation of Dhana. By increasing the production of goods and services without issuing further currency, the unitary value of Dhana will increase.

Dhana is divided in one thousand Kana-Dhana and is issued in the denominations of 1, 5, 10, 50, 100 and 500 Dhana and of 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 and 500 Kana-Dhana. One Kana-Dhana is worth 2.5 Eurocents.

  Contrary to all other currencies, which are not convertible, Dhana is convertible in the capital shares that guarantee it or in the capital shares owned by the subjects that guarantee it and such shares are convertible in Dhana.

Because the interests borne by capitals cause speculation, Dhana doesn’t produce interests. Its value increases in time, together with the increase of the economic and productive effects it produces.

What’s Dhana?

1. What’s Dhana?

Dhana is a currency; therefore in order to understand Dhana you have to know what currency is.

2. What’s currency?

Currency is a value measure unit and a payment means.

3. What does value measure unit mean?

A value measure unit is the unitary element used to calculate the value of economic goods. As the meter is a length measure unit, currency is a value measure unit.

4. What does payment means mean?

Payment means are those that can be used in order to exchange economic goods.

5. Which goods are economic goods?

Economic goods are the material objects and everything that is useful in order to satisfy human needs and desires.

6. Where are the material objects?

Mankind obtains material objects from the nature surrounding him: he consumes them or he transforms them in products to be consumed or to be used in order to transform other goods of nature.

7. What’s production?

The production is the conscious activity of mankind to transform natural goods and strength in to products.

8. What are products?

Products are the result of the transformation of goods and of the forces there are in nature, through work.

9. Which economic goods are not material objects?

The economic goods that are immaterial are the energies, the ideas, the actions necessary in order to perform activities that are useful to mankind and its environment.

10. What does it mean to exchange?

In economy, exchange means to sell or purchase something in order to purchase or sell something else.

11. What’s the exchange for?

Exchange is to obtain something you need by giving back something the person who receives it needs.

12. Has currency always existed?

No. Once upon a time, exchanges were made through barter, giving things in exchange of others. Currency arose when, due to the variety of goods to be exchanged, it had been necessary to use one single thing in order to measure the value of all the others and to pay them.

13. How did barter work?

In exchanging through barter, the goods exceeding one’s own needs were offered in exchange of needed goods. The exchange was made between to kinds of goods: you sold one in order to have a different one (Goods > Goods).

14. And with currency?

At the beginning, currency was a good you used to exchange different kinds of goods. With currency, who had exceeding goods would sell them in exchange of money and then give the money in exchange of other goods. The exchange was made among three goods: sold goods, money (also that was a goods, for example metal) and bought goods. You used to sell a kind of goods in order to have money and you used to give the money to have another kind of goods (Goods > Money > Goods). The goods were the origin and aim of the exchanges. Money was the means.

15. And now?

Beginning from mercantilism on, the cause of exchanges has turned upside-down. Having money, one buys goods in exchange of money in order to sell them in exchange of an amount of money higher than the one used to buy the same goods (Money > Goods > Money). Money has become the origin and the aim of exchanges. Goods have become the means in order to have more money.

16. And then?

Along with the industrial revolution, the exchanging process became more complicated: having money, you acquire resources; with other money you by work in order to transform the resources in products; finally, you sell the product at a price higher than the total amount of the money spent to buy the resources and to pay the work (Money > Resources > Money > Work > Product > Money). Money has become origin and aim not just of the exchanges but also of production. The resources, the work and the products have become the means in order to have more money.

17. How can currency be?

Currency can be a piece of metal with an own intrinsic value, or a ticket representing the value of that piece of metal or other economic goods, or it can also be a simple writing representing the value of a credit.

18. Who makes currencies?

It's a factory called mint that coins metal currencies (coins). Currencies in tickets are issued by states and central banks (banknotes). Other banks than the central ones are those who issue written currencies (bank money).

19. What’s a bank?

A bank is a subject in which premises you can deposit currency and from which you can be granted currency in shape of a loan.

20. What’s a central bank?

The central bank is the one that is authorised by the state to issue currency and that controls the other banks. In almost all countries, the central bank is a private body, a company.

21. Upon what does the value of a currency depend?

The value of a metal currency depends on the value of the material it’s made of. The value of a currency in tickets depends on the goods that guarantee it or that that currency represents. The value of a written currency depends on the credits in exchange of which it’s been issued.

22. What are state notes?

State notes are pieces of paper the states use to represent their assets. Once upon a time, the state’s assets where privately owned by the monarch. Along with the republics, the states’ assets became public property.

23. And what are currency notes?

Currency notes are banknotes that have been issued by central banks and represent precious metals, other material goods, credits or other currencies.

24. What kind of relation is there between states and central banks?

The state can pay its costs in three ways:  through tax burden; issuing state currency; issuing bonds or debit statements, the obligations, which it grants to banks and private persons that in their turn loan currency receiving some interest. If the state loans are granted by the central bank, this issues currency it grants to the state against interest, the state in its turn will return obligations to the central bank.

25. Are banknotes therefore guaranteed by debts?

The currency the central bank issues in order to fund the state is guaranteed by the credits the bank has towards the state that receiving the currency. Exactly what happens when a private person is granted a loan by making a debit statement.

26. Does the state payback the loan by giving back currency?

Apparently, yes. Really, to obtain the currency in order to payback the loans and pay the relative interests, the state contracts a new loan equal to the sum between the previous loan and the interests it has to pay.

27. Will the state’s debt keep increasing?

It seems so. In the last ten years (1993-2002), the total states’ debt (the so called public debt) of all the countries of the world has increased by the 59.6% while, in the same period, the wealth produced in all the world has increased by the 24.5% and the value of the state-owned assets has reduced heavily due to the privatisations. This is why the states have decided to cut their costs. Unfortunately, today the states’ debts have almost reached such a value it seems impossible to be able to lower them.

28. What are privatisations?

They’re the selling of assets from the state to private persons. This way public goods (of the state) get privatised.

29. Does public debt increase the quantity of outstanding currency?

Yes, because new currency is issued so that the states can be loaned such currency in exchange of credits towards them. This way, the total nominal value of the outstanding currency increases more than the total value of the goods that could be purchased with that currency.

30. Shouldn’t more currency allow producing and consummating more?

It would be true if the increased amount of currency would be made available to those who produce and who consume.

31. What happens instead?

Instead, the excess of currency remains with who can’t consummate more and the currency exceeding isn’t used for production or to be consumed.

32. So who uses it?

The currency that isn’t used to pay products is employed in financial operations, with the aim to try an increase the quantity of money owned, without the production risks. A kind of currency gets sold in exchange of another kind. (Currency-currency). With barter, the objects of the exchange were goods. Along with the financialisation of economy, the object of exchange is the currency.

33. What does financialisation mean?

It means that the market is made more of currency (finance) than of goods.

34. Can public debt be reduced?

In order to reduce public debt one should devaluate all currencies by taking off the value exceeding the one of the goods they represent.

35. Way isn’t it possible?

Because who granted the money to the states seems not to agree very much.

36. But, would it be useful?

Yes, even if the devaluation of coins would affect also the prices and really it wouldn’t change the ratio between public debt and value of the produced wealth.

37. What does it mean?

To devaluate a currency for a certain amount would reduce public debt but, also, and at the same extent, the prices of economic goods: the ratio between public debt and the value of wealth would keep the same.

38. Can’t this ratio be modified?

To improve the ratio between public debt and the value of the produced wealth, the increase in production should be higher than the one of public debt.

39. How would it be possible to produce more?

In order to produce more, real economy and those who produce and who consume should be assigned more resources. Today, more than the 90% of the currency is employed in speculative operations completely outside of the productive system. Great part of the money is not used to pay goods or services but for financial brokering: a certain currency in exchange of another one or of non-commercial credits.

40. What’s real economy?

Real economy is the production, which is carried out by transforming the resources in products through work.

41. If economy isn’t real what is it?

It’s virtual economy, a kind of economy that doesn’t produce wealth but simply increases its price.

42. Would it be sufficient to increase production?

An increase in production exceeding the increase of public debt reduces the ratio between real wealth and public debt and therefore between real wealth and amount of currency.

43. How would it be possible to produce more?

To produce more, bigger amounts of products should be consumed or used in order to produce.

44. And how can we consume more?

In order to consume more one should have more money to be able to buy more.

45. If not?

If they can’t be purchased because of a lack in money, products won’t even be consumed or used.

46. And so?

The products that can’t be consumed or used are useless. Useless products have no value.

47. So isn’t it possible to produce more?

To produce more, who doesn’t have enough money to buy goods he could and would consume, and who doesn’t have enough money in order to produce should both be given more money.

48. All this is the currency’s fault?

No. Currency is the means and not the rule of the exchanges.

49. So then, what’s the cause?

The cause is the economic system, where people buy in order to sell instead of selling in order to buy. The original cause of exchanges is to give produced goods in order to receive different ones that are needed. Since goods have been sold at a higher price than their purchase one or than their production cost, goods are purchased to sell or produce, are purchased to earn.

50. What are earnings?

To earn is the aim of the enterprises operating in the economic system. The whole of the earnings is divided in a disproportionate way in relation with the needs of who takes place in the production.

51. Who takes part in the production?

 Enterprises and workers.

52. Why are the earnings divided in a disproportionate way?

Because an exceeding amount stays in the hands of who cannot consume it nor use it in order to produce, while it’s missing in the hands of who would need it to satisfy needs.

53. With what effects?

since then, it’s impossible to produce more, because not even what we actually produce is consumed, so part of the currency is excluded from production and consumption.

54. What’s written currency (bank money)?

Bank money is the one a bank loans to someone by making it available on a bank account through a simple registration or writing.

55. What does the bank receive in return of the bank money?

Bank money can be loaned on trust, or it can be accredited in exchange of bonds or commercial credits of who receives it. Basically, who receives bank money can payback a fiduciary loan after he has had the possibility to do it, while he can grant bonds or commercial credits in the same moment he receives the currency.

56. Can banks issue bank money without limits?

The limit is the ratio between deposits and loans, which mustn’t be lower than a certain quote, called legal bank reserve.

57. What are deposits and loans?

A deposit is the currency the clients pay into a bank. A loan is the currency the bank makes available to the clients. The bank keeps part of the deposits in order to face the withdrawals of those who deposit and loans the rest to the clients. The loans bear an interest rate that goes to the bank that is higher than the one the bank acknowledges to the deposits.

58. What’s the legal bank reserve?

It’s the part of the deposit that the banks can’t loan but have to keep available to give it back to those depositing the money in the case they shall ask for it.

59. What’s the ratio between legal bank reserve and loans?

If the legal bank reserve is equal to the 10% of the deposits, the bank can loan up to the 90% of the deposits and issue bank money in the amount of the bonds and commercial credits offered from those receiving loans against credits. The total amount of bank money is par to the sum of the fiduciary loans, plus the compensations for the bonds and commercial credits it transforms in currency.

60. What’s bank money for?

Bank money can be left as deposit in the bank that issues it or deposited in other ones. This way, the bank system multiplies the currency issued by the central bank.

61. How can currency be multiplied?

Due to the effect of the so-called monetary multiplier, by means of which the bank system multiplies currency for as many times as the reserve percentage fits in a hundred: ten times if the legal bank reserve is 10%, twenty if it’s 5%, 50 times if it’s 2% (as for the Euro). The more the amount of the loans is high the more the one of the deposits is, and the one of the difference between the total of the interests on loans and the total of the interests on the deposits is as well.

62. And Dhana?

What does it represent? Dhana doesn’t represent precious metals or other material objects but registered capital shares of enterprises.

63. Why this choice?

Because in nature there aren’t enough goods to guarantee all the Dhana that will have to be emitted in order to assign one hundred of them to each one.

64. But, why isn’t it guaranteed by goods?

In order to guarantee all the Dhana to be issued with goods one should have an enormous amount of goods and, once those goods would get consumed one should substitute them with other goods. This is why enterprises’ capitals guarantee Dhana.

65. What’s the capital of an enterprise?

The capital is the wealth the enterprise receives from the shareholders or partners in order to transform it in production means to produce new wealth.

66. What does the capital represent?

It represents the value of the enterprise and, therefore, the value of the production means of the same enterprise: facilities, machinery, plants, patents etc.

67. Couldn’t Dhana be guaranteed by production means?

These means aren’t easily divisible, so it wouldn’t have been possible to guarantee a convertible currency with them, because it’s not possible to convert a currency with a piece of building or of machinery.

68. And so?

Because Dhana can’t be guaranteed by a part of production means, Dhana is guaranteed with capitals of enterprises that detain such production means. Each Dhana represents a quote worth 1 gram of platinum of those capitals.

69. What does nominal value mean?

The nominal value is the one that results as already paid to an enterprise by the partners.

70. Upon what does this value depend?

Exclusively upon the value the partners give in the enterprise.

71. Why is Dhana guaranteed by registered share capitals i.e. capitals at their nominal value?

Because the nominal value of the capital shares doesn’t increase in relation to the profitability of the enterprise but doesn’t diminish due to eventual deficit, because in the case of deficit the capital must be reintegrated. Therefore, the nominal value is the best warranty.

72. How much is Dhana worth?

Each Dhana is guaranteed by a quote of capital with nominal value equal to one gram of platinum per one Dhana. This is the value of one Dhana.

73. Who issues Dhana?

Dhana is issued on behalf of the Republic of the Earth by the Dhura body, which spreads Dhana and controls its monetary system. The Dhana Regulation, enacted by the Republic of the Earth, established the Dhura body.

74.  Who controls Dhura?

Dhura is managed by a council appointed by the government of the Republic of the Earth.

75. Who receives Dhana?

Dhana is assigned in equal parts (one hundred Dhana) to who declares to accept it as payment.

76. In exchange of what is it assigned?

Dhana is assigned freely, against just the reimbursement of its issuing cost, different for each country, in proportion to the average wealth of its inhabitants.

77. What’s the amount of the reimbursement?

The average reimbursement is par to one Euro per Dhana, therefore the 4% of the value of Dhana.

78. Who accepts Dhana in payment?

Dhana is accepted as payment from who declares it. In each country, all the private persons will accept Dhana within a few days from when at least the one per cent of the inhabitants will declare to accept it.

79. Can others also issue such kind of currency?

Yes of course, but who guarantees it must give up the availability of the capitals he uses to guarantee it.

80. What do you mean?

The quotes of capital that guarantee Dhana are pledged with who issues Dhana and can be converted in Dhana, therefore they are not anymore available to there owners but to who issues Dhana.

81. Do you need any authorization, in order to issue Dhana?

Anyone can issue a private currency that, obviously, won’t be legal tender.

82. What does legal tender mean?

A legal tender currency is a currency people are obliged by the law to accept as payment.

83. Why was legal tender born?

Without legal tender, no one would ever accept to be paid with currency that doesn’t represent neither gold or other real economic goods but mainly credits. Everyone knows the current currencies are issued against debts taken over by who receives the loan.

84. What will the effect of Dhana on the economic system be?

Dhana will have a double effect: increase in consumption and increase in production.

85. What do you mean?

Dhana will make the consumption of who can’t consume enough increase, making the production of who would want to work but doesn’t have the resources to, increase as well.

86. Why will consumption increase?

Because Dhana will be useful to those that actually don’t have enough money in order to have more goods to consume.

87. And why will production increase?

Because Dhana will be useful in order to get goods to be used to produce other goods to be consumed.

88. Does Dhana affect exchanges?

Its double effect turns upside-down the current exchange processes. The current one, in which who has money buys goods to sell them or transform them in order to have more money, will change in a system where by having Dhana you can purchase products to be consumed or to be used to produce.

89. Will also the distribution of the earnings change?

It will change because the earnings won’t be anymore represented by the difference between selling price and resources and work cost.

90. What will there be instead of the earnings?

The difference between selling price and the costs for the purchase of the resources and of the forces needed to produce will be considered the value of the work employed to transform resources in products.

91. And how will this difference be distributed?

This difference will be divided among those that will have worked to produce and will partly be consumed and partly reinvested to transform other resources in products. This result won’t be obtained through the use of force but by using in a different way the exchange means, the currency.

92. And the other currencies?

The other currencies will, necessarily and set apart Dhana, have to be devaluated until their total value will be higher than the economic goods they represent.

93. If Dhana is guaranteed by 25 Euro, by devaluating the Euro would also Dhana be devaluated?

It’s not just like that. The devaluation of the other currencies, Euro included, has caused a proportional revaluation of the Dhana currency.

94. Why?

Lets suppose that an enterprise has a capital worth 2,500 Euro, used to purchase a machine that, therefore, would be worth 2,500 Euro. 100 Dhana have been guaranteed with that capital of 2,500 Euro, so that machine is worth 100 Dhana. If the Euro lost the 50% of its value and, therefore, its purchase power was halved, that machine, and therefore also that capital, would be worth 5,000 Euro but, that doesn’t mean the value of that car should increase from 100 to 200 Dhana. The value of that machine would remain 100 Dhana that would then increase their 2,500 value in 5,000 Euro. Halving the purchase power of the Euro, the exchange rate of Dhana would rise up to 50 Euro.

95. What’s the exchange rate?

It’s the ratio between the exchange prices of two currencies. For example, one Dhana against a certain amount of Euros.

96. Wouldn’t it be possible to fix the value of the enterprise capital in Dhana?

To do it, the capitals that guarantee Dhana should be denominated with currencies different from the legal tender ones, or if not the legal tender of currencies should be abrogated.

97. Why was Dhana guaranteed exactly for a value of 25 Euro at the beginning?

Because Dhana was intended to represent the value of an hour of normal work, meaning the average value of the performance of a worker in one hour. And because an hour of normal work, in order to allow who works to live and develop, should be worth, nowadays, in average, 25 Euro, the guarantee of Dhana has been fixed for such amount.

98. So does Dhana represent work?

Yes, Dhana represents the average value of the work necessary to produce something worth one gram of platinum. The value of all the material economic goods is the result of the work employed in order to get the natural resources, transform them in products and distribute them. In the same way, the value of all the immaterial economic goods is the result of the work employed to study a need or desire, find the way to satisfy it and indicate to who feels that certain need or desire. Whether it’s a product available in nature or a good obtained through production, or an immaterial activity, the real value of economic goods consists of the work necessary (to get the natural resources, transport them, transform them in products, transport them and deliver them) to put those goods at the disposal of who consumes it or uses it.

99. Who will be ready to accept Dhana as payment?

The acceptance of Dhana depends on the quantity of Dhana that will be offered. More Dhana will be assigned, and more Dhana will be offered as payment, and the more Dhana will be accepted. It’s a rule of the currency. Dhana is an exchange means. An exchange mean is given in exchange of something. Dhana behaves like any other currency: if it’s spread, it means something has been given in exchange of Dhana. If someone has given something in order to have Dhana, it means he has accepted Dhana. When a certain amount (as said before at least the one per cent) of the people will have accepted Dhana also the others will accept the same currency. The program for diffusion of Dhana has been scheduled according to this general currency rule.

100. What does this program provide?

It provides that each person, to whom Dhana is assigned, will find other two people to assign it to. This way the diffusion of Dhana takes place rapidly and who receives it knows what it is and what it’s for.

101. How can you find these two people?

By explaining what the currency is and, therefore, what Dhana is, the cause and the scope it has been issued for: the cause is to bring back currency to its function; the scope is to redistribute wealth in an equal way among the inhabitants of the planet.

102. Does it work as a sort of chain?

No, in a chain, each link is bound to the other. The chain is made of a tie, of a bond. The diffusion system of Dhana isn’t a chain but a net, based on multilayer marketing, by word of mouth, used since ancient times, to distribute products and services. It’s a net like the ones that rise commonly in several relations.

103. What’s multilayer marketing?

It’s a communication system in which who receives a message can transmit it to other people. It’s a method used in trade, finance, politics, and religions and in any other initiative that is performed through the diffusion of news.

104. Why by word of mouth?

The word of mouth method, without too much publicity, is more valid for a message that starts from the ground, and develops through the knowledge and conscience of the persons that are permeated of commonplaces, that use money without knowing neither what it is or what its origin and functions are or what scopes does it have. It’s the best method in order to propose an idea and a plan that aren’t against someone but to do what we can to better everyone’s condition.

105. If a Dhana is in average assigned against 4% its value, doesn’t it mean that it’s worth in average a real value equal to 4% its nominal one?

That would be true if 96% the capitals guaranteeing Dhana were inexistent or if, in future, further Dhana would be issued exceeding the one hundred assigned to each one. Instead it won’t work out like that. Anyway, what you receive free you don’t pay but that doesn’t mean it’s not worth anything. The same happens with Dhana. The assignations of one hundred Dhana are a present par to the difference between their value and the reimbursement of the issuing cost. For some, which, being less well off will pay a lower reimbursement, the present will have a higher value than for others paying a higher sum. This apparent difference balances the one existing in the distribution of the wealth. It’s purposed precisely in order to redistribute the wealth.

RULES FOR THE ELECTION

OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSEMBLY

Article 1 – The Dispositions of Performance of the Republic of the Earth's  Constitution provide that:

a) the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth is in force from the first January of the year two thousand one ;

b) the International Assembly is elected within three months since when at least one hundred twenty million inhabitants join to the Republic of the Earth

c) until the election of the International Assembly previewed by the Constitution, the management and the coordination of the Republic of the Earth will be up to a Committee of the representatives composed by the two hundred designated by the founders who have obtained the greatest number of designations at the end of every solar trimester and that accept such appointment;

d) the last Committee of the representatives will organize the election of the first International Assembly.

Article 2 – The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth establishes that:

a) the Republic of the Earth is a democratic government system of the inhabitants of the planet and their groups whit the aim of living in peace in the best possible way;

b) the Republic guarantees the full sovereignty of all its inhabitants and their equality regarding the laws;

c) it promotes the participation in politics by means of an electoral system in which the people exercise a effective and constant sovereignty on the governments and are protagonists of their continuous renewal;

d) the inhabitants of the Republic are represented in the international Assembly constituted by one delegate every ten million inhabitants;

e) the delegates in the International Assembly are elected directly by the inhabitants of the Republic and remain in office four years, except default of the engagements undertook with the voters.

Article 3 – Are voters of the International Assembly all the inhabitants of the planet that make part of the Republic and be sixteen at the date of the election.

Article 4 – Every voter of the International Assembly can be elected in the same international Assembly.

Article 5 – Who stands as a candidate for the International Assembly must make, at least three months before the fixed date for the election, an application to the head office of the Republic of the Earth.

Article 6 – The application for election underwritten by the candidate must be shipped through postal service with return receipt, indicating the name and surname, date and place of birth, the own ethnical group between those indicated in the appropriate directory of the ethnical group published contextually to the date fixed for the election and enclosing the photocopy of a document of identity and the electoral program.

Article 7 – The electoral program must indicate one or more solutions to at least three objectives between those previewed by the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth or to the actions previewed by the Dispositions of fulfilment and must be underwritten by the candidate in every page.

Article 8 – A Committee of electoral control, designed for the first election by the Committee of the representatives and for the successive elections by the International Assembly, examines the applications for election arrived in useful term and makes a list of the people who can be elected, excluding only the names that did not correctly indicate the data previewed by articles 6 and 7 or that did not attach to their applications a electoral program for the solution of at least three objectives previewed by the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth.

Article 9 – The list of the people who can be elected is published, with its data and the electoral programs, at least two months before the election day.

Article 10 – From the date of submission of the application for election to the day of election of the international Assembly the candidates do not make, under penalty of cancellation from the list by the Committee of electoral control, any kind of propaganda or electoral publicity direct or indirect to press for the own election.

Article 11 – In the election day, every voters can express the personal, free and secret vote choosing, by means of the electronic system that will be indicated in due time, only one of the names who at the moment of the ballot are indicated in the list of the people who can be elected.

Article 12 – At the end of the election result elected, in the number previewed by the Constitution, the people who have obtained the greatest number of votes and however at least one delegate for every ethnical group indicated in the applicants for election.

Article 13 – In the tenth day after to that one of the election the International Assembly presided by its oldest member elects between its members, with personal and secret vote, a President and six Vice-president who constitutes the Presidency of the Assembly.

Article 14 – Within ten days from that election the President convokes the international Assembly indicating the arguments to discuss.

Article 15 – In impediment case the President is replaced in Assembly by the present Vice-president oldest in age.

Article 16 – The demand for assessment of defaulting about the delegates elected in the international Assembly must be underwritten by at least one fifth of the members of the Assembly or by at least a million of electors and introduced to the President of the same Assembly.

Article 17 – Within ten days from the date of the presentation of the demand for assessment of defaulting the President convokes the Presidency that decides to majority about revocation of the member of the Assembly object of the demand.

Article 18 – The member revoked from the Assembly is replaced by the first one of the not elected in the last election of the Assembly.

REGULATIONS HYPOTHESIS

FOR THE ELECTION AND THE FUNCTIONS

OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

Article 1

Article 10 of the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth previews:

- The International Assembly, who then elects the President, makes up the Government of the Republic of twelve elected governors.

- The Government remains in office until revocation by the international Assembly although not for more than six years from the date of election.

- The Government is ruled by the President and has the task to carry out the decisions taken by the International Assembly and to approve urgent decisions.

- The International Assembly must ratify such decisions within a year and the possible non-ratification involves the resignation of the Government.

Article 2

The Government executes the decisions of the International Assembly and answers exclusively to it of its acts.

The functions of the Government are:

1) Peace and emergency;

2) companies and development;

3) Justice and Liberty;

4) Political and moral;

5) Economy and finance;

6) Culture and investigation;

7) Ambient and health;

8) Science and technique;

9) Well-being and solidarity;

10) International Relationships; 11) Structure and organization;

12) Budget and currency.

Article 3

The Government is made up of a Planetary Responsible for every function of which he assumes the responsibility.

Every Planetary Responsible appoints two substitutes of which determines the powers.

The Planetary Responsible only answer of their acts to the Government.

Article 4

Who makes part of the Republic of the Earth can be elect member of the Government.

The International Assembly with secret voting elects every member of the Government.

Who has obtained the greater number of valid votes and declares to accept the assignment is proclaimed elected.

The re-election is valid if also the majority of the members of the International Assembly subsequently vote it.

In case of non re-election who has obtained the greater number of votes after who was not re-elected is proclaimed elected.

The President of the International Assembly decides on the validity of the votes and proclaims the nomination of the elect ones.

The Government is elect at least every six years and however within two years from every election of the International Assembly.

Every member of the Government is replaced in case of dead, resignation, repeal, or other causes determined or recognized by the International Assembly.

Article 5

The International Assembly with secret vote elects the President.

Who obtains the greater number of votes is proclaimed elected.

The International Assembly must vote the re-election.

In case of non re-election who has obtained the greater number of votes after who was not re-elected is proclaimed elected.

The President maintains the function of the Government for which it was elected.

He represents the Republic of the Earth and who makes part of it.

He can assume urgent decisions for every function of Government.

He appoints two Vice-Presidents of which determines the powers.

He only answers of its acts to the International Assembly.

Article 6

The President convenes and presides the reunions of the Government.

Only the Planetary Responsible can vote in the meetings.

The decisions of Government are taken with the majority of the members in office.

In case of parity the vote of the President prevails.

Article 7

If necessary, the Government can and must take the urgent decisions that are not in contrast with the Constitution and the laws of the Republic.

The urgent decisions are communicated to the international Assembly.

The urgent decisions concerned the emergency of the entire planet are communicated within six months from when they have had execution, the other within a month.

All the members of the Government must resign in case of non ratify of urgent decisions.

Article 8

The functioning of the Government is established by appropriate Regulations proposed by the Government and approved of within thirty days by the majority of the members of the International Assembly.

The Regulations of functioning of the Government are proposed within thirty days after the election of the first Government and can subsequently be modified.

REGULATIONS HYPOTHESIS

FOR THE FORMATION OF THE LAWS

OF THE REPUBLIC OF THE EARTH

Article 1

The seventh codicil of article 10 of the Republic of the Earth establishes that «The faculty to legislate is normally up to the international Assembly, but also the inhabitants of the Republic can take the initiative to propose, to approve and to abrogate them according to the law.»

Article 2

The laws are approved, modified and repealed by the International Assembly or by the inhabitants of the planet.

Article 3

All the inhabitants of the planet can present proposals of law to the international Assembly.

Article 4

The proposals of law must be presented in articles and be accompanied with a relation that contains the problems that agree to face and the solutions that are proposed to adopt.

Article 5

The International Assembly approves with the majority of its members the laws that regard the entire planet and with the majority of two-thirds party of its members the laws of review of the Constitution.

Article 6

The President of the International Assembly appoints a committee for proposals of law in which exponents of every matter that can be object of proposal of law are presented.

Article 7

Only the proposals of law not in contrast with the Constitution are permissible.

Article 8

The committee for proposals of law examines every proposal within six months since when it is received.

Article 9

Within six months since the aforesaid term, the committee for the proposals of law forwards the proposals to the International Assembly or declares it not permissible.

Article 10

To exception of the members of the International Assembly and the Government of the Republic, nobody can introduce a proposal of law before that previous proposal introduced for the same subject be approved or declared not permissible.

PROJEOS

Projeos.org is useful to those who want to take part to Holos Global System Program's new plans promoted in the entire world by Holos Holding S.A. company has its legal offices in Luxembourg and controls directly or indirectly other 732 national holdings in 234 different countries, its total fully paid up equity capital according to 23 of May 2003 data amounts to 13,711 billions of Euro (16,165 billions American dollars).

One of the national holdings of Holos Holding S.A. is the Italian company Avatar S.p.A., with a capital of 199 billions of Euro.

Such resources have been put at Holos Global System Program's carrying out disposal, the program is a totality of thirty initiatives in order to face globally the most felt and urgent problems of humanity.

The promotion of Holos Global System (H.G.S) will demand 37,535,721 people and more than 21,060 coordinators.

During the first three years, Holos Global System will cause 281,289,621 new jobs in the entire world, which in the subsequent two years will become 407,869,956.

This web site publishes all the information in order to take part to the program.

"Projeos" comes from Greek language and means "new project".

"Holos" comes from Greek language and means "a whole together"

"Global" means "total", "overall", concerns something in its whole.

"System" is intended as a plurality of elements coordinated with each other forming an organic whole subject to definite rules.

A "holding" is a holding company, a company that owns the majority of the shares of a group of enterprises.

"S.A." means "Anonymous Company"

LETTER TO THE INHABITANTS OF THE EARTH

(september 2004)

This letter is addressed to each person realizing what's happening and to all those not having conscience of it.

What's the current situation?

More than 6.3 billions of human beings live on the Earth in 235 countries.

A quarter of the inhabitants of the planet use three quarters of all the available natural resources.

One out of four of us have nine times more wealth of each one of the other three.

One out of a thousand holds more than half of all the Earth's wealth.

One out of six has ten times more energy of each one of the other five.

More than half the inhabitants of the planet don't have enough drinkable water.

One human being out of eight doesn't have food and each hour one thousand children die of hunger.

More than half of us die due to curable illnesses because they can't take care of themselves.

One human being out of five can't write or read.

Three out of four don't have means to communicate with others. There is yet no economic planning for the overcoming of poverty and hunger.

There are no concrete national development plans.

Enterprises are lacking and therefore also the possibility to work in order to produce.

Economy is affected by recurrent recession cycles that worsen the situation of the poorest.

One out of four of us doesn't have sufficient production means and can't work.

Only one out of six disposes of sufficient consumer durable goods.

The prices are affected for more than the seventy per cent by the services' cost.

The environment is progressively destroyed by pollution.

Only the five per cent of money is employed in real economy.

Less than the ten per cent of the savings are addressed to productive purposes.

More than half the produced wealth is addressed outside productive economy.

Less than a thousand multinational corporations control the whole economy and the markets.

The enterprises produce less than the seventy per cent of what they could.

International payments are carried out with currencies almost with no real value.

Less than five hundred persons control the information and use it towards their interests.

Personal safety systems are inadequate related to the risks.

Viability is insufficient and circulation is more and more difficult and chaotic.

Financial and monetary transactions are getting slower and expensive.

Military expenses are three times4 the amount sufficient to solve hunger in the world 5.

Only the one per thousand of the yearly produced wealth is addressed to science and research.

To be able to survive the human being is forced to become more and more egoist.

Two out of three of us don't know democracy and one out of three lives in apparent democracies.

Currencies don't have real value and are accepted just because they are legal tender.

We know nearly all the causes of death but we don't do what is necessary to avoid it.

What are the origin and the cause of this situation?

The human being is the product of an evolution, which has taken place during millions of years.

The modern human species has being existing for at least forty thousand and maybe one hundred thousand years.

It has been ten thousand years than man transforms natural resources in products through work.

It's five thousand years that property exists, formalized in ancient Egypt and Greece and codified in Roman law.

Bank activities started in Middle Ages, for the custody of funds, for loans and for currencies' exchange.

The modern state was born from the collapse of the feudal system and the rising of the middle class.

Religions were born from the love for life and the fear of death.

The fundamental cause of human problems is the selective hierarchical structure of humanity.

A stronger and luckier little minority successes, damaging all the others.

Who is supposed to organize the solutions to the problems of humanity?

Theoretically, it should be the states, because they've been charged with the maximum power, including the use of force.

But, the facts show us that the states and their international organizations aren't able to solve these problems and peace is acknowledged as impossible.

With money, fear and the media you control the world.

With money you build weapons and control the media.

With weapons you control resources and with the media you control public opinion.

The states are instruments of who owns money, weapons and media.

Popular sovereignty is just an illusion.

The democracy we live is just pretence to hide the power of a few people.

In fact, consent depends first of all on information.

Freedom, equality, justice, development solidarity and peace are the abstract principles.

Reality is much different.

There is no freedom if the life of nearly all of us depends on who controls the states.

There is no equality if the development of the individuals depends on their origin.

There is no justice if laws are made in order o guarantee power to those who use the states.

There is no development if the majority of the resources belong to one of us out of one thousand.

There is no solidarity if the poverty and the strain of many go towards the well-being of a few.

There is no peace if it's upon the same states that have always wanted wars.

There is no popular sovereignty if the peoples’ will is represented by states undergoing the will of few and by international organizations of states proving to be just means of the strongest state, in its turn controlled by very few people that in this way govern the world.

Because the will of the majority of all the human beings overcomes any other power, a worldwide government elected by the inhabitants of the planet represents the maximum power and has the authority necessary in order to solve the problems of the entirety of the human beings.

The new worldwide government mustn't be a state or a state body, but a government without a state, the government of the entirety of the inhabitants of the Earth.

Which is the human system's structure?

Each person is one of the single parts of human kind forming an all-unitary entirety. The entirety of the people constitutes the human system. The human system is complex.

In every system, the parts are organized in a structure. In the human system, people are organized in a hierarchical structure formed by levels assigning double valence. If facing upwards each person represents itself, if facing the bottom it represents the totality.

This double valence does not depend on individual skills but on the level on which the life of each person begins; it origins the two classes of the Dominants and of the dominated and is the main cause for injustice.

Human companies are dominated by the strongest. The strength of a person comes from the valence determined by the level on which his life started and by his own individual skills.

The relation between the level's valence and the individual skills depends on the structure's form of government. Nevertheless, the form of government affects the strength of the single person but no form of government can modify the structure of the social system, because the structure rises from the evolution laws and not from the form of government, which can therefore only direct the structure in a certain way but can't modify it.

The evolution's basic rule of the entire universe is selection. From elementary particles to the most complex organisms, everything exists due to necessity, evolves constantly and undergoes selection: rules are caused by behaviors that in their turn are caused by necessities.

Time has come for the selection rule to be substituted with the fusion one, which can be achieved through a progressive indiscrimination. After billions of years from the origin of the universe it belongs to, human kind can manage to modify the rule it rises from and form a new structure without hierarchical levels. It just has to want it.

To form a new structure it is necessary to induce people to place themselves in a different way from the usual one, substituting the behaviors and relations determined by the current system's structure with the behaviors and relations determined by the new structure one wills to form.

How should one place himself? With which behaviors and relationships?

In order to substitute the selection rule with the fusion one, the people on the lower level shall unite, in order to manage it autonomously and be able to apply upwards with a sufficient strength in order to escape the double valence rule. The people of that level have to constitute their own system independent from the superior ones and involve the people standing on the lower ones.

The behaviors of the people taking part in the fusion process shall be moved by a union spirit and based on common objectives, ignoring everything that tends to divide them.

The relations between the people that really want to achieve a fusion shall be similar to those that would be normal in the structure to be formed, temporally excluding, if necessary, those who do not participate to the new process.

At last, those people have to establish the fundamental rule of the new structure, free from levels, following which each person represents herself in any time and place and all the people consider them selves as one only union in regard of the necessities common to each one of them.

Energy, water, food, health and the other fundamental necessities of the human being must be considered according to the union and not to each single part.

In regards of all those standing on the higher levels, the people on the lower ones shall express concretely their union.

What's the worldwide government directly elected by the inhabitants of the earth?

All the forms of government of a structure aim to maintain the position of the parts on the highest levels. The pressure of the parts on the lowest levels determines the evolution of the forms of government. Each form of government, even if it appears different, repeats great part of the substantial features of the previous one.

The states haven't been able to solve the fundamental problems of humanity. With their choices, determined by the dominating groups, they have caused wars, public debts, poverty and hunger. The states have To exclude from relations precisely means «Follow your path and leave people the words» (Dante).

It is not the case of abolishing the states, but it is necessary to modify their functions and supplement them with those of other entities that will be assigned the power of doing what the states haven't. The states shall be transformed in territorial organisms of a planetary system considered in a unitary way and governed in their entirety by an organism representing sovereignty and the will of all the inhabitants of the Earth in the most direct way as possible.

To modify really the relations between dominated and dominants, one has to adopt a form of government that is not an evolution of the previous ones but completely new and original.

The right form of government at the current evolution stage shall consider the economic and civil reality of humanity. Human society has become global. Social, civil and economic relations can be carried out among people from any place. Some social elements are common in all people. International law principles can be applied to every person and every group. Economic relations invade every part of the planet. The structure of human society has become universal.

To represent such a comprehensive social structure a universal and unitary political system is needed, with a government capable of asserting and achieving the acknowledge and shared principles of human society in its complex. The new system must not be a copy of the existing forms of government or their simple aggregation. It will have to be something more, something different. It shall start from the grassroots and represent the interests and the aspirations of the great majority of the people. It shall influence all peoples and states and affect people's reality everywhere.

The system the most adherent to these principles is the universal republic, with a worldwide government expressing the will of all the inhabitants of the Earth. The hypothesis of the Republic of the Earth and of a worldwide government directly elected by all the inhabitants of the planet was born from this conception.

Following this hypothesis, the sovereignty of every people changes in to the sovereignty of all humanity, the territory of each state becomes common territory of all the inhabitants of the planet, and the maximum political authority will be the will of the people that live on it.

The Republic of the Earth isn't a state. Its government does not have to administrate any part of the territory of the planet or provide public services. It only has to guarantee freedom, justice, democracy, development, solidarity and first of all peace and safety to everyone for the inhabitants of the planet.

The entity and the government representing all the inhabitants of the planet, i.e. the Republic of the Earth and its government, do not need any army in order to guarantee peace and security or any enterprise of its own to guarantee economic development or solidarity, because their authority is due to their existence. No group, state or government can oppose the rules decided by an assembly of the representatives of all the people living on Earth.

The Republic of the earth was constituted on the 1st of January 2001, at the beginning of the third millennium of the Christian era. Its Constitution establishes the general principles and the concrete objectives it proposes. The Dispositions of Performance and some already adopted Regulations establish the modalities to make it work. Adhering to this initiative means believing in the chance to build a better future than that easy to forecast leaving things as they are.

What's the worldwide currency?

Work is the fundamental value measure of goods and services.

The value of goods and services is the result of the relation between the extent they are desirable and their scarceness.

Currency is a means of exchange, a value standard unit and a value stock.

As regards the shape, currency can be a piece of metal, a ticket or a simple writing; regarding the value, it can be goods money, legal tender money and trust based money.

Circulating banknotes are legal tender trust money and have no real value.

The majority of the bank money issued by the banking system represents credits towards private individuals and public subjects.

This value-less currency is exchanged with credits and real goods and also lent with interests.

This is why people call it debit money. States, enterprises and private individuals are indebted for loans in value-less legal tender money on which they still pay interests.

Who has debts has to employ his/her own energies to pay them back with the interests and, first of all, depends on the creditors.

The use of value-less money to purchase goods that have a real value and lending that money on interests causes an unjust wealth transfer from subjects producing goods and services to ones that issue and control that money.

By now the value of the monetary worldwide circulating mass is nearly higher than one million billion Dollars, that is thirty times the wealth yearly produced on our planet and more than the total value of all the goods on Earth.

Less than five per cent this circulating mass is used for wares exchange; the rest is employed in the financial sector, which yield comes from continuous wealth transfers from states and private individuals that consequently increase their debts.

The decisions taken by states and enterprises, the capability of satisfying the real needs of workers and consumers and even the freedom of the debtors depend on a few subjects that are acknowledged the power to acquire goods and grant loans with money having no value.

With that money you can control politics, economy, finance, culture and information, finance wars, govern the world and decide everyone's destiny.

What's the origin and cause of that value-less currency? How can a payment means without an own proper value be exchanged with goods and services produced with real work?

The origin goes back to the time a state acknowledged to a private individual the privilege of issuing money, guaranteed by credit instruments issued by the state against a loan. That's how the first central bank, or issuing body, and legal tender currency were born.

Since then, the already popular practice of issuing uncovered money was legitimate and in each state some kind of emission bank born and acted the same way.

The cause is the trust towards the bank of all the people who accepted that money issued uncovered, convinced that the same bank would have fulfilled its commitments.

The Central Bank took advance of the general ignorance concerning the real functioning of currency and used the people's trust to assert and exert its powers.

The money the Central Bank issues is then deposited in other banks, which they change in further deposits, which in their turn, change in to other deposits and loans, originating the multiplying process that provoked the current monetary mass.

Because its management requests a certain specialization, money concentrates in a few hands, due to the fact that with money you can purchase goods and services, from the concentration of money it gets to the concentration and unjust distribution of wealth.

The progressive wealth concentration prevents the majority of the human beings to have at their disposal sufficient material in order to work and produce to satisfy everyone's essential needs, with progressive impoverishment and, setting a part rhetoric, more and more lack in freedom.

How can this situation provoking negative effects on the life of human beings be modified? In other words, how can wealth be redistributed?

Given that the cause of wealth's concentration is money's concentration, in order to redistribute wealth, currency shall be redistributed.

How can this be possible? Morally and legally excluding theft and expropriation (also not to repeat the way we reached concentration), the only solution to transfer monetary values from who has lots of them to who hasn't any is to issue a new currency and divide it in equal parts among all the subjects of the economic system, that is among all the inhabitants of the planet that can work and produce.

Currency is a payment means. A currency's free issue rises from the right of ownership, which says that any of us can dispose of goods he owns legitimately.

Also, there is no international law norm preventing public subjects that aren't states and central banks to issue currencies different from the national and international ones.

Obviously, such currencies won't be legal tender but it's only an advantage, because it's exactly legal tender the main cause of the actual monetary situation.

Everyone has the freedom to offer, ask and accept as payment whatever currency he prefers, as long as he follows the obligation to accept the legal tender currency.

Regarding the quantity of currency to be issued, economic and financial exponents and academics believe the monetary average value able to affect the current system is par to approximately 2,500 Euro per subject.

Such amount isn't significant for who has enough money but it allows the entirety of the other people, i.e. the great majority of the people, to invert the monetary concentration process, because it gives who has no money the possibility to satisfy the most urgent needs and to work and produce, therefore starting a new wealth redistribution process.

The new currency had to be – a part from the shape – different from the others and had to have or represent a judicially acknowledge value. Not being possible to issue a new ware currency with an intrinsic value in the necessary quantity and not even to guarantee it with precious metals, the only possibility was to guarantee this currency with capitals of enterprises.

This way, while all the other currencies don't have a real issue value but they achieve it only when they are accepted as payment, the new currency can be issued with an original value, obtainable by dividing the enterprises capital value guaranteeing the currency with the amount of issued monetary units. It's like dividing one's own land property of a certain value in as many possessory titles as the land square meters, each one representing an Identical fraction of the land value.

Issued and granted this way the juridical nature of the new currency is much different from all the others. It's not a trust currency because its value isn't based on the debt of the issuer. It's not a legal tender currency because the law does not fix its value. Because this new currency is guaranteed by the value of bonds representing capital shares beginning from its emission, its juridical nature and therefore its most correct definition is the one of real value guaranteed currency.

A currency with the aforesaid features will never devaluate by keeping unchanged the amount of circulating money: an increase of goods supply on the market corresponds to a lessening of the prices and therefore a revaluation of the currency. This elementary principle, common to all the market makers, turns upside down the highly diffused current opinion, asserting that increasing the quantity of goods on the market it is then necessary to put in circulation more market money in order to be able to acquire them. Not been able to suffer devaluation, this new currency can be lent interest-free to solvent subjects. The value of the new currency increases independently from the subjects keeping it.

To obtain this kind of currency, it is necessary that some holders of enterprises capitals would be prepared to put shares of capitals at the issue's guarantee disposal.

Why should they do it? For three basic objectives. First, to bring money back to its original function of goods and services exchange means. Second, in order to free real economy from the hegemony of currency and finance. Third, in order to avoid a predictable financial breakdown due to the excessive expansion of debt money and its catastrophic effects on production and market. Moreover, this currency can bring other two results: the substitution of currency that, even if having no value94, is being lent against interest, causing an increase in public and private indebtedness; higher freedom for the political system95, especially in regards to economic policies and international decisions.

This aspect is of absolute importance. The introduction of a currency with guaranteed value implies an international peace policy, not meant as the result of a war, but better still, as an essential condition from which draws origin a new process through which resources are used to produce instead of to destroy.

At this point we can turn back to the initial enunciation asserting that work is the fundamental goods and services value measure.

As an extension, it can be affirmed that work should also be the fundamental currency value measure by means of which goods and services can be paid.

After having determined the amount par to 2,500 Euro as average monetary value to be assigned to each subject of the economic system, it was necessary to establish how many units of the new currency had to be guaranteed by the value equal to 2,500 Euro.

The monetary unit guaranteed by 2,500 Euro could have been equal to 1 or to a higher number. Obviously divisibility and, generally, the practicality of the use of the currency had to be considered. But, also necessary to launch a social economic message.

The result of the analysis of the real price of goods and services is that the worldwide average cost of work is round about equivalent to one gram of platinum per hour.

For this reason the equivalent value of 100grams of platinum has been fixed to 100 units of the new currency, so that the monetary unit would correspond to one hour of medium normal work in the world.

As effect of this decision, the value of the monetary unit turns out guaranteed by capitals with nominal value par to 25 Euro.

The last thing to do was to name the new monetary unit. It was called Dhana. The first six billion Dhana where issued on the 14th of June 2001, guaranteed by a capital with a nominal value par to 150 billions of Euro, equal to 25 Euro per 1 Dhana. Subsequently another 144 billions of Dhana where issued to be assigned, and an extra 7.5 billions of Dhana to be addressed only to humanitarian initiatives. Totally, the Dhana issued until today amount to 157.5 billions, guaranteed by shares of enterprises capitals for a total nominal value par to 3,937.5 billions of Euro.

Dhana is issued in coins, in tickets and in electromagnetic and data transmission money.

One Dhana is divided in one thousand Kana-Dhana106, Dhana in shape of tickets is issued in the following denominations: 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 Dhana and 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 e 500 Kana-Dhana.

Also a one Dhana metallic coin has been issued and the issue of a series of Dhana tickets with an intrinsic value par to 25 Euro per Dhana has been also provided. Each ticket will be added a precious metal alloy lamina (silver, iridium, gold, osmium, palladium, platinum, rhodium, ruthenium) of different kind and weight according to the Dhana tickets denominations (1, 5, 10, 50, 100 Dhana and 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 Kana-Dhana). Dhana in intrinsic value tickets won't be guaranteed by enterprises' capitals but from the value of the precious metals it contains: for example, a one gram platinum lamina will be inserted in the one Dhana ticket, platinum's value is in fact, approximately 25 Euro par gram. Intrinsic value Dhana is convertible with enterprise capital guaranteed Dhana and vice versa. Intrinsic value Dhana had been provided to enter circulation on the 25th of April 2004 but, due to production and financial problems, the date has been deferred.

The Dhana Regulations108 provides that each inhabitant of the earth aged at least sixteen will be assigned 100 Dhana, just against the reimbursement of the emission cost, different for each country, proportionally to the average per capita wealth.

The same regulation provides that for each 100 Dhana to be assigned, another 5 Dhana may be issued to be addressed to humanitarian purposes: it's the only exception to the rule preventing the issue of more than 100 Dhana for each inhabitant of the planet adopting Dhana as currency.

The decision to request, alternatively to the issue cost reimbursement, the commitment to lend 100 hours of work for each 100 Dhana assigned (one Dhana each hour of work), was taken in order to accelerate the diffusion of Dhana. In some particular cases, the assignation of the 100 Dhana does not request issue cost reimbursement or commitments to lend work.

Who could have issued Dhana? Being a worldwide currency, Dhana had to be issued by a body charged by the Republic of the earth. The Dhana Regulations therefore provided the institution of Dhura, the issue, currency management and monetary system control body of Dhura.

Dhana doesn’t need banks, their typical function is to receive money in deposits and then lend it earning on the difference between charged and allowed interests. Dhura will manage saving and investment flows of Dhana, guaranteeing to the depositors the reimbursement of the capital and lending money without interests.

Now we have asserted the legitimacy of Dhana and we've defined its characteristics, it's time to establish if this currency can obtain trust in order to be accepted in payment.

Even if the real value of Dhana won’t rise from its acceptance, its market value, i.e. its price, depends, like the one of any other currency, on the extent it meets with general acceptance. The acceptance of a currency depends on the offered quantity and on the circulation speed. You can consider having Dhana circulation when a real value of 100 Dhana seems to be owned by the three per cent of the population of a group of people having mutual economic relations. Once this situation of available quantity and circulation speed is reached, the price of Dhana will be equal to its real value. Once this price is reached, the purchase power of Dhana will be proportional to the relation between the quantity of available Dhana and the value of the goods to be exchanged.

What can be done?

What's needed at this point is the will to get to know and the trust to chose. Now the inhabitants of each Country can decide if they want to continue to accept legal tender trust money with no value, or chose this real value guaranteed currency. It's possible to decide between currencies representing debts and the currency representing capitals of enterprises.

We can keep moaning and protesting uselessly against a socially, politically and economically unjust system, that damages the most honest and the less fortunate or take part to a project for the renewal of the system's structure, using the Republic of the Earth and its currency as means to build together a better future of the one we can reasonably preview.

It's possible to choose to continue to demonstrate for peace in the world or to take part to a choice and a proposal that, if shared by the majority of the human beings, sets peace as essential condition for everyone's well being.

Nevertheless, there are times when pretending not to see what goes wrong and could go worse, means to make things get worse; and there are times when to believe that things can go wrong without getting worse is more foolish than to commit oneself to make them change.

Thanks for the attention.

September 2004.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

REPUBLIC OF THE ERATH

OR WORLDWIDE EMPIRE.

Imperialism is the states' tendency to expand their own dominion and to exert their own hegemony upon other nations. Historically, empire means a group of countries ruled by a single state using economic and military force in order to impose its political power. The worldwide empire is different. It is not anymore an entirety of countries but a system of economic, monetary and financial relationships undergoing one only rule, the one stating the richest as the strongest and the strongest as always right. With this system, by using the strongest state of the planet, a few people are able to dominate the world. For the first time ever, the political power of an empire doesn't overcome all the other powers but it's dominated by the international finance.

It's now been more than a hundred years that the United States of America have the tendency to expand their political, economical and military power on the entire planet and exert their presumed cultural supremacy upon all the peoples. This tendency rises from two necessities, one is popular and national, and the other one belongs to a small international elite.

The popular necessity is the economical interest of the United States' citizens. They know that their well-being level requires natural resources at the lowest price and clients to sell goods to, but above all to provide services to. They know that, to obtain low cost energy and raw materials you have to control the countries where the resources are. They know that, in order to have guaranteed market outlet you need privileged relationships with potential clients.

The elite's necessity is of financial kind. Less than one thousand people control the main part of the world's finance and use the United States as power strategy means. The main instrument of this strategy is the dollar, a currency almost with no real value, but used to guarantee nearly all the other currencies, to purchase oil and raw materials, to produce weapons, to support armies and to control the media. Following this elite's interests, the United States dominate the other states and the international organizations, including the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund and World Bank.

The United States play the mainstay role for the exclusive well-being of its people and for the international financial elite's global power (so powerful to allow itself not to be seen), the relationships of this universal system involving all the countries and subjecting them to a unique supreme authority rise within this position of «leading country». Those who try to escape this power strategy have to be hit, even by using force. The worldwide empire can't tolerate any political independence of any state or the people's sovereignty of any nation, not even of the people of the «leading country», because everything has to be or to become functional to the international financial power. With this empire, all the peoples have to accept the idea of a global system made of values similar to the ones of the «leading country» and all the states shall have governors that accept the «leading state»'s supremacy.

International payments for strategic resources are only accepted if carried out by means of dollars. Free trade has to be functional to the economic requirements of the dominating people, and the financial and credit system shall never escape the elite's control. The military reinforcement of countries that could be able of affecting the «leading state»'s primacy can't be accepted, but when it's useful the «leading state» can violate international law scot-free, fitting each rule to its own requirements.

Who is supporting this empire? First of all, the United State's citizens, because without the empire they wouldn't be able to afford their current life standard. Then, who accepts payments in dollars, because currency is the most concrete means of a dominion's strategy. Who accepts dollars helps who prints them to build weapons and make wars. If people stopped accepting the dollar, the empire wouldn't exist any more. Also who adopts the «leading people»'s life style supports the empire, who elects the governors supported by the elite controlling the dominating state, who buys from enterprises of the dominating state goods produced in other countries, who helps the dominating state to fight against other nations and who justifies the wars wanted by the United States, especially when the majority of the peoples demonstrates against them. At last, also who surrenders freedom and his/her own dignity to please the victorious, who knows what's right but behaves otherwise, who knows how things are and distorts and alters them and also who remains indifferent to the law of the strongest all support the empire.

What does the worldwide empire cause? First, never ending war the «leading state» has got to do, to punish every rebellion, as to affirm its military primacy, as towards the interests of those producing and selling weapons, as to maintain efficient and try out its war apparatus on the field. The worldwide empire will never bring peace, because its existence is based on the military supremacy of the dominating state that has to make war in order to fulfill its task. Not a war between civilizations or religions but an irremediable conflict between a minority that wants to dominate the world and countries, states, nations and groups that don't accept this unquestionable dominion and find the courage and the strength to rebel.

Second, the poverty of the majority of the inhabitants of the earth, as necessary condition in order to prevent other peoples from entering in competition at the same conditions of the dominating one. Third, global insecurity, necessary in order to keep the mass feeling the need of an imperial «police» to intervene in crisis situations and that instead of settling or toning down the conflicts increases them and multiplies their most violent displaces.

Where is the worldwide empire leading us? We can stay calm. It's not leading us to the destruction of the whole humanity, because who governs the empire wants to preserve himself. It's leading us to the concentration of resources and wealth, to the selection of the most useful to the imperial strategy i.e. of the most keen to accept it. It's leading apparent respectability, behind which there's the cynicism and coldness of who considers the others as means for his/her own personal achievement. It's leading us to consider power as the most important value worth any kind of sacrifice. It's leading to consider democracy as a grant that corresponds to social and psychological aspirations and never as concrete popular sovereignty and to accept what's just a formal pretence supported by the mass media system as a real and substantial democracy. And who doesn't accept this situation has to be emarginated or killed.

The worldwide empire has several weak points but they aren't used. Thus, even who doesn't agree with the «leading state» asks for its currency, works in its enterprises, produces its weapons, listens to its information, uses its products, adapts him/herself to speak its language, lets her/himself be mislead by its actors.

It's useless facing this empire without a concrete alternative. It's expression of politics' worldwidization that has now become necessary due to the globalization and financialisation of economy. The empire rises from the delay of the political system in comparison with the economical system and it's been the only international government plan for the economical policies of the national states. The empire's structure tends to emulate the United States' internal structure, where a few organized groups, with the consent of the most important lobbies, have been designating, for more than two hundred years, the candidates to the legislative assembly, to the federal republic's government and to the states that take part to it.

As the national government and the United States are closely bound within a cooperative federalism administrative system, where the states administrate the founds that the government sets aside for single programs following operational standards fixed by the federal bodies, the same way the United States would like to change all the other states of the Earth in administrative subjects whose political choices would be fixed by the «leading state».

This mentality is shown concretely by the by the United Nations policies and by the decisions of the International Monetary Found10, of World Bank, of the Atlantic Pact, of the World Trade Organization, all bodies upon which the United States exert directly or indirectly their hegemony.

For more than fifty years, the United Nations Organization was though as an institution able to maintain international equilibrium and peace. Born in 194511 from what was left of the Nations Society and preceded by the Atlantic Charter, the UNO attempted to take several decisions in order to assure worldwide peace and the right to the self-determination of peoples. Unfortunately some of them were never approved due to the exertion of the right of veto, while others, even if approved, went unheeded.

The fact there wasn't any disaster during the cold war period certainly depended more on the deterrent power of the two superpowers' nuclear arsenals than on the United Nations' decisions.

UNO's limit is that it's an organization of states who's legitimacy and initiatives can't set aside the will of the participants and above all the one of the empire's «leading state».

Some enlightened intellectuals have analyzed the situation explaining how things are, but they haven't pointed out concrete solutions.

The overcoming of the worldwide empire requires an ideal political alternative, a new view of the institutions serving all the inhabitants of the planet and not just a small-organized minority. It requires the adoption of a worldwide government, directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet, able to compare with the states' governments and international organizations in order to solve problems common to all human kind. This government doesn't involve the states to be abolished; indeed it involves their centralized body identity to be modified by turning in to a management body for public matters belonging to their jurisdiction, strengthening regional authorities according to homogeneous requirements and vocations.

The Romans, which were the first ones to adopt the republic (from Latin res publica, «public thing») more than 2,500 years ago, used this term meaning a new kind of government, antithetical to monarchy and built from the idea of common good and of a particular dimension of cohabitation, based on general interest and on everyone's consent to a specific way of organizing public issues. It wasn't a kind of state but a kind of government, a concept unknown until the Middle Ages when, after feudalism's collapse and the rising of the middle class, the conditions to start power centralization in the hands of a sovereign rose.

The word «republic» is therefore etymologically antithetical to the word «state», considered as bureaucratic apparatus through which the tax burden, the army and the legislation are organized. It wasn't by chance that the states' formation process reached its culminant stage during the absolutism14 era, at the time, i.e. before the Glorious English Revolution, the war of the American Independence and the French Revolution, when the sovereign wasn't subject to the governors' control. After that came the principle of popular sovereignty, according to this political system only those having the consent of the people governed, whose will is expressed through an assembly representing them, are able to govern.

As the republic was a kind of government for the Romans' public issues, the Republic of the Earth is the government system for the earth's inhabitant's public issues, i.e. the planet itself. The Republic of the earth isn't against the states and their international organizations5 but it proposes a cohabitation on common interest and on each human being's consent on the fundamental principles that the peoples' fights have achieved, but that have remained unrealized theories: freedom, equality, justice, development, well-being, solidarity, security and peace for all the people living on Earth.

In order to realize these principles, the inhabitants of the earth aged at least sixteen directly elect their representatives in an International Assembly, which in its turn elects the Republic's Government. This way, the inhabitants of the planet's sovereignty will be achieved concretely by electing the International Assembly as their highest legislative authority and by committing the Republic's Government with the maximum executive power.

No political, economical, financial or military power will be able to compete with the authority assigned directly by all the inhabitants of the planet. This is why, its authority will have to be limited by some general interest basic aspects and be severely excluded from national, regional and internal decisions of any country.

The two most urgent issues the Republic of the Earth must solve are peace and the redistribution of wealth on the planet.

An International Assembly elected by billions of people has the authority to exclude countries from the use of weapons, in order to convince who uses weapons to abandon this method and to avoid this practice to be used in future.

In order to redistribute wealth, currency will have to be bought back to its original function of payment means for the exchange of goods and services and it should be re-established that currency must represent real value beginning from its issue.

Conceived in 1994 and formed in 2001, by a Constitution establishing the fundamental and unanimously acknowledged principles and the relative Dispositions of Performance, the Republic of the Earth can now start to exert its function for peace, security and for the development of all the inhabitants of the planet. It's the only alternative.

First of all, the Republic of the Earth's International Assembly will have to be elected. The first election will take place between the 13th and the 19th of February 2005. The election applications will have to be sent within the 13th of November 2004. The Candidate's list will be published within the 13th December 2004.

In order to be able to take part to the elections of the International assembly one has to take part to the Republic of the Earth.

The procedures for the elections of the first International Assembly implement the Republic of the earth's Constitution and Disposition of Performance and also assure maximum transparency and democracy20.

Just after its election, the International Assembly will elect the Republic of the Earth's Government.

The Republic of the Earth's International Assembly and Government will formally communicate their election to all the national and international Institutions, with the modalities provided by the relative protocols and by international law.

Once the institution formalities are completed, the International Assembly and the Government of the Republic of the Earth will begin to operate. The assembly will adopt the decisions in order to achieve concretely the principles provided by the Constitution and the Government will provide for their implementation.

Each decision by the International assembly and each act from the Republic's Government are immediately brought, through all kinds of publicity, to the attention of all the electors so that they will be able to control everything that will be decided and carried in to effect by their elected representatives. Only the sites where the meetings will take place won't be revealed, this for security reasons.

The Republic of the Earth won't represent any cost for those taking part to it. Functioning expenses will be covered by part of the reimbursement of the emission cost of the republic of the Earth's currency.

The action of the Republic of the earth will first of all be addressed to peace and security, by means of meetings with the parties interested in the conflicts and according to concrete hypothesis for their pacific settlement.

At the same time, the Republic of the Earth will make the regulations concerning determination for all peoples be put in effect and will face the demilitarization and war industry conversion problems. The key factor will be the adoption of the currency of the Republic of the Earth.

What will be the reactions? One would tend to think that a similar political plan wouldn't just be opposed by the empire and by the states but it would also be subject to violent reactions. It won't happen. The billions of electors of the International Assembly are and remain also citizens of different countries and electors in the relative states. The precise will to adopt a different worldwide political system by the majority of the inhabitants of the planet can only be reflected on national situations and on each state's acts, including those of the «leading state».

Also, the proposal of a worldwide government directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet isn't a challenge to the current political power, it's a challenge to war, insecurity, poverty, to a future becoming more and more unsure, a challenge to fear.

The Republic of the Earth's proposal is first of all a freedom, will and courage act, just as taking part to it. Who knows human psychology and social processes knows well that, once an idea has gone in to a human being's mind, once it is translated in a concrete act, an unrestrainable process starts. Unless the proposal reveals itself completely wrong. In such case, it will be necessary to find another alternative to what's happening and to the view getting outlined for the future. Really, there are no absolute truths and no perfect solutions. There's only the possibility to search truth and to face material problems. But lets do it, before it's too late.

september 2004.

Proposal to the inhabitants of the Earth

I, Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi, born in Italy (Salsomaggiore Terme – Parma), on the 20th of January 1950, responsible for the resources and the organisation of the Holos Global System program, granted that:

A) Unsolvable material problems don't exist but it's necessary to gain conscience of them, perceive them, acknowledge them, put them in priority order, search for the origins, study the causes, decide on possible objectives, find the solutions (ideas), produce the instruments, evaluate the effects of the solutions, set the strategies to orient the means towards the objectives, act concretely and verify the results.

B) Holos Global System, which literally means «global system of one whole entirety», is a program of thirty initiatives to be carried out on all the planet in order to face the human beings' most felt and urgent problems. Every initiative of Holos Global System represents a concrete solution regarding a real problem.

C) Ideas, resources and organization are what's necessary to face problems. Ideas are the possible solutions. Resources are the human and material means to obtain results. The organisation is the way (relations and behaviours) the means are utilised.

D) The thirty real problems that the Holos Global System program is facing in priority order and the relative ideas to solve them are:

I. Energy isn't sufficient and is badly distributed. We have oil for less than forty years.

II. Drinkable water is limited. Its availability in 2025 will be half the one in 1985, with 3.5 billions people facing water scarcity.

III. Not everyone has food. Nearly 800 billions of human beings suffer from hunger.

IV. Many people are ill. Tens of millions of people die due to the lack of medicines for illnesses that would indeed be curable.

V. Culture is limited: a quarter of the human beings, approximately a billion and a half people find themselves in a condition of illiteracy.

VI. Social communication is missing. The warped use of the media has made people more isolated and dependent on newspapers and televisions.

VII. Production is depressed. A quarter of us produces and consumes three quarters of the world's wealth.

VIII. Economy is in crisis. One billion people has less than one dollar a day, and in 140 Countries where 4.5 billions inhabitants live, people live with less than two dollars a day. Nearly one billion people live with less than one dollar a day.

IX. Work is missing. Great part of the countries that have natural resources (raw materials) don't transform them in products but they sell them to the most developed Countries charging them low prices.

X. Negative economic cycles have multiplied. The market's economy is characterised by periods of growth and depression due to the lack in programming production.

XI. Power is concentrated in a small amount of hands: due to the concentration of production means and finance, the one per cent of us owns more than the 50 per cent of the world's wealth.

XII. Consumer durable goods are missing. The main sectors of economy are heavy industry, consumer and data processing products, with a limited availability of tools, utensils and implements, those goods that make life more comfortable.

XIII. The cost of the services is unsustainable. Four fifths of the gross domestic product of the most advanced economies is made of services that determine prices par to 4, 5 until 10 times the production cost.

XIV. The environmental situation has reached its limit. The combustion of fossils and hydrocarbons has caused an enormous pollution of air and water and the overheating of the whole planet.

XV. We suffer the effects of the transformation process of economy into finance. At least the 95 per cent of monetary and financial transactions are used for speculative operations outside real economy and trade exchanges.

XVI. Great part of the savings is unproductive. Savings are mainly addressed towards financial transactions, causing a sensible concentration of investments.

XVII. Wealth isn't invested in order to produce. The wealth produced isn't addressed towards the production of other real wealth but it's invested in an unproductive way.

XVIII. The market is monopolised. A few big enterprises control market, economy and finance, while a great number of enterprises don't have contractual power. Medium concern enterprises are missing and are also thwarted.

XIX. The necessary consumptions are in crisis. Due to the market and the prices, on average enterprises don't manage to produce more than two thirds of their productive potential.

XX. Real economy's credits aren't sufficient. Paradoxically, while 19 twentieths of the circulating money is addressed to virtual economy, in real economy the credits necessary for the management and development of the enterprises are missing.

XXI. The market conditions the informative systems. The trend is to prefer the production of systems and machinery following personal pleasures instead of products useful to inquire and exchange news and opinions.

XXII. The conditions we live in are unsafe. Thefts, fire, floods, earthquakes, road accidents, terrorism, wars and other causes provoke fear and insecurity.

XXIII. Circulation is chaotic. Traffic's chaos has increased the time length of long and short distance transports. When vehicles were slower than now, it used to take us less to arrive to destination.

XXV. There isn't peace. We're always in war. The enormous war technology has produced regional conflicts and the risk of use of nuclear arms has increased.

XXVI. Research is insufficient. Basic research, experimentation and applied research are addressed very little resources, also due to the concerns of some individuals to loose control on all the others.

XXVII. We've become more egoist, false, hypocrite. The main available means are used to satisfy instincts instead of curbing them. We use the means the technological progress puts at our disposal for our own personal assertion, exactly when we could live and evolve without having to assert ourselves on someone else. Without selection.

XXVIII. Politics are subject to finance. The globalisation of the markets has increased the concentration of the wealth and the hegemony of economy on politics.

XXIX. Currencies don't have any value any more. All currencies are essentially «guaranteed» by public debts and have a real value lower than the three per cent of the nominal one. This is what legal tender is for. To impose currencies to people.

XXX. People keep dieing. As nobody rebels against injustice, neither does anybody against the causes of death, preferring to forget it exist.

E) For each of the aforesaid problems, I commit my self to provoke and make all the inhabitants of the plant obtain, within five years from when the majority of them which are at least 16 years old will have accepted this proposal, the following results:

1. With Tejas (Energy), the use of all energy sources (methane, biomasses, rivers, waterfalls, deserts, forests, tides, undercurrents, wind, sun, space, bacteria, nuclear power) and to search for new solutions (engines, machinery, facilities) in order to accelerate the increase of the utilization of energy resources, the raising of energy production is obtained by means of a higher utilization of natural resources.

2. With Udaka (Water), The increase of fresh water availability through the depollution of the existing resources and the realisation of the correct structures in order to prevent waist and leaks and give water availability to who hasn't any by transferring the water from the basins that contain it.

3. With Asana (Food), free dispatch and distribution of food for three years to who is risking of dying of hunger.

4. With Ayus (Health), the improvement of physical health through research, prevention and illnesses’ treatment, by using the modern rapid diagnosis instruments and adopting the devices science offers us.

5. With Jnana (Knowledge), the diffusion of literacy skills among at least the 75% of the people who don’t know how to write and read, through 7.7 millions of school structures (30 students for 3 hours for 6 turns a day), with at least 20 million teachers (70 students each teacher).

6. With Vadana-Karna (Social Communication Centres), 252,000 interactive meeting places on the entire planet, each one able to accommodate approximately 250 persons that will be able to communicate and confront them selves with the guests of all the others meeting places.

7. With Karoti (Production plans), the layout of regional and sectarian production plans to individuate which development plans have to be carried out for each group of countries and in which fields in the following regions: 1) North America, 2) North-Central America, 3) Central America, 4) South-Central America, 5) South America, 6) North Europe, 7) Central Europe, 8) South Europe, 9) Middle East, 10) North-Western Asia, 11) North-Oriental Asia, 12) Central Asia, 13) South-Western Asia, 14) South-Oriental Asia, 15) South Asia, 16) Australia, 17) North-Western Africa, 18) North-Oriental Africa, 19) Central Africa, 20) South-western Africa, 21) South-Oriental Africa, 22) South Africa.

8. With Tetrakos (National economic plans) the promotion in every Country of national economic plans corresponding to as many production and services development plans, by considering also in which region each country is and the plans its national institutions have already set.

9. With Nava (New enterprises promotion), the promotion of 342.000 new enterprises for 83 million jobs, making the workers participates to their management. Part of the capital of each enterprise will be detained by a body the whom associates will be the workers of the same enterprise for all the period in which they will give their services to it.

10. With Varga (Universal enterprise), the constitution of a group of enterprises that operate in different fields for each country coordinated by one unique centre, to avoid and eventually overcome the cyclical crisis of the economic systems. One million new enterprises on the entire planet in synergy with each other, will be constituted and set in national groups per sector and will employ about 50 million workers.

11. With Karana (Production means), Each one of the 342.000 new enterprises of the Nava plan will be provided with the production means necessary for their functioning.

12. With Bhaks (Durable products), part of the machines, plants and equipments provided by the Karana plan will be addressed to the production of durable goods.

13. With Seva (Services), the diffusion increase of services on the planet and the sensible reduction of their cost by means of a system within the reach of everyone.

14. With Ecology (Environment), production without pollution, the solicitation of consumption without destroying the environment and the acceleration, with the necessary technology, of the process for the restoration of the environmental conditions existing in 1950.

15. With Kosa (Real economy financing), the transfer of part of the monetary mass currently used for other purposes on to real economy, which is to the enterprises that produce goods and services.

16. With Cinoti (Savings collection), the allocation of at least half of the savings aiming productive objectives, making the savers participate in the system of the enterprises that produce and distribute goods and services guaranteeing the total reimbursement of the used capital.

17. With Parasparam (Wealth reinvestment), the allocation of the maximum wealth produced by the enterprises aiming productive purposes, by means of a system that allows strong advantages to the investors and limits the business risk rising from new investments.

18. With Synergy (Corporate and trade relationships), a system of mutual relationships among enterprises that produce and market goods, aiming to reduce time and also commercial, productive and financial costs by accelerating the information.

19. With Vencap (Venture capital), the utilisation of at least half of the productive potential of the existing enterprises that today is unused, by increasing the market's payable demand.

20. With Vikraya (International clearing), the introduction of an international commercial transaction mechanism through a process made of different barters carried out by a worldwide consortium compensation centre.

21. Con Stellar (Via ether informative system), the carrying out of a via ether informative system working on geo-stationary satellites that will allow each human being to obtain an answer to whichever question that has already been solved.

22. With Eka (Personal safety), a personal safety system that will allow every person to connect to a network of intervention units spread on the entire planet and to be aided in case of emergency.

23. With Pat-Patati (Aerial circulation), a mass aerial circulation system by using a vertical take-off vehicle (Air-X) connected to a traffic control network guaranteeing the flight's safety and an apparatus that will enable any person to drive.

24. With Cyberbank (Telematic bank), telematic-data transmission system that will be able to carry out payments and collections in every bank by using a simple mobile phone.

25. With Santi (War industry conversion), the conversion of war industries in other productive activities including the production of electromedical mechanisms and apparatuses and artificial organs.

26. With Avatar (World research centre), the diffusion of a worldwide research centre that will be used by private and public bodies to take economic and productive decisions.

27. With Renewal (Plan for the reform of the human system), the contextual and programmed reformation of the relationships and have the behaviours by modifying the structure of the hierarchical system through dialectic process among all the people.

28. With the Republic of the Earth (Democratic worldwide government), a democratic government system directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet aged at least 16, to make concrete the principles indicated by the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth and in the relative Dispositions of Performance.

29. With the Dhana currency (worldwide currency), the redistribution of wealth among all the inhabitants of the planet, with the guarantee the effective value of this currency will be kept above its nominal value.

30. With Kayamara (Immortality), the verifying of the causes of cellular mortality and the increase of all the human beings' life due.

F) Monetary resources for 11,452 billions US Dollars and enterprises’ capitals with nominal value par to 12,932 billions Euro, have been made available to carry out the aforesaid solutions from the Holos Global System on the entire planet.

G) An organisational structure to promote and manage the program, made of approximately 37.5 million people in the entire world, is currently under construction. The structure formed by groups of three people, it's organised in a helicoidal shape, with a non-hierarchical structure.

H) One of the initiatives of Holos Global system is the Republic of the Earth; a worldwide government system directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet aged at least 16. With their governments and their international organisation, national states haven't been able to guarantee freedom, democracy, development, well-being, solidarity and peace to the inhabitants of the planet. They have failed in their essential functions they had been set up for. The Republic of the Earth isn't a super state but a government without the state, the government of the peoples of the Earth. When billions of people will have taken part to the Republic of the Earth and will have directly elected the worldwide government, no state, no political party, or other force will be able to prevent to all the inhabitants of the planet to fight for their own happiness. The Constitution of the Republic of the Earth establishes the fundamental principles ratified by international law. The dispositions of performance of the Constitution and the laws approved by the International Assembly guarantee to all citizens of the Earth freedom, justice, equality, safety and peace. Without borders. Without appearances.

I) Another initiative of Holos Global System is Dhana, the currency of the Republic of the Earth. Dhana means money and it's the worldwide currency entirely guaranteed either by intrinsic value of the precious metals it contains or by enterprises' capitals. Dhana is divided in one thousand Kana-Dhana (Kana means little part). Dhana is issued in 1, 5, 10, 50 and 100 Dhana and 1, 5, 25, 50, 100, 250 and 500 Kana-Dhana. One Dhana is worth 25 Euro, either because capitals with this value or because of the metals it contains guarantee it. For example, the one Dhana ticket contains a platinum lamina that weights 1 gram (which is worth 25 Euro), or a capital share guarantees it with a nominal value par to 25 Euro. Dhana brings back money to its triple original function of payment means, goods and services' value measure unit and value reserve. Dhana's purpose is the redistribution of wealth among the inhabitants of the planet. Each inhabitant of the planet aged at least 16 is assigned one hundred Dhana just against the reimbursement of its emission cost, proportional to the per capita average wealth of each country. The average reimbursement is par to the 19.59 per cent of Dhana's real value. The maximum total issue amount is 492.6 billions of Dhana (100 for each assignee) plus one twentieth (24.6 billions) to be addressed to humanitarian purposes.

J) Nowadays, with money and fear you can control the world. Thanks to this, the few people that have money and/or political power exercise their power on the others. With Dhana, money belongs to everyone. With the Republic of the Earth, sovereignty really belongs to the totality of the citizens. This double, political and monetary revolution is, together with peace, the essential requirement for the starting of the new process proposed by Holos Global System in order to solve people's real problems and make the world be truer, more beautiful and more just.

K) The results that are the matter of the herein undertaking, indicated by each one of the thirty plans in paragraph E), are précised, for each Country on the www.hgsp.org

L) The acceptance of the herein proposal can be made through the adhesion to Holos Global System and/or to the Republic of the Earth and/or to Dhana's Monetary System, by signing the relative forms.

M) Who accepts, in one of the ways provided by paragraph L), the herein proposal, declares to believe Peace is the basic presupposition in order to achieve the results that are the matter of the herein undertaking and not as the effect of the same results.

N) In order to guarantee the fulfilment of the commitments I undertake with the herein proposal, in case, for any reason, I should find myself unable to act, I've appointed, with confidential acts I undersigned, different persons. Following the assignment order, each one of them, will take up my place until he/she won't be unable to act or any time she/he would renounce the appointment, undertaking the same faculties I currently have and the same obligations that are the matter of the herein proposal.

O) Each appointment act mentioned in paragraph N) contains the basic elements to be followed by the appointed persons that can and have to accomplish the undertakings that are the matter of the herein proposal, the conditions each one of them will have to follow strictly while operating and which causes can and have to decide their substitution.

P) During the carrying out of Holos Global System each initiative or part of an initiative will be run and managed according to the rules that have been previewed for each one of them, without having to wait for the completion of the whole program. Particularly, the organs provided by the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth and by the Regulation of Dhana, let alone the organs provided by the new juridical subjects previewed and constituted to carry out the program will become operative as soon as they are elected or designated.

Q) Instead the promotional structure of the entire program and the ones of each one of the thirty initiatives will stay under my direction, or the direction of the other designate in cases provided by paragraphs N) and O), until they will be completed.

R) I reserve myself the right to entrust and delegate in writing other persons that will act in my name and on my behalf within the limits of the assigned delegations. Also the persons nominated according to previous paragraphs N) and O) will have the faculty to charge and delegate other persons with their functions, such persons can be different from the ones I delegate.

S) The organs provided by paragraph P) have the right and the obligation to inform opportunely who elected or assigned them, about acts carried out concerning Holos Global System that are different from the principles established by the Constitution of the Republic of the Earth and/or from the document introducing the same program, which is hereby attached forming one single inseparable act.

T) The realisation of the Holos Global System program mustn't ever debate the existence of the national and international legitimately acknowledged institutions, even thought keeping all rights to criticise that those accepting the herein proposal will be able to address like any other citizen of the relative Countries can, according to internal and international law.

U) The resources put to the Holos Global System's disposal that after the five years provided by Paragraph E) don't result employed for the carrying out of the program, won't be given back to who has anonymously put them at disposal before other three years, during these three years the remaining resources will be able to be used to overcome possible lacunas showing by confronting the results with the ones previewed by the program.

V) Within the five years term provided by paragraph E) and the three years one provided by paragraph U), the organisational structure for the promotion of the Holos Global System program will be dissolved.

W) The persons resulting as participants to the Holos Global System program will be able to be employed in the activities that will be carried out due to the performance of the same program, without them being acknowledged any particular right for having promoted the program.

X) I won't be acknowledged any right or privilege just for having promoted and directed the carrying out of Holos Global System program, because I do this for the common and general interest of all the inhabitants of the earth, in the conviction that different problems aren't solvable without modifying the whole of the structure of the human system, including the relations and behaviours of the totality of the human beings.

Z) Once the herein proposal is accepted, as provided by Paragraph L), the acceptor can't derogate from it in any way, unless, due to objective and manifest reasons the necessity to preserve the planet from a serious and unexpected danger coming either from the same planet or from the outside of it rises.

Faithfully.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

Balaloka, worldwide security force of the Republic of the Earth

The aims of the Republic of the Earth, the worldwide government directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet, are democracy, freedom, justice, well-being, development, solidarity, security and peace.

Real democracy is assured by the method the Republic of the Earth's Government is elected. Freedom and justice are ratified by the Constitution, which adopts the principles concerning the fundamental rights and freedoms worked out by the universally acknowledged international law. Well-being, development and solidarity are carried out through the initiatives provided by the Holos Global System program, which also includes the Republic of the Earth.

What remains is security and peace. In order to achieve these two aims it's first of all necessary to consider peace as essential presupposition in facing problems. But to assure security, it is also necessary to have a force able to intervene in crisis situations and to prevent all kinds of violence coming from whichever part.

The Republic of the Earth's Constitution provides that:

«The Republic of the Earth is a democratic government system of the inhabitants of the planet and of their groups with the aim to live in peace  in the best possible  which modifies the appearance and the substance  of the democratic system»;

«The Republic recognises and guarantees all alienable rights of the human person and promotes the development of all human beings, recognising their individual diversities and it moderates their effects for the common good, guaranteeing individuals and groups freedom of though, expression and action also freeing them from their primary needs and, as much as possible, from their fear»;

«It is inspired by the principles of truth, beauty and justice which can and must animate all mankind and demand the fulfillment of the duties necessary to guarantee the best development of every person and his maximum evolution, To this purpose it undertakes the task to remove the obstacles that can prevent such result»; «The Republic resolves the conflicts between its inhabitants, assuring free, correct and peaceful competition, moderating excesses»;

«The Republic supports all initiatives aiming to promote processes to accomplish the utmost level of development, proposing itself as a basis therefore, as an organisational principle, and also balance»;

«It recognises the unit of all individuals and takes part in the conflicts between instinct and reason or individuality and community, supporting the spread of altruism and social security and guaranteeing effective solidarity between the peoples, actively promoting every action for peace»;

«It is engaged in eliminating crime and its causes and to guarantee public order, adequately mitigating every degeneration and correcting its effects»;

«It solves and, if necessary, eliminates the conflicts jeopardising the safety of its inhabitants, using force only if unavoidable».

Point 3) of the «Dispositions of performance of the Republic of the Earth's Constitution» provides that «until the election of the previewed International Assembly by the Constitution, the management and the co-ordination of the Republic of the Earth will be run by a Committee of the representatives made up by two hundred elected members of the founders who obtain the greater number of votes to the end of the solar trimester and on the condition that they will accept such assignment».

In relation to the above stated, the Committee of the Representatives establishes Balaloka, an organized worldwide security force, with the task to guarantee the inhabitant's personal liberty and, if requested, to eliminate each violent action on all the Earth.

It's not the case of a force in competition with the State's armies or with their international organisations but of a structure able to intervene according to the peoples and States' request in order to prevent any kind of violence.

The worldwide security force will be made of less than half a million people from 222 Countries, and organised in groups divided by continents and regions. It will have the means to reach swiftly the crisis areas and neutralise any kind of violence with non-lethal instruments, in order not to beat violence with violence.

The yearly cost of the security force will be of 1,055 million dollars for the personnel and of 3,195 million dollars for other expenses, for a total of approximately 4,250 million dollars per year, plus contingent expenses.

All the activities for the selection and training of the personnel are carried out in a place outside the State's jurisdiction. Balaloka will be in charge of all the personnel's selection, recruitment, training and functioning expenses.

Who wants to take part in the worldwide security force can apply by filling the application form and the autobiographic profile published on www.projeos.org.

Planet inhabitants fund

The main part of the Earth's wealth is concentrated in a few hands. The one per thousandth of the world's population controls resources, energy and products of the planet. This concentration prevents the balanced development of a great part of the human beings and causes economic crisis, poverty and violence.

Planet Inhabitants Fund is the monetary fund of those intending to decentralise and equally redistribute the wealth of the Earth, financing initiatives suitable to improve the conditions of those living in worse situations. All the inhabitants of the planet aged at least sixteen applying by depositing or undertaking to deposit a quote corresponding to the one decided for the inhabitants of their country can take part in the fund. The amount to be deposited is different for each country in proportion to its purchasing power monetary parity (PPA).

The application should be made by sending the specific form, filled and undersigned by the applicant, to the fund's offices or by e-mail. At least one tenth of the shareholding must be deposited on application. The amount that hasn't been paid on application can be deposited either in one go or in different payments within ten years from the application's date.

Those holding a share of the fund are participants. The participants' deposits and commitments to deposit constitute the shares. The fund's assets are constituted by the participants' shares and by any other granted values. The fund's shares can't be expropriated, reimbursed or transferred in any case.

The participant's shares value is indexed daily according to London's market official value of fine gold in bars.

On application to take part in the fund, a body will undertake the commitment to grant an amount equal to the one from the day of the participant's death to the beneficiary indicated by the same participant within ten days from his/her death.

The fund's organs are: the general council, the president, the executive committee and the technical committee. The general council is formed by the representatives elected every three years by the participants of each country in proportion to their population, and has all the powers over the fund's management. The fund's president is elected every year by the general council and legally represents the fund directly or through delegation. The executive committee is made up of twelve members elected for three years by the general council and has all the power in order to execute all the general council's decisions. The technical committee is formed from five to three hundred members appointed by the executive committee that can revoke any of them at any time.

Why I’m here

The situation of the Earth is absolutely serious and critic. It was foreseen and foreseeable. There’s the fair risk of an imminent catastrophe. Within ten years the destruction of natural environment on the planet and around it will become irreversible. We’ll have less water, less energy, more heat, more pollution, more illnesses, more poor people and more desperation. We’ll have more social conflicts and more wars.

Tenths of million people will migrate in organised ways looking for survival means. Natural law will take the place of laws. Those survived from hunger will avenge their brothers. The majority of the human beings will ask: «Why not us?».

A quarter of us are dimmed by satisfaction, the others by daily necessities. And, above all, ideologies, dogmas, and commonplaces. The masses will move when they will learn that others live in better conditions and will rebel themselves against inequalities. Probably with violence. But it will be too late and the violence will only have the effect of worsening conflicts.

The causes of this situation are the concentration of wealth in few hands, the will of hegemony, egoism, amorphism and indolence. People should react. But they don’t. They don’t know. They don’t understand. Everyone thinks of himself. For ignorance, for indifference or for fear. One only expects something from the others. It’s the states, the banks, a few powerful people and the Churches’ responsibility.

The states should have assured a pacific cohabitation and instead they haven’t done anything else than wars. Half the states are dictatorships, half apparent democracies based on misinformation and propaganda of who controls the media.

Banks should have favoured production and exchanges and now they issue currencies with absolutely no value they use to affect the governments.

Powerful people consider all the others as standard means to keep their primacy. Without scruples.

Churches maintain the existence of life after death affirming never demonstrated truths. They urge and appeal with the only effect of inhibiting will and slow down the people’s reactions.

We’re at the end of a cycle started about ten thousand years ago, when the human being had to start working and produce to live.

The situation of the majority of the people got worse when production means passed from public possession to property of few people. The transfer took place by the use of force, with war. The function of wars has always been the ownership of natural resources, production means and products. Any other cause is apparent and used as a pretext. Wealth and power have always been the fundamental causes of all wars.

It’s still possible to avoid the catastrophe. But we have to act immediately. With possible and concrete solutions. The only solution is the modification of

the human system structure, a hierarchical structure formed by a vertical structure with steps where who stands on the lower level only represents himself towards who is on the higher ones, while those who are on a higher level or step, represent the whole when they address themselves to the lower level.

Human system hierarchical structure

Who faces the bottom represents the totality

Who faces the top only represents himself

To change the hierarchical structure, a part of it, a person that has reached a higher level should take the place to who is at the top of the vertical structure go down of one of the lower levels and put together all those that are on that level.

Together it’ll be possible to «move»the vertical structure with scales and change it in a spiral with only one level, in order to obtain a helicoidal structure, with no hierarchical levels.

Human system helicoidal structure

Instead of the steps a unique path without levels

The more the level (step) on which the aggregation takes place is low, the more people there will be, the more powerful will the acceleration force be to move the vertical structure.

The new structure can be provided with the solutions indicated by the Holos Global System program, to have energy, water, food, health, information, knowledge, production, wellbeing, development, freedom and democracy for everyone.

The Republic of the Earth and its currency Dhana will be able to carry out their tasks: the first one as maximum political and planetary authority,

directly elected by the grassroots; the second one as real unit value for goods and services and as exchange means but also and above all to redistribute equally the wealth on the planet.

At last it will be possible to carry out the last solution: Kayamara.

The resources available to carry out this program are huge; its origin is absolutely licit and completely safe. Totalling a value for more than 17.000 dollars.

These resources mustn’t be employed in the current structure of the human system or to impose a different ideology but only to carry in to effect shared ideas once the people will have gained conscience of reality will have managed to begin the structure’s modifying process. If not it would mean to face the immanent without changing the existing.

The only way to aggregate the people that find themselves on a lower level is to adopt communication «by word of mouth», emulation and maieutics.

The only way for emulation is that who can on his own, accepts to undergo what the people who are proposed the aggregation undergo.

The only way for maieutics is to ask people questions towards the only aim of making them gain conscience of reality’s causes and be aware of the existence, inside them, of the power to change it.

Who accomplishes this descent action to aggregate those on the lower levels has to undergo the same wrongs, the same freedom borders, and the same risks of who is on the level to be aggregated. If not he wouldn’t be able to understand or to make himself understood. There would be a loss of real emulation. It would be just appearance, a pretence.

This is also why I’m here even if I’ve never violated law. This is why I’ve never used the wealth – which I have available but it’s not mine and also not for me – to defend myself.

Who defends my does it because he believes me, not for money. He does it because he has begun to understand.

Who helps me knows he mustn’t think of how much it costs to be here but of what is necessary to change what isn’t right, through the modification of the structure of the human system. To restart all together. Because this is really true, beautiful and just. And, since it’s possible, it will be done. Together it’s possible and, at this point, it must be done.

21 February 2005 – 8:10 GMP

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

About the necessity of a worldwide government

Monday, 16 May 2005.

«The only salvation for civilisation and human species lays in the institution of a worldwide government, so that nations’ security may be based on law». Albert Einstein.

An organised small group formed by some of the richest and most powerful persons of the planet controls banks and media, by means of which these persons manage to dominate political, economic and financial systems.

After having tried out all the ways they could make their candidates win and having determined the political choices of the democratic countries, this group understood that what’s needed in order to keep dominating the planet isn’t a world government but lots of formally independent and democratic states undergoing the hegemony of one only state. This is the only reason democracy is wanted to be spread. It’s sad but that’s the way it is.

And as for centuries they have fomented wars, while they officially were organising peace conferences, now they officially promote the planetary diffusion of a formal democracy they think they can control and in the mean time they organise that world empire useful to them to dominate peoples and states.

According to this group of persons, all the peoples of the planet will have to believe they are living in democracy and freedom even if it will only be appearance. The satisfaction culture and new myths, dogmas and rules will be used as a lever in order to obtain the masses’ consent and repress any rebellion. Ipse dixit.

The Republic of the Earth is the only possible alternative: a world government directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet by universal suffrage and single, free and secret vote; a government without state, with the authority rising directly from the peoples in order to redistribute wealth equally and assure freedom, democracy, justice, development, solidarity and above all security and peace on the entire planet.

The election has to take place in a condition of absolute equality of resources and means. In order to avoid the repeating of the existent, the electors shall be informed correctly about all the candidates and their proposals. It’s the only way the elected persons can represent legitimately the peoples sovereignty

To achieve pacifically this alternative, the Republic of the Earth faces that group that wants the empire by using some of the same means. Beginning from currency, upon which today depend production, development and well-being.

By now almost everyone knows the actual currencies are devoid of real value and are used to make the states run into debt, making their citizens pay the interests. Legal tender currency is the biggest fraud of economics’ history, because instead of representing real economic goods it’s a fake bill representing a neverding debt and whose legitimacy only means it’s a legalised fraud.

With this legal tender currency and fear you can govern the world. So, in order to change the way of governing, fear shall be overcome and currency be bought back to its original function of good representing real value.

An entirely guaranteed and freely accepted currency is needed. And because work is the real measure of goods and services, the new currency shall represent work, shall be the currency issued for those who work and produce. The real change doesn’t start from a new ideology but from the simple substitution of the bank’s currency with the workers’ one.

By asking for the workers currency as payment of work instead of the legal tender one, who pays is obliged to get the workers’ currency instead of the legal tender one. And if the work currency is distributed in equal parts among the inhabitants of the planet, in order to get hold of that currency and pay work it will be necessary to ask for that currency as payment for products, beginning a new economic process based on the exchange between the real value of work and the real value of the products.

With the Republic of the Earth and its currency it will be possible to build a future different from the one those holding more than half the planet’s wealth want. By wanting it, together it’s possible.

Naturally, world government and new currency don’t solve all the problems, because we don’t live just to have but also and above all to be. Even so, to be one has to live and to live one shall have the necessary resources. If wealth remains concentrated in few hands and the majority of human beings are prevented from living, it’s impossible to be.

Thanks for the attention.

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

KAYAMARA – THE ELIMINATION OF DEATH

The final objective in order to manage to change the world must be to eliminate death. To defeat death one shall think of how to keep living all together instead of imagining what could there be after death. We can discover how we are born, how we live and we die. The rest is pure fantasy. The whole humanity suffers from the suicide syndrome: one lives in order to die instead of to keep living.

Today we can defeat this syndrome. Indigence, old age, illnesses, suicides, murders, accidents and wars are the causes of death. All these causes can be faced and solved. Scientific research about the causes and possible remedies isn’t enough in order to defeat death; indeed death should be stopped from being necessary.

Everything we think about life after death has been asserted by living human beings. Never from other beings. As far as we know, there is no existing transcendent entity apart from the original energy before space and time. And nobody has ever demonstrated that such energy is a transcendent entity that isn’t part of the universe or that it’s perfect. If it was perfect, neither pain nor evil would exist. We need to believe in life after death only because we believe in the unavoidability of death and, against the reality of death, we react with fantasy.

Energy, water, food, health, knowledge, production and all the other material problems are solvable if we want. A worldwide government directly elected by the inhabitants of the planet and a worldwide currency with a real value and a purchase power constant in time are possible.

But all this can only be done if the final objective is the elimination of death. In order to reach this objective, one has to «feel it» possible. And it will never be able to be like this until all the other problems are solved for each one of us. First of all the one of war. In order to eliminate war forever, one has to consider peace as essential requirement of our maximum evolution, instead of considering it as result of a process of the other problems’ solutions. You make peace if you believe that the human being can be immortal and if you understand that war prevents both who wins and who loses from becoming immortal. If you understand that there is no transcendent genesis or apocalypse. If you act in order to face the immanent and transform the existing.

Man has always loved something he doesn’t know, that doesn’t exist, believing someone that has this way solved pain and fear. You don’t feel any god inside You. You just feel your ego, Your energy and the influence of the energy in its whole. This feeling has been useful to who used You to build and develop his power and his wealth. Take a look at reality. Who ever affirmed a dogma by giving something? At most, someone asserted it without asking anything.

For You, humbly and modestly, I exist and I’m here. To help You solve material problems and achieve immortality together. It’s possible. Together we can.

February 2005

Rodolfo Marusi Guareschi

Dhana, peace currency

Currency is an economic good that can be exchanged with any other

economic good. It has a huge power. With currency you can govern the

world. Wars are made to keep this power. This way, currency has become a

war symbol. In order to turn upside down this reality, the Republic of the

Earth has asked Dhura, the body that issues Dhana and controls its

monetary system, to issue a Dhana coin for peace. Here it is.

THE STELLAR SYSTEM

(1991)

Devising a system able to transmit any kind of information in real time, just after the information has been requested, corresponds to a fundamental need of the human being, which is potentially able of solving all material problems through information.

The incidence level of the human being on objective situations can be calculated with the following mathematical formula:

R (P) = QET^2/G (I)

where:

R (P) - Result to problem P

Q - Intelligence quotient

E - Expressed energy

G (I) - Difficulty grade in acquiring the information 

T - Devoted time

The formula rises from the assumption that culture or knowledge, C is proportional to the result obtained multiplying the intelligence quotient Q per the expressed energy E per the devoted time T, and in inverse relation to the difficulty level in acquiring information G (I), so:

C = QET/G (I) Because the result R, relative to the problem P, which is equal to the product of culture C per time devoted to carry out the same result T, we find out that R (P) is proportional to the product of the intelligence quotient Q per the expressed energy E per the time T devoted to acquire the information, per the time T devoted to use knowledge in order to achieve the result, and its in inverse relation to the difficulty level in acquiring information G (I).

Simplifying, the result R (P) is equal to the product of the intelligence quotient Q per the expressed energy E per the devoted time to the square, divided by the level of difficulty in acquiring information, i.e. G (I).

That means that, once a material problem has been pointed out to be solved, under the solution's quality and quantity point of view the result, i.e. the carrying out, will be proportional to:

- the intellectual capability of the subject facing the problem;

- the intensity of the energy expressed by the subject during the time unit;

- the time devoted to acquire the knowledge;

l- time devoted to carry out the solution;

and in inverse relation to:

- the level of difficulty in trying to reach the information source.

Its obvious that the more the knowledge acquisition time is short the less will be the difficulties to reach the information source and quicker will be the achievement of the result.

What's needed in order to achieve the aim of accelerating the knowledge acquisition time is to transfer information from who owns it to who needs it; in the same moment he needs it.

This way the self-determination principle of individuals becomes real; they are given the conditions in order to take their own decisions on their own, influenced just by individual ethics and by the rules agreed between them to live in common cohabiting.

Mistake has always been product of ignorance.

The same ills, being error, are ignorance products: of who makes it and who suffers it.

To propose oneself the aim of eliminating ignorance, or the differences of culture among individuals, means to start a revolution, that is a radical change of human relationships.

Until today individual cultural limits have been caused by difficulties in obtaining the information and by the difficulty of remembering them.

With a system that replies immediately to all the queries that human beings put them selves in order to solve material problems. The only limits could be: to be able to introduce himself and to be able to recognize those problems.

The human being will think how to identify problems, will work to carry out the solutions suggested by knowledge, but he won't have any more trouble in finding the solutions.

Information and knowledge will give their answer to the great problems of humanity: from primary needs such as food and health to desires, from justice to ethics and knowledge of oneself, from the emulation of the good and of the beautiful to the projection of one's own objectives in a feasible future.